The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 101 to 110)

Chapter 101

Samuel stands beside his wife in the Hall of the capital as he has several times before since his arrival here for the Alpha Council – a council which has failed totally, if recent events were anything to go by.

This time, compared to the other times Samuel has been in this room, however, the King himself is absent. In his stead, the King’s Gamma George stands on the stage near the throne.

Most of the Alpha’s survived the attack from the bear clan, though many of the lesser wolves of their entourage, such as their servants and slaves, did not. Only an alpha wolf has a chance against the strength of a bear, and even then it can be precarious. And enough silver bullets could kill any werewolf, alpha or lesser.

The King himself, arguably the most powerful of all the werewolves, was himself felled in a rage of gunfire and a high fall.

The thought of King Caleb brings Harper to mind, which makes Samuel’s stomach turn. She and Samuel could have escaped in the chaos. Samuel had given her the chance… and she threw it back in his face, instead choosing the man kidnapped her and kept her here.

For years, since her disgrace, Samuel had tried to find ways of saving her, while spurning her sister at every turn. Had she not seen how he turned Leah away? He only changed his engagement because the elders in the pack commanded him to do so, but his heart always stayed with Harper.

And yes, maybe he had to act like she meant nothing to him, but that was only so people wouldn’t be suspicious. He’d kept the necklace.

Didn’t she receive it? Why wouldn’t his feelings matter to her? He was the one putting himself at the most risk, offering to run away from an alpha life for her, a slave.

She should have been honored and flattered by his sacrifice. She should have kissed him and thanked him, and cried with joy.

Instead, she chose to stay beside a bleeding-out monster.

Samuel hopes Caleb died in that alley.

Regardless, he will never be so foolish as to trust a vixen like Harper again for as long as he lives.

This was why, when he returned to the capital, he sought out the closet where he had hidden his wife while he went in search of her sister. He stayed with her there, waiting until the all-clear was given. Leah clung to him, looking to him for guidance and protection, as a Luna should.

Leah is still mad at him for his oversight in protecting Harper first. He can see her reasoning, but as she told him in that closet, “We can fix things between us. But you have to let her go. Forever, this time.”

“She means nothing to me anymore,” Samuel told her.

“You’ve said that before…”

“It’s the truth this time,” he says and hopes he means it, even though the words ping uncomfortably inside his chest.

Now, standing in the Hall, he watches as the other Alphas pace and shouts their concerns at George. Tensions are running high, and Alphas have little patience for uncertainty.

“We need all to return to our own packs!” one of the alphas shouts. “If those bear bastards could attack the capital, they could attack anywhere!”

“It’s for your own safety that you are kept here,” George says. “We’ve secured the capital, but nowhere else. If you step even one foot outside, you could all be killed. Then what will happen to your packs? With no leader?”

“We cannot be kept here,” another Alpha says. “This place is no safer than anywhere else.”

“That’s where you are wrong,” George replies. “Have you not noticed the increase in the guard?”

The increase in unfamiliar faces was not the comfort George perhaps thought it was. New faces meant new unfamiliar smells. A Gamma might not understand, but Alphas’ heightened senses would be put on edge, not comforted by the presence of the unknown and unfamiliar.

Even Samuel is sizing up some of the guards in the room. Something about them doesn’t seem right… but he can’t figure out why. One of the guards smelled like evergreen trees. Where in the kingdom do they grow evergreen trees? Isn’t that a northern thing?

“You still haven’t explained where all of these guards came from, says another Alpha, one that’s older and calmer than most. Perhaps the most experienced wolf in the room, the Alpha of the Moonlake pack.

His daughter Sonya was severely injured in the attack. To anyone else, that might be a reason to back down, but this Alpha seems the type who would back down for no one and nothing. Not even to be at his injured daughter’s side.

“If they were close enough to be here now, why were they not called in immediately to protect the king?” the Moonlake Alpha continues.

“It takes time to mobilize the reserves,” George answers smoothly. “Especially in the chaos of the attack.”

The Moonlake Alpha does not seem convinced. “And in that chaos, you yourself ascended in power?”

“In the absence of the King and his Beta, someone had to step up.”

“It could have been many other men.”

“But it wasn’t,” George says. Though his voice is cool, his eyes narrow.

By Healthy

Samuel checks the guard again, who has a good hold on his gun, watching the scene unfold.

“The guards listen to me now,” George says. “And I will use them to protect you. All of you. Whether you like me or not.”

With that, the Alphas and their guests are filed out of the room, and commanded to return to their rooms. Samuel is relieved to have a few minutes alone to think. Leah, however, gives him no silence. She rambles as she paces the room we’ve been given.

“I don’t like this. Gammas are to follow the order of Alphas, not the other way around. If my father was here…”

Samuel doesn’t care for Leah. She’s selfish and loud, cruel with her opinions, with a distinct lack of compassion for anyone but herself.

Yet, with hair and eyes like Harper, she is beautiful.

And willing. Perhaps Samuel has denied himself too long. His hopes for Harper have blown up in his face. She’s off, likely fucking the King if he’s alive. Why shouldn’t he also have fun?

“I don’t want to stay here another minute, do you hear me? Samuel? Are you listening? Why are you looking at me like – mmf!”

Samuel silences her with a greedy kiss. She pulls away for a moment and slaps him across the face. Yet before Samuel can recover or react to that, she mutters, “Why did you make me wait so long you damn bastard,” and jumps into his arms.

They fall into the bed, shed their clothes, and tangle together.

Leah claws her sharp fingernails down his back as she screams very loudly and repeatedly, nearly pulling him from the moment.

She’s over the top in everything, even this.

Still, she’s soft and wet, and if he closes his eyes, he can almost imagine someone else…

Soon, he topples over into his climax, a name on his lips.

It escapes him, “Harper!”

Leah goes very still. Then, furious, she shouts, “What the hell did you just say?”

Chapter 102

Back at the house, I force Caleb to sit on a chair so that I can clean and bandage each of the wounds he dirtied by being in that river. He’s surprisingly pliant, considering his usual aversion to being told what to do. But after the earth-shattering sex we’ve had, it seems nothing will break the air of smug satisfaction he’s taken on.

The alcohol wipes I use to clean the wounds out must hurt him. They sting even on the shallowest of cuts, and he has bullet holes. Yet he doesn’t seem to care. He just keeps smirking as he looks at me, gently scenting the air.

Even though I bathed in the river before we left it, he can probably smell himself on me still, with those Alpha senses. I try to ignore that look of ownership in his eyes. Maybe I press in a little too hard on one of the ones just to get him to stop.

He winces slightly. “That doesn’t seem necessary.”

“It was dirty,” I tell him.

He hums while giving me a suspicious look, but doesn’t call me out.

“Silver wounds take a long time to heal,” I say, hoping to shift the conversation.

“They do,” Caleb says. His smirk fully disappears, he suddenly seems as if he’s very far away.

Watching him, I wonder where he went. “This isn’t the first time you’ve been pierced with silver,” I say, guessing.

“It’s not,” he replies, affirming my suspicion.

He’s seemed too calm about this from the start. Even on that balcony, he didn’t flinch as the guns began to fire, as the bullets tore through his flesh and stayed there like shrapnel under his skin.

“It was… impressive, the way you stood up to those bears,” I say, hoping to bring him back to the present by offering compliments. It helps that those compliments are true. “You saved my life.”

“I’m not a hero, Harper.”

“In that moment, you were to me.”

“I’m the one who took you onto that balcony. You were only in danger at all because of me.”

I blink a few times, curious and surprised by his words. “It’s not like you to second-guess yourself.”

“If you believe that, you don’t know me at all.” His voice is very soft in the still silence of the room.

Without realizing it, I’ve even stopped moving.

Caleb looks out the window, and I wonder what he sees. It can’t be the grasses and the trees there, as the sun begins to lower in the sky.

Then, as quiet as a breath, he says, “I killed my brother to take the crown.”

I remember, years back, the tragedy of Prince Evan’s death. The older of the two brothers, Evan had been known to be outgoing and confident, with a bright smile and charm that never ran out. Caleb, in his shadow, was more known for being quiet. Stronger physically than Evan, but not near as well liked.

After Evan’s death, the reigning King, Evan and Caleb’s father, stepped away from the throne, gifting the crown to his only living son, Caleb.

No one has seen or heard from the old King since. Some vicious rumors say that Caleb had them sealed away. She even heard that Caleb had killed Evan, but she never thought it would be true.

What kind of man would kill his brother? Not one fit for the crown.

It was a juicy scandal and the talk around the taverns and bars. It wasn’t anything plausible or real.

At least that’s what she thought.

Now, in this secluded farmhouse, with the sunlight dimming, Caleb is admitting to the kingdom’s most tragic unsolved crime. It means the rumors are true.

Yet he’s not admitting to it in any gloating way, or with any satisfaction at all. Caleb has killed before, he’s tortured, and always he’s hardened as if he’s immune to it all. But right now… his face is filled with regret, and his eyes are sad.

“Did you love your brother?” I ask before I can stop myself.

“Yes,” he answers immediately, with no hesitation.

I want to know more, but for him to admit to even this much feels like he is showing trust and vulnerability that I haven’t earned. In time, if he wants to tell me more, he can, and I will listen. But I cannot force him to.

Caleb is not a good man, but for him to kill the brother that he loves, he has to have a good reason. I believe that, deep down to my core, even if I can’t explain why.

“I’m not afraid of you,” I tell him, hoping that the words offer the comfort that I want to give but struggle with how to convey.

He turns away from the window to look at me. His eyes refocus, coming back to the present.

“You should be,” he says. “Haven’t you heard? I’m a monster.”

“You aren’t,” I say too quickly, then relent, because that’s not entirely honest. “You can be. But you can also be kind and gentle…”

The way he was in that river, so steady and calm.

The way he was with me… A man with his strength could have broken me, but even in the heat of our passion, he never lost control enough to hurt me.

“I’m a villain, Harper,” Caleb says. “You’ve told me that yourself.”

“Only when you are being unreasonable,” I say. He’s starting to get there now, spiking my irritation.

“I’m not the only one who is unreasonable,” he replies. “You claim I’m not always a monster. You claim I can be kind and gentle. Yet still, you deny me, my child.”

Disappointment rises within me. After all of the ground,d we’ve covered here… After the shared vulnerability and the agreement we made that we need to work together to survive… After saving his life and his saving mine…

Still, we are at this same argument. It’s like talking to a wall, for how much he listens.

“Why can’t you believe me when I tell you there is no child? After everything I’ve done for you? What we’ve done for each other? You honestly believe that I would keep a secret like that from you?”

Caleb narrows his eyes as he searches my face. “Yes.”

The word stings, a knife to the gut, but I can’t really be surprised. With a heavy sigh, I shake my head. “There is no child, Caleb.”

“And still you keep lying,” he says. The vulnerability in him is gone now, sealed entirely away behind a wall of ice and steel. I shiver from the sudden chill.

Then, in a rush, Caleb stands. His hands grip my arms, causing a flash of fear in me, but he’s not looking at me. He’s staring at the door instead.

“What is it?” I ask, trying to follow the length of his gaze, but I don’t see anything right away.

Then, as I continue to look, I see a pair of headlights curling around the driveway.

It’s not quite dark yet, but the sky is turning more purple than blue.

“Who is that? Tristan?”

“No,” Caleb says. “He would never be back this soon. Stay in the house, Harper. No matter what you hear.”

I don’t like the sound of that! “What are you going to do? If either of us can risk being spotted it’s me, not you.”

“And if the intruder means to kill? What will you do then?” Caleb says, his eyes slicing at me like two knife flashes in the dark. “Stay out of sight, Harper. Leave this to me.”

Chapter 103

Caleb can say whatever bossy things he wants to, but the chances of me letting him face a potential enemy alone are exactly zero. So while he turns to confront the intruder head-on through the front door, I slip around out the back door in the kitchen and sneakily make my way around the side of the house.

The car comes to a stop beside the house, and a middle-aged man in an ill-fitting suit steps out of it. He seems unassuming at first glance, but I’ve learned you can’t really trust appearances. The many betrayals at the palace hardened me. Anyone could be pretending, just as the king’s guard pretended.

It is impossible to know the true motives of a person, under the surface.

The man grabs a briefcase off the backseat, and, after taking a moment to adjust his tie, starts to walk toward the house.

When he reaches the base of the stairs onto the porch, the front door bursts open, and Caleb lunges from inside the house. Caleb tackles the startled man, shoving him down onto his back in the dirt.

The man’s briefcase springs open, and catalogs and order forms spill out. Some flutter by me in the wind. Catching one, I look closer at it. It seems genuine. This guy might actually be a door-to-door appliance salesman.

A nearby form is labeled with this man’s name and contact information. Mr. Aloysius Harvey is from a town I recognize as being near the capital. I grab a few more forms as they fly by. Each is labeled exactly the same.

“Who are you?” Caleb shouts, right in Mr. Harvey’s face.

Mr. Harvey trembles beneath Caleb. He raises his arm in defense.

“Caleb!” I say, rushing forward.

Caleb’s attention shifts to me, annoyance in his eyes. “You are supposed to be inside,” he growls.

“This guy is just an appliance salesman,” I tell him quickly.

Confusion crosses over Caleb’s face. Hurrying closer, I show him the forms I grabbed.

He takes them as he stands, pushing away from the frightened Mr. Harvey at his feet. He looks closer at the forms, and then at Mr. Harvey.

“You are an appliance salesman,” Caleb says.

From the ground, Mr. Harvey adjusts his tie. “Can I interest you in a new refrigerator?” He’s clearly rattled as he sits up. He grabs his fedora from nearby and puts it back on his head, though it’s at an angle now. He laughs good-naturedly. “Some people are happier to see me than others, but I’ve never had a welcome quite like this before.”

As Mr. Harvey struggles to stand, Caleb reaches down, grabs him by the elbow, and yanks him back up to his feet with ease.

“I thought I was protecting…” Caleb glances at me. “The property.”

“Don’t think twice about it. It’s all right!” Smiling at me, he says, “With a beauty like that inside, who could blame you? You have my thanks miss, for setting the record straight in my favor.” Before I can answer, his attention goes back to Caleb. “Newlyweds?”

Heat rushes to my face. “We’re not…”

“Yes,” Caleb says before I can explain.

Mr. Harvey nods. “I was much like you when I first married Mrs. Harvey. Hard to restrain those protective instincts, right? Especially out here in the countryside. People in the capital look down on us folks out here, you know. I’ve recently come from there, a mess of a place. Bet they wished they lived out here now.”

The corner of Caleb’s mouth twitched downward, ever so slightly.

I rush in before any more can be said on either side. “You’ve come from the capital?” I asked. “What news have you heard from there?”

“To ask that, I’m assuming you heard some of the news?” Mr. Harvey asks.

“We heard there was some kind of attack,” I say.

Mr. Harvey nods. “Then you likely haven’t heard the worst of it. The bear clan attacked from the north, leaving the whole place on lockdown. I wasn’t even allowed inside this time, that’s how bad it is. I talked to some of the other folks stuck outside. They say the king was killed in the attack.”

“Terrible stuff,” Mr. Harvey continues without prompting. “The King’s Beta is missing too. The Gamma, George has stepped up as Steward in their absence, but -” Caleb stiffens.

A low growl permeates the air. Mr. Harvey and I both look at Caleb. He wears his anger openly on his face. When he notices us both looking at him, he huffs and turns away. He storms off, walking across the meadow.

When he’s out of earshot, Mr. Harvey faces me again. “Your new husband is very in touch with his… wolf side.”

Not wanting to give anything away, I nod. “He has strong opinions about politics.”

Mr. Harvey nods. “Well, stand by him, dear. Guys like that tend to be a handful, but he’ll be the most loyal, faithful partner you’ve ever had.”

If only he knew, Caleb would never be faithful to me. He has an entire harem waiting for him back at the capital. Why would he choose one woman when he could have his daily pick from over a hundred of them?

Even so, Mr. Harvey’s kind remarks do warm me somewhat. It’s nice to talk to someone who could see me as Caleb’s partner, and not as his slave.

“I’ve been terribly rude, I don’t think I’ve introduced myself.” Taking off his hat, he bows low. “Mr. Aloysius Harvey, your friendly appliance salesman.” Straightening, he places his hat back on his head. “I don’t suppose I could talk to you about that refrigerator?”

I lightly shake my head. “I’m sorry, Mr. Harvey, but we don’t even have electricity here.”

That surprises him. “Golly. Although I’m not surprised. Many of the old farmhouses go way back. I usually avoid them entirely, but I saw the smoke from your chimney and thought I’d take a chance. Usually, I do well enough in the capital that I don’t need to bother, but… well…”

“You weren’t able to go to the capital this trip,” I fill in for him.

“Locked up tight, ma’am.”

“I wish I could buy something from you… but without electricity…”

“You are kind,” Mr. Harvey says. “Without electricity, the only thing I could even offer you is this…”

He reaches into his inside coat pocket and retrieves a simple statue of a howling wolf. It’s three inches tall, in shining stainless steel, likely the same as his appliances.

Laughing slightly, he says, “We give these as a free gift to all those who purchase from us… It’s just a little figure.” Looking at it and then at me, he says, “Why don’t you take it, miss? Something to remember me by. Then, when you and your husband finally get electricity in this place, you know just who to call.”

I accept the figure and an order form too.

“Just fill it out and put it in the mail when you are ready,” he says.

With that, he heads back towards his car. “Give my regards to your husband. And remember, those wolfy reflexes are natural. It’s good he can be that natural around you.”

As Mr. Harvey drives away, I look closer at the little figure and smile. In a way, it reminds me of Caleb.

Searching for him now, he’s walking back from across the meadow. I’m hopeful that maybe the walk has helped calm him, but when I see his hands curled into fists, I know I’m in for another argument.

When he reaches me, he says, voice cold, “I’m going back.”

“To the capital? When?”

The next word comes out as a growl, “Now.”

Chapter 104

Caleb wants to go back to the capital now? As in, right now?

“That’s the worst idea I’ve ever heard in my life,” I tell him.

“What do you know?” he growls, fury crumpling his features. “That traitor is sitting on my throne like he belongs there, emboldened by the lie that I am dead. I will return to the capital, I don’t care who stands in my way. Then I will rip that bastard’s head off in front of his entire army of betrayers.”

He is shaking in his rage, his eyes flashing red.

We don’t even have a car here, but I suspect even that won’t hold him back. At this rate, he seems as if he would run the whole way to the capital if he had to.

“You are still healing,” I tell him.

“I’m healed enough.”

“It’s suicide,” I try instead. “You won’t make it past the guards and their guns, and then you really will be dead.”

He flashes his teeth at me, his canines growing. “Do not underestimate me.”

“I’m not. I’m being realistic. Tristan is there, scoping things out. We are going to wait for him to come back, remember? If you go in right now, you go in blind, without support and without a plan. We have to wait for Tristan to return.”

Caleb’s growl deepens, but since he doesn’t have a retort for that, I know I’m winning.

“What George has done cannot be tolerated,” Caleb says. His canines slowly pull back, returning to his usual human teeth.

“You will have your revenge,” I say, knowing better than to try to talk him out of that. “But you have to be patient.”

From the way his growling persists, I imagine that patience has never been one of his strongest virtues.

“I’ll have his head on a pike,” Caleb insists.

“You will,” I agree, placating him.

After a moment, he huffs a long exhale through his nose, and his eyes lose their reddish hue.

“Would a massage be held?” I ask.

He glares at the ground, looking away from me. I wait for him to answer me. After a few long moments of silence, he does, “Fine.”

I motion toward the house and we start inside. As we walk, Caleb notices the small wolf figure in my hand. “What’s that?”

“Oh, a little gift the salesman left for me. I think he felt bad for the way things went down.”

Caleb holds out his hand. “Let me see.”

I pass over the figure just as we enter the living room.

Caleb brings it closer and thoroughly inspects it. He even scents it.

“What are you looking for?” I ask.

“A listening device,” he says casually like that’s a totally normal thing to say.

A hint of fear rushes through me. Could Mr. Harvey have been a bad guy after all? I would hate if that turned out to be true. The man had been so kind to me, treating me like an equal, not as a slave. I haven’t been treated that well since before my disgrace.

“Oh.”

Caleb looks at me sideways, then passes the figure back to me. “It’s innocent.”

Relief presses away the fear. “Good,” I say, accepting it.

“It’s a silly thing. Why cherish it as you do?”

“It’s a nice keepsake.”

“To commemorate my downfall?” Caleb asks, narrowing his eyes.

“No. Not everything about this trip was so bad,” I say. In the kitchen, I leave the little wolf on the corner of the counter where I can see it.

Caleb shifts his gaze from me to the figure and back again. “No, I suppose not.”

I motion toward one of the kitchen chairs. Once he sits down, I move around behind him and place my hands on his shoulders.

Immediately, he starts to calm under my touch.

At nightfall, Caleb lights a few lanterns in the house while I light the oven and prepare one of the fish that Caleb caught. While that is cooking in the oven, I begin chopping up some vegetables to cook on the skillet on the stovetop.

Caleb returns then and peers over my shoulder. “What are you doing?”

“Getting ready to make some grilled veggies,” I tell him. When he lingers, I glance back at him. “Do you… want to help?”

It felt strange, to ask a King for help chopping the vegetables – even after I had yelled at him to contribute more.

I’m still expecting him to say no, so it surprises me immensely when he nods, saying, “I know my way around a knife.”

Without a word, I pass over the knife. He moves quickly and expertly, slicing through the vegetables like an actual chef.

“How did you learn to do that?” I ask him, in awe.

“You don’t want to know,” he says, a hint of darkness in his voice.

Oh. That means torture. I’m sure of it.

In that case, he’s right. I don’t want to know.

I prepare the pan on the stove while he continues with the vegetables. Working side by side like this feels oddly domestic. Not something I would have ever expected to share with the king.

I don’t hate it. In fact, I’m alarmed at how much I do enjoy, working in tandem with a man I care about, as if class wasn’t something that fundamentally separated us in almost every other regard.

It makes me curious about things that probably don’t matter…

Yet they still feel vitally important here, in the quiet of the kitchen, with only the crack sizzle of the wood in the stove to pull me from my thoughts.

“If you weren’t a king,” I ask, “What would you want to be?”

He chuckles lightly at my question. “I don’t know… maybe a fisherman.”

“You’re joking but I think you’re good at it.”

“I am good at it,” Caleb replies. “But would it be enough to satisfy me in the long term? I don’t know. It’s more likely I would be a soldier, working my way up through the ranks.”

“Your ambition would drive you?” I ask.

“I like having power,” Caleb says.

It’s honest, at least.

In polite conversation, the next thing we would talk about should be my answer to the question, but Caleb just continues chopping and doesn’t say anything.

He probably isn’t used to having to contribute meaningfully to conversations, so I answered anyway as if he had asked me.

“I don’t know what I would be, if life had treated me a different hand,” I say.

Caleb laughs harder like I told a joke.

Did I miss something?

Glancing back at him, I ask, “What’s so funny?”

“You are joking,” Caleb says, “So I’m laughing.”

I turn away from the stove to face him. “How am I joking?”

Glancing at my face, he stops chopping to face me as well. “Because you can’t be serious. It’s too absurd.”

“In what way?” I ask.

“Why would you want anything other for yourself than to be a member of my harem?” His confusion seems genuine. He’s dead serious about this.

I take a deep breath, trying to push down on my rising anger. A king’s viewpoint is skewed. He thinks he treats me so kindly. And maybe he does, considering, but I’d still rather be free.

“I’d rather be here,” I tell him. “Like this.”

Caleb glances around. His confusion does not wane. “There’s no electricity.”

“Maybe not. But here, I can make my own choices. I could spend all day watching the grasses blow in the wind if I wanted.”.

“So you want to be lazy.”

“I want to be free,” I say, with more bite than I meant. “The capital is a gilded cage for me. I can’t even sneeze without asking your permission. Here, I can live however I want.”

I expect Caleb to fly off the handle in anger, but instead, he almost seems… thoughtful.

“Oh.” He returns to his work, chopping the vegetables. There’s more than I need now, but I don’t stop him.

I puzzle over his muted reaction for a long time.

Chapter 105

In the capital, Tristan moves stealthily through the upper hallways of the capital. He’d disguised himself as a guard to sneak past the capital walls, aligning himself with a troop as they entered. Quickly after, before he could be recognized, he broke away.

He maintained a few connections in the underground, who helped him assemble what he needed for his next disguise.

A soldier might help him pass unknown among the servants, but it was not the servants he needed to deceive. So, he took on the disguise of a kitchen servant. Then, carrying a box of groceries, entered the capital itself without receiving a second glance.

In the same apparel, he’s made his way all the way to the upper floors, no one questioning him. A few of the servants noticed him, recognizing him, but with a finger to his lips, the nodded, agreeing to stay silent.

Caleb was not exactly beloved by his wait staff, especially the slaves, but nor did those people feel any loyalty to George instead. In fact, per Tristan’s contacts, conditions have become even worse under George’s reign.

Tristan moves into the harem wing, searching for a contact there. He’s not totally surprised that most of them are under armed guard.

The harem’s loyalty will always be to Caleb. George is right in not trusting them, infuriating as that may be for Tristan personally right now.

Realizing the consorts are off-limits, Tristan redirects his attentions, moving into the nearby servants’ quarters, the ones discretely removed from public sight behind a thick stone wall. This is where the handmaidens stay.

Tristan memorized the layout long ago, as he has the entirety of the capital, even the floors and places not used anymore. For this reason, when he enters a room, he can do so with confidence, knowing he will find who he is looking for.

“Excuse me!” gasps Bethany, Harper’s handmaiden.

Tristan closes the door behind him, then turns to see Bethany. When she sees it’s him, she lowers the kitchen knife she’s holding.

She’d swiped it. Something she might be punished for regularly if Tristan wouldn’t look the other way. Given the circumstances, he’s relieved she has it now. He wouldn’t fault a woman for wanting to protect herself when even the soldiers are traitors.

“Beta Tristan,” she says formally though softly, voice a whisper. “How are you here? They say that you’ve run away?”

“I suspect much of what they say isn’t true,” Tristan says.

Tristan doesn’t know Bethany all that way, but he does know she is exceedingly loyal to Harper, perhaps more than she is even to her king. A questionable position to take, given she only continues to exist by the King’s mercy… But… She’s just the person he needs right now.

At present, loyalty to Harper means loyalty to the king.

“You don’t mean…” Hope rises in her voice. “Harper and the King…?”

“They are alive and safe. For the moment. And looking for ways to return. That’s why I’m here. Tell me everything that has happened. Rumors on the road say that George has declared himself Steward. I trust you know that he is the ultimate traitor.”

She nods. “I do. But it’s not just Stewardship he’s after, Beta Tristan. He wants the Crown.”

“He’s declared Caleb dead,” Tristan says with a frown. “But surely the Alpha Council would not surrender power willingly… to a Gamma.”

“The soldiers are loyal to him,” Bethany says. “He’s basically holding the alphas prisoner here, threatening them and their loved ones if they don’t comply with his wishes.”

“Even so, there are channels he will have to take to become King. He cannot simply steal the crown for himself.”

“He says that he can,” Bethany says. “He’s using the war with the North as the reason for his urgency. He even planned an entire grandiose ceremony to show off his new power.”

“A ceremony? While the city is on lockdown?”

“I’ve heard him give commands to allow specific vendors to pass through the walls,” Bethany says.

“Good,” Tristan says. “I can use that information.”

“Then you should also know, that all of the soldiers inside the palace have been replaced with bear-shifters or wolves easily bought. The ones in the underground, however, are still loyal to Caleb. That’s why they’ve been replaced. They’d likely have a few questions for George if they could make it through the door.”

An army at the ready, then. Just waiting for their King’s return.

“Thank you, Bethany. You will be rewarded for this.”

“I don’t care about rewards,” Bethany says. “Harper is my friend. Until she is safe, I won’t rest.”

Tristan nods, pleased with her attitude. If only that loyalty was for the king, and not a consort. Tristan is too desperate to be picky, though.

“Warn the other servants to be prepared for the day of the ceremony,” Tristan says. “I suspect the King’s return will not be gently received.”

“No,” Bethany agrees. “There is sure to be bloodshed.”

“We’ll be ready,” Tristan says.

“I’ll prepare the servants and slaves,” Bethany says. “Give them a signal, and they will vanish.”

“Good,” Tristan says, already formulating a new plan. “That’s good.”

Healthier, Caleb is able to make it up the stairs now, so instead of squishing himself onto the bed, he stretches out on the bed instead. I follow along behind him, though stay rooted at the door to the room while he relaxes inside of it. There is a second bedroom if he wants to be alone.

When Caleb notices my hesitation, he grumbles, “What are you doing, lingering there? Get in here and warm my bed like a good consort.”

His tone makes me want to argue, but since being at his side is where I want to be, I comply in this instance.

As soon as I’m within reach, he grabs me around the waist and yanks me down onto the bed.

With me on my back, he rolls over me. His mouth covers mine, his tongue plunging deep.

In a rush, he grips the front of my dress like he means to rip it off

“Wait!” I shout, pulling back from his kiss.

His brow scrunches in annoyance, but his hands still.

“What is the reason for this defiance?” he snaps.

“There are so few clothes here for me,” I say. Reaching up, I start undoing the buttons that block my breasts from his hungry eyes and hands. “If you tear too many, I’ll have to walk around naked.”

“I don’t see the problem.”

I roll my eyes at him. “What if another salesman visits?”

“I’ll pluck out his eyes,” Caleb says, his voice lowering to a growl.

“What if it’s Tristan?”

Caleb continues growling, though he doesn’t formulate words this time. Instead, he pulls his hands away from my dress and allows me to continue to unbutton, unimpeded.

When the last button is free, he pushes the dress down from my shoulders. I roll away as he tugs it out from under me. He turns and places it on top of a chair near the bed.

His kindness startles and delights me so much that by the time he rolls back to me, I stretch myself, ready and waiting for him.

“Well?” I ask, lifting a brow.

“As a consort should be.”

We take our pleasures well into the night, thoroughly enjoying and exhausting each other.

In the morning, I wake up first.

Caleb’s face is relaxed in sleep, and one of his arms is slung around me.

A morning like this, where neither of us really needs to be anywhere, is so rare and so gentle,that it makes my heart hurt.

Secretly, I wish in my heart that things could stay like this forever.

It’s impossible, I know. But I yearn for it so dearly that it makes me ache.

Chapter 106

Rolling away from me, Caleb wakes up a while later. He stretches as he pulls himself out of bed. Since he’s naked, all of his bare skin is on tantalizing display. As hot as he is, though, right now, I’m not as turned on as I am disheartened.

Caleb’s wounds are almost all the way healed, so much so that many of them simply look like red marks that are fading even as I watch them.

While I’m happy that he’s healthy again, I’m also filled with trepidation and worry. There’ll be nothing holding us back now. When Tristan comes back to us, we will have to go to the capital. My little slice of heaven here will come to an end.

Caleb catches me staring with a melancholic look on his face. “What’s the problem?” he asks.

I don’t know how to explain without making him angry. We’re having a good morning, and I don’t want to ruin that. Besides, who knows how long it will be before Tristan returns?

Yet I feel the weight of the situation pressing down onto me. If I could stop us from having to go back, I would. But I know there’s nothing I can do to keep Caleb out here with me, hidden away, where we can be on equal levels socially.

Nothing will keep Caleb from reclaiming his throne.

“Harper,” Caleb says, turning more fully toward me. “I will not ask again.”

“I’m just thinking of what things will be like when we go back,” I admit.

He shrugs, seemingly relieved that my worries were about something as simple as that. “Things will return to how they’ve always been. George’s interference will not change the way I run my kingdom.”

“That’s not what I mean,” I say. Gathering my courage, I press, “What about us?”

Caleb laughs as he turns and begins to dress, kicking his legs into his pants. “What about us? That will not change, either. It will simply return to how it was before.”

“Oh,” I say, downtrodden, and glance away.

Caleb notices. He continues to dress, but he’s not laughing anymore. “Did you want things to change, Harper?”

Yes. Immensely. But when I try to imagine Caleb as King treating me as anything other than a servant, I just can’t manage it. He is still waiting for his perfect mate to come around, after all. Compared to that, I don’t have any chance of holding his interest for very long.

The fact that I’ve held his attention for this long is something of a miracle.

“Would you let me go?” I ask softly.

This time, he totally stills. “Go where?”

“Here,” I say. “I want to stay here, with the meadow and my garden. I wouldn’t bother anyone. I wouldn’t tell anyone what happened. Everyone can just assume I died.”

“No,” Caleb snaps with such fierceness that I look at him in surprise. Holding my gaze prisoner with his own, he doubles down, “Absolutely not.”

“Have I not been a good consort?” I ask. “Do you hate me so much that you would drag me back into imprisonment?”

“You have been a good consort,” Caleb says. “And it is precisely for that reason that I will not be leaving you here.”

“Please, Caleb…” Truly, I do not want to see him interact with the harem again, or worse. What if he does find his perfect mate when we return? Would I be forced to watch from his side as he cavorts around, fawning over some other woman?

I’d rather stay here, alone but safe for the rest of my life.

Caleb presses a knee onto the mattress and leans over me on the bed.

“I will not let you go,” he says fiercely. “I will not give up my favored consort.”

With that, he leans down and kisses me. It’s a claiming kind of kiss, with more bite than softness.

He’s reminding me that I still belong to him and that I always will, no matter where we are, inside the capital or not.

“There is no escaping me,” he growls and pushes me down onto the mattress again.

Two days later, Caleb is fully healed, doing pushups while I tend to the garden. He’s shirtless, leaving me entirely distracted – until a truck starts pulling up our driveway.

“In the house, Harper,” Caleb says, pushing himself up to his feet.

“No,” I tell him.

“Harper,” he growls.

“I told you before and I’ll tell you now,” I say. “If this is the enemy coming, then we’ll face them together.”

He opens his mouth like he wants to argue more, but the truck is moving at break-neck speeds up the drive. Instead, Caleb comes and stands directly before me…

As the truck comes closer, I see that it has the name of a catering company painted on the side. It skids to a stop beside the house, kicking dust up from the stone driveway.

Tristan hops out of the driver’s side. “King Caleb! I’ve returned. And I brought company.”

Seeing it’s Tristan, Caleb’s shoulders relax somewhat. He moves closer toward the truck, following Tristan as he moves around the back. I follow as well, staying back a few feet.

Relief rises in me, happy to see Tristan unharmed. At the same time, I feel dread, knowing there can be no more delay in Caleb’s return.

Tristan opens the back of the trunk, revealing a few of Caleb’s closest soldiers. They hop out of the back of the truck and line up. While they stand at attention, some cannot hide their pleased expressions, seeing their king again.

“I’ve brought a few loyal troops,” Tristan says. “They’ll be helpful discussing strategy. There are more still back in the underground. You have an army, my King, ready and waiting for your orders.”

“It’s good to see you alive, King Caleb,” says one of the bolder soldiers.

“I imagine so,” Caleb replies, “After that traitor George told everyone I was dead. As if I’d be felled by a bear and a handful of silver bullets.”

Tristan and I exchange a glance. It was a lot more than a handful of silver bullets. Plus, he also fell out of a window.

But I suppose telling too much truth to the soldiers might dim their hero worship. Right now, we need that sense of awe and surprise.

If everyone thinks he’s dead, it will ruin George all that much more when Caleb makes his grand return.

I’d still rather stay here, but I suppose a King’s return would be a sight worth seeing.

“We need to speed up our timeline,” Tristan says when the awestruck mood has mostly passed. “George has become emboldened in your absence. He is using planted bear soldiers to keep the Alpha Council prisoner. He is using threats against their families and entourages to ensure they don’t stand in the way of him crowning himself king.”

“That traitor wants to wear my crown?” Caleb asks, low and dangerous, the threat clear in his voice.

George made a huge mistake betraying a predator as fierce and deadly as Caleb. Caleb will never back down until he has retaken his throne and made George pay for usurping him.

“My King,” Tristan says. “It’s time for you to return. Your throne awaits.”

Caleb grins. “Finally.”

Chapter 107

Though Caleb is amped up to return to the capital and reclaim his throne, Tristan and the rest of the soldiers are showing a bit of fatigue.

In a quiet moment, away from the ears of the others, I speak gently to Caleb, “Tristan doesn’t look like he’s slept since he’s been gone. Perhaps leaving in the morning, after everyone has eaten and rested would be best.”

Caleb glares at me for the unsolicited advice. I expect a lecture, yet, the longer he looks at me, the more his features soften.

“Fine,” he says. “But feeding all of them is your responsibility.”

He likely means it as a punishment for my suggestion, but I know there is enough fish in the icebox. There’s also some ripe vegetables in the garden. We have enough food to feed the soldiers and ourselves. Honestly, I’m pleased to see none of it going to waste.

To Tristan, he says, “We’ll leave in the morning.”

Tristan nods, hiding his relief until Caleb’s back is turned.

Inside, I cook alone. Compared to having Caleb helping me, it feels slow and lonely, but I’m slowly moving toward acceptance once more.

In front of others, Caleb cannot act as anything less than a king. It would be an embarrassment, I suppose, for him to prepare his own. food.

I much prefer Caleb the man to Caleb the king, but I know I have no say in the matter.

When everyone has eaten, floor space is divvied up and claimed. Caleb looks at me, then tips his head toward the stairs.

“We’ll leave at dawn,” Caleb announces, then starts upstairs. Obediently, I follow along behind him. He enters the bedroom first. After I’ve entered, he closes the door behind me.

It’s our last night together like this – two people together in a country farmhouse. Back at the capital, any moments we share will be only ever between a king and a member of his harem. I will lose whatever human privileges I have.

As I stand at the foot of the bed, facing it, Caleb steps up behind me. Gently, he begins to undo the buttons of my dress. Leaning my head forward, I close my eyes, trying to burn each second of this softness into my memory.

Not that I mind when he’s rougher with me. Caleb always delivers on pleasure. But this tenderness… I know I’ll never have it again. That makes this moment all the more bittersweet.

Once the last button is undone, the entirety of my dress is only held up at the shoulders. Caleb pushes at my sleeves, tugging them off my shoulders. At once, the whole dress drops down to my waist, exposing my bare breasts. With another light tug, the dress rounds the curves of my hips and pools down on the floor.

He slides his index fingers under the sides of my panties and shifts them down. They fall to my ankles.

Behind me, I hear the shift of clothing. After a moment, when he presses his front against my back, I feel his hard muscles and warm skin. His dick is throbbing, pressing against the meat of my ass.

He lowers his lips to my ear. “We have company tonight, so you will have to be quiet. As much as I love hearing you scream…” He licks a long swipe up the shell of my ear. “Your noises are for me alone tonight. Do you understand?”

“Yes,” I say.

“Good.”

Grabbing my shoulders, he turns me to face him. When I do, I look up into his eyes.

He holds me at a distance at first, as his eyes drag down the length of my naked body. Then, when his gaze meets mine again, he drags me in and kisses me.

Without breaking our kiss, he slowly lowers me down onto the bed. He drags me up so that my head rests on the pillow, all while staying on top of me, crawling over me.

His hand finds my breast, his thumb flicking over my nipple.

“Caleb…” I gasp.

“Quiet, Harper,” Caleb whispers, his voice a deep rumble. “Or I will stop.”

“Don’t stop,” I whisper in reply.

“Don’t make me…” Dipping his head, he catches that same nipple with his mouth, lapping at it with his tongue.

I squeeze my eyes and mouth shut, as I push my head back against the pillow. My back arches upwards, giving him more access. He hums, pleased.

After a moment, he pops off that breast to give the other the same attention. This time, however, he also slides a hand low, teasing my clit.

I clench my teeth to keep from making a sound.

Keeping his thumb over my clit, he angles his hand around to simultaneously slip two fingers inside of me. What he feels is him removing his mouth and his fingers, so that he can look down at how wet they are.

“Your pussy is impatient,” he says, his voice a breath. “I better not keep it waiting.”

Pushing my legs apart, he angles himself between them. Holding his dick with one hand and my thigh with the other, he aligns himself with my entrance and slips inside.

Even biting my bottom lip, I can’t stop my moan. So I cover my mouth with one hand. With the other, I claw at the sheets, bunching them together in my closed fist.

Eyes hooded but watching me, he pushes in all the way to the hilt. The way he’s up on his knees, I anticipate a deep, rough ride. Instead, he leans over me, covering my body with his own, bringing his face very close to mine.

Like this, his thrusts are shallow, but gods, it still feels good.

What makes it more intense is, with how close his face is, I can look nowhere else but his eyes.

The way he looks at me, the way his hands find mine, even the way he’s thrusting in and out of me….

It is all so terribly tender it makes my heart sing and ache at the same time.

This isn’t fucking…

This is making love…

A sob claws at my throat, but I shove it down as I do all my other noises.

He doesn’t love me. This softness is a fluke. He just needs to be quiet.

My heart doesn’t understand though.

Gods, it feels so good… But it hurts so much…

I close my eyes.

“Look at me,” Caleb whispers, voice as deep as a growl. “Don’t you dare look away?”

I open my eyes again, watching his as he takes his pleasure in my body, and I find mine with his.

When I cum, he sees every inch of me, deep down to my soul. This close, I can hide nothing from him.

After, I found no sleep that night.

I roll out of bed before dawn and sneak downstairs to make breakfast. The soldiers were all awake to the scent of what was left of the bacon and eggs. I throw in some potatoes, and there’s enough for everyone.

After breakfast, I clean the kitchen, leaving it much like we found it.

While everyone else prepares the truck to leave, I stay in the kitchen, holding my small wolf keepsake in my hand. I’d meant to carry it forever as a memento of this adventure. But. Knowing the life I’m going back to, maybe it would hurt too much to be reminded of the freedoms and the softness of what happened in this farmhouse.

With a heavy heart, I place the figure down on the counter and turn my back.

“It’s time,” Caleb says. I didn’t notice him watching me from the doorway.

“I’m ready,” I say and moving past him, walk out of the house and to the truck without looking back.

Caleb watches Harper go, before turning his attention to the small steel wolf she left on the counter in the kitchen. She’d looked at it first. Her leaving it behind was intentional.

Maybe she wants to forget this place.

Maybe he should too.

Yet he still walks toward the counter and pockets the little wolf, before he turns to leave.

Chapter 108

Caleb and I, as well as most of the soldiers, sit in the back of the truck, while Tristan and one soldier sit up front. The ride to the capital is long, especially without a seat cushion, but not one of us complains.

Without any light from outside, we are left in total darkness. As the trip progresses, Caleb slips his arm around my waist and tugs me closer against his side, farther from the others.

“She is a member of my harem, soldier,” Caleb growls. “I don’t care how loyal you are, I will protect what’s mine.”

“I didn’t mean offense, King Caleb. I apologize,” says one of the soldiers.

“Apologize by controlling yourself,” Caleb adds.

I don’t understand what’s happening. In the dark, I can only make out shadowing figures. Still, I get the distinct impression Caleb just saved me from something, so after inching even closer to him, I put myself on guard to the rest of the people around me.

Another hour passes in uncomfortable silence. Then Caleb says, “We’re almost to the gates.”

“How can you tell?” I ask as the other soldiers shuffle, preparing their weaponry.

“I’m king,” he says, like that solves everything.

I continue to stare at where I think his face is in the dark. Eventually, he relents.

“I am the strongest Alpha in the kingdom, Harper. I can sense it.”

“Smell?”

“In part,” he says.

As I was never gifted a wolf myself, many of his abilities are a mystery to me. He acts as though he has some kind of sixth sense that lets him determine where he is in the kingdom by feeling alone. I don’t really know if I should believe such a thing is possible, but with Caleb, anything seems possible.

He’s so powerful, so strong and capable. He should have died falling out of that window. Instead, he’s here now like nothing ever physically happened to him. It’s a wonder.

He’s a wonder.

“Quiet now. We’re approaching the gates,” Caleb says.

We all still, feel as the truck comes to a stop. Through the walls of the back of the truck, I can hear muffled voices, but none of what is being said.

There’s a moment where Caleb’s hand clutches tighter around me. But, then, in the next instant, he relaxes again. The voices shout something, and the truck starts up again.

“We’re through,” Caleb says. We feel the shift as the truck descends down the corkscrew road, traveling deeper and deeper into the underground.

Once we reach the bottom, the road straightens out. We stay silent as the truck follows along a few roads, turning here and there. Eventually, we come to a stop again.

“We’re here,” Caleb says.

I brace myself, expecting a fight right away, even though logically, I know the plan was to meet at a safe house first to connect with Caleb’s other loyal soldiers.

Someone outside unlocks the back of the truck and the door pushes open. I squeeze my eyes against the sudden light. Even the dim light of the underground burns my eyes compared to the total darkness in the back of the truck.

One by one the soldiers file out. I follow along behind them, blinking quickly to try to help my eyes adjust.

As I do, I notice many disparaged people standing around an old warehouse, all of their eyes on the back of the truck.

It’s not me they are waiting to see so I quickly step out of the way.

Caleb hops out next. A few gasps sound from the crowd, along with a few, “Thank the gods.” Some of the people even fall to their knees, bowing before their returned king.

Caleb stands as regal as I’ve ever seen him, proudly taking in the sight. “My thanks to each and every one of you for standing against the traitor who has taken my place. When my crown is returned, I will see boons placed upon each of you as my gratitude for your loyalty.”

More people bow. An older woman near me starts crying.

Through their eyes, I can see how beloved Caleb truly is by his people. They don’t care how ruthless he can be within his palace walls. To them, they only see the man who provides.

Tristan then comes to Caleb’s side. “I’ll rally the troops. We’ll be ready to leave on your go.”

“How much time do we have before this ceremony?” Caleb asks, disdain clear in his voice.

“5 hours,” Tristan says.

“Good.”

As Tristan hurries off and the others return to their work, Caleb approaches me, takes me by the elbow, and drags me off to a corner of the warehouse.

There, he affixes me with a stern look. “This is where you will stay until I come and collect you again.”

“I can help,” I tell him at once.

He sighs as if he’d already resigned himself to this fight. “You can help, by staying out of the way.”

“I can wield a blade. The Pitmaster taught me.”.

“You could scarcely defend yourself against a few lions. How do you expect you would fare against bears and their silver bullets?”

“You are underestimating me,” I say, annoyed.

“I am impartially judging your level of ability, Harper. If I bring you into the palace with me, I will spend more time protecting you than I will fighting my own battles.”

“That’s not true.”

Maybe he’s right about the actual fighting part. I know my blade skills are mediocre at best, and wouldn’t do a hell of a lot against a bear with a gun. But I also know, that if I hadn’t been there when Caleb needed me, he would have been found and killed in that alleyway.

If I’m not there next time, who will shield him when he cannot shield himself? Can I fully trust even his most loyal soldiers to place his life above their own?

I don’t want to insult Caleb by suggesting he can’t take care of himself. He’d take that personally and will stop this argument with a firm No. That he is even entertaining this conversation at all means that I have a chance, however small, of convincing him to bring me along.

“I won’t be a burden. I can carry my own,” I say.

“Do you still have your knife?” he asks, frowning.

I reach into the pocket of my farm dress and withdraw my weapon. Still, on its cover, it looks more like a pen.

“And you expect that to take down a bear,” he says.

“It will take down whatever I need it to.”

Caleb narrows his eyes at me. “If that’s true, I propose this… If you can prove it, I will let you come. Otherwise, you will stay here without further argument.

“How can I prove it?” I ask him. I’m determined to prove myself, whatever it takes. Does he want me to show him the different stances I know? Perhaps he will roll in a training dummy or see my form as I lunge at some of the many wooden boxes in the room.

The corners of his mouth quirk upward into a smug kind of smile. “Easy. We have a duel.”

Chapter 109

Caleb and I move to the center of the warehouse. The soldiers and other loyal citizens make room for use. When word gets out that we are going to spare, we earn ourselves a sizeable crowd. They should be getting ready for the fight ahead, but I suppose watching the king spar with member of his harem is too curious a sight to ignore.

When he attacks the ceremony later today, Caleb will wear body armor, but he chooses nothing of the sort right now, wearing only a black t-shirt and black slacks with heavy black boots.

I’m still in my dress from the farm, though I’ve sliced a slit up the side to give myself more mobility. Caleb really doesn’t like that and has been glaring at that slit since I made it.

“Well?” he says, gesturing with one hand for me to attack him. “Come on. I’ll let you try twice before I do anything but dodge.”

“I don’t want to actually hurt you,” I say.

He laughs, as do a few onlookers.

“Consort, you can try your very best. See what happens. I promise you won’t hurt me.”

His cool dismissal of my talents lights a fire within me. I decide not to hold back.

Readying myself, I fall into one of the stances that the Pitmaster showed me. My knife is much smaller than the blade she provided me, but the principles are the same. My enemies are always going to be bigger than me.

I had to catch them by surprise. I had to be quicker.

Could I be quicker than the king of alphas?

Unlikely, but I was going to try my best.

In a flash, I rush forward, blade first. I slash at him.

He leans back, and my knife slices through the air, not once catching on his skin or the fabric of his shirt.

“That’s one attempt missed,” Caleb says, righting himself. “Try again.”

I use the momentum I already have, to continue a spin, then follow- through with a second attack, slicing upwards this time.

He turns to the side, moving at high speeds but with a smoothness that makes the action appear casual. He smirks like he’s proud, even though some of the onlookers chuckle again.

“That’s two,” Caleb says. “Remember, on this third one, I get to do more than dodge. Come at me again.”

Righting myself, I think about the best course of attack. I could angle for some kind of distraction technique. But the first thing that comes to mind is kissing him, not something I want to do in front of all these people, and not likely something I would do in an actual combat situation.

No, what I need to do is just stick to my guns.

I lower myself down low and prepare for my third and final attack.

Now!

I dart forward.

At the same moment, Caleb reaches out, grabs my outstretched wrists, and twists just enough to make me drop the knife. As it clatters onto the ground, he tugs me against him, trapping me with his arms around my waist.

“I win,” he says, smirking smugly down at me. The onlookers clap. Caleb ignores them. As he continues to stare at me, his good humor entirely fades.

Is he thinking, like I am, that his winning means my staying behind, which means this is goodbye?

“You need more training,” Caleb says, “but it will have to suffice for now. You will stay here with the other non-combatants. It should be safe here, but if the worst should happen…”

I can see now that his reason for leaving me behind isn’t just to keep me safe. It’s because I’m one of the few people he can trust to try to save his remaining loyal followers.

Leaning in, he whispers in my ear, “Do what you have to, to survive, Harper.”

“I will,” I tell him. His words have soothed some of the pain of losing so spectacularly.

Releasing his hold on me, he lifts a hand toward my face but doesn’t quite touch. It hovers for a long moment as he stares at me like he’s searching for something.

“King Caleb,” Tristan says, materializing nearby. “It’s time to go.”

Caleb looks at me a moment more, then turns without another word to me. With Tristan’s help, he straps on the armored vest, then, leading the soldiers, slips out through the side door with them following behind.

The plan, as I understand it, is for Caleb and the soldiers to slip in through an open servants’ entrance. They mean to enter undetected, making a grand entrance at the ceremony itself, running George’s plans in the most dramatic of fashions.

I worry for them, for Caleb and for Tristan, while also wishing I could be there to see the shock on George’s face.

The King is only gone fifteen minutes when another soldier bursts through the entrance of the warehouse, panting so hard, that he looks like he might keel over.

“Where is the king?” the soldier asks, looking around. “I have a message.”

“Rest yourself, son,” says one of the older woman non-combatants. “Sit down before you fall down.”

“No time. I have to deliver a message.”

“They’ve already left,” someone else says.

The young man curses.

“What’s the message,” I say, stepping forward.

The soldier looks at me confused. “Consort Harper. You’re alive?” This man must have worked in the palace, to recognize me.

“The message,” someone else presses, urgency in their voice.

“The servants’ entrance… the one we’d planned on using to enter… It’s been sealed off,” the out-of-breath soldier says. “There’s only one open entrance in and out of the palace and it’s highly guarded.”

“The soldiers will be stranded,” says a woman.

“Or they’ll be mowed down at the checkpoint.”

“I can take the message to them,” one of the others says, a boy too young for combat. He’s already rushing toward the door.

“Wait,” I say stopping him.

Several pairs of distrusting eyes turn to me.

“If you tell Caleb the way is shut, he will go through the one that is open, even if it leads to casualties. We need a different option to present to him. Does anyone have any other ideas?”

“He might not,” says one of the women. “My husband is with him. I’m not going to hold up this message so you can talk hypotheticals.”

“No,” the older woman says. “Harper’s right. The King will make a judgment call, and he has always been more prone to action than waiting.” The older woman nods to one of the other non-combatants. “Show her what’s in that crate over there.”

“This is wasting time,” says the impatient woman.

An older man leads me to a stack of crates. Inside is a supply of dynamite.

“They could blow it from outside,” the old woman says, but as it’s a servants’ entrance, the servants’ quarters are just inside. It could lead to many innocent casualties. But if the servants were warned. “But if they are warned before the explosives go off…”

I meet the old woman’s eyes and understand her intent. Someone has to go in and warn them.

“Does anyone have any servant clothes?” I ask.

“We’ve already abandoned our posts,” the older woman says. “If we are recognized, we will be immediately killed.”

“I’m not suggesting any of you go in…” I say.

The impatient woman frowns at me. “You can’t mean for it to be you.”

“If I’m caught, I might not be immediately killed,” I say. “I’m the only one who can say that. Give me the clothes. Someone else ran the dynamite to Caleb. But please tell him to give me a head start.”

“He won’t be pleased when he finds out it’s you who went inside,” the old man says.

“Then don’t tell him,” I say and rush to change.

Chapter 110

With no time to waste, as soon as I’m dressed, I rush out of the warehouse and head down the streets toward the palace.

My plan is flimsy at best, but someone has to take the risk to save those innocent servants. I’m not willing to let anyone else take the risk, despite my promise to Caleb.

He’s going to be mad as hell when he finds out, but… well, he can scold me afterwards, when that door crumbles down without hurting anyone and we are all safely out of this.

When I near the palace, I slow my run to a brisk, purposeful walk, not wanting to draw attention. Fortunately, Tristan’s intel was right. Even though the ceremony is in a few short hours, there are still tons of servants and vendors bustling in and out of the only open entrance.

Tempers are high, impatience flaring both from those waiting and those having to check every single ID. Eventually, the vendors and servants, pressed for time, start taking their chances, slipping past the checkpoint in waves. The soldiers, seemingly more annoyed that they were given this job than they care about the security of the palace, look the other way as the servants slip inside.

I stick close to one batch of servants and slip in with the next wave. At this point, the soldiers seem to give up entirely and just wave us through.

“Be quick about it, then. Steward George is losing patience with these delays,” says one of the soldiers, hurrying us through.

I keep my head down as I move away from the pack and towards the servants’ quarters. Unfortunately, the entrance to the quarters is barred by two familiar-looking soldiers. Traitors, who, during the battle, sided with George over their own king.

I turn my head away, but I’m not fast enough.

“Was that…?” one of them asks.

As I hurry away, he calls, “Hey, you! Wait!”

I can’t wait. Instead, I take off running. I’m not familiar with these lower floors, but I remember where the stairwell is. I rush there now, sliding around people. In the stairwell, I rush up, two stairs at a time. I’m a floor up when the door below opens.

“I swear to the gods, that servant looked like Harper from the harem,” says one soldier to another.

“You are imagining things,” says the other.

“Then why did she run?”

I rush up the stairs, but I only make it to the floor of my old room, before they get too close. In a panic, I dart out of the stairwell and rush through these old familiar hallways.

There, I turn a corner and collide with a familiar woman.

“Bethany?”

She gapes at me as I gape at her. “Harper? What are you doing here?”

“There isn’t much time,” I tell her. “They are going to catch me?”

“Who is?”

“Bethany, you have to warn the servants to move out of the lower floors of the servants’ quarters. Caleb and the others are going to use explosives to get through the door and -“

“There she is! Servant! Stop that woman.”

To protect Bethany’s reputation, I grab her by the shoulders and pretend we’re grappling.

“There’s no time,” I tell her with urgency. “Tell them. Get as many people clear as you can.”

“I will,” she assures me, just as the soldiers arrive.

They grab me by the arms and yank me back. The soldier who suspected me gets a good look.

“It is her! Look!”

The other guard peers at me. “I’ll be damned. We thought you were dead.”

“Maybe she knows where the King’s body is,” the first soldier says.

The other guard shakes his head. “Better to leave this to George.”

“Steward George,” says the first guard. “If you keep forgetting, you’ll get us assigned an even worse duty.”

“Shit,” the other guard says.

As they drag me off, I glance behind me, relieved to see Bethany already turning the other direction, toward the servants’ quarters on this floor.

The two guards drag me up the stairwell, then down the hallway to the doors leading to the hall.

“Keep her here,” says the first guard. “I’ll go in and see if George is of a mind to see her.”

As the second guard nods, the first slips into the room. It takes a few minutes, but then an angry booming voice erupts so loudly, I can hear it even from the hallway.

“Bring her here at once, you imbecile!”

The second guard doesn’t wait for the first to reemerge before he shoves open the door to the Hall and drags me inside.

With the Hall, decorations are still being arranged. Servants are on tall ladders, draping silver streamers around the beams in the ceiling. Others are setting up tables near the side of the room, and covering them with silver tablecloths.

One is unrolling a long narrow carpet down the center of the room, from the doorway to the throne. At the end of it, standing just in front of the stage that holds the throne, stands George.

The first guard rushes down the carpet toward us. The servant laying the carpet glares at him behind his back.

“Now. Now. Faster,” the first guard says.

Each grabbed one of my arms, and the two servants rushed me to the front of the room. They force me down to my knees in front of George, who stares down his nose at me.

Roughly, he grabs me by the chin and lifts my face upwards to see my face.

“So it is you. Harper, of the fallen King’s harem. The fallen King’s favorite,” George sneers.

Calling him fallen is premature, but knowing surprise is to Caleb’s advantage, I don’t correct George now.

“Dressed as a servant, sneaking through my palace,” George continues.

This palace does not belong to you. I bite back at the words.

Although to George, he must believe that he does. He’s already wearing some of Caleb’s clothing, garments of a monarch, with golden trim woven through the seams. As George is much narrower and smaller than Caleb, the clothes are ill-fitting. The addition of a gaudy silver belt does not hide it, making it bunched in places instead.

The other vendors are rushing. But the tailors likely had to tell George no outright.

I wonder what became of them.

“I assumed you died,” George says. His finger strokes the side of my cheek. When I try to shrink away from him, he grips me harder at the chin. “Why have you come back? What is it you hope to accomplish?”

I keep my mouth closed, refusing to answer his questions.

“It is in your best interest if you talk to me now,” George says. “Else I’ll have to mar that pretty face of yours. Wouldn’t that be a waste?” He smirks with malice. “You know, after I am crowned, everything that belonged to him will belong to me instead. Including his harem. Including you.”

If he tries it, I will fight back tooth and nail, whatever it takes to stop him. He will not find me a willing victim, no matter if he wears the crown or not.

If it even comes to that.

Down below, back in the underground, I imagine Caleb has received the message and the dynamite. It’s only a matter of time before George’s plans and dreams go up in literal smoke.

Caleb grabs the messenger by the front of his shirt. “You let Harper go in there? Alone?”

“King Caleb,” Tristan says, a soft warning that Caleb is getting distracted.

With the dynamite, they will lose their initial surprise.

Shoving the messenger away, Caleb turns to Tristan instead. “This ramps up our timeline. I don’t care if the timing doesn’t match up. We are moving everything forward.”

“Yes, King Caleb.”

Thinking of Harper, Caleb’s blood pressure skyrockets.

If she’s not dead by the time he gets there, he might just kill her himself for causing him all this worry.

If she’d just stayed…

Of all the times to defy him.

“Get that dynamite in place,” Caleb barks. “Everyone get ready. Stealth is no longer an option.”

The soldiers salute.

Someday he will find a way to force Harper to actually listen to his commands.

If she’s alive.

He growls, low and dangerous, already feeling the shift of his inner wolf pull at him.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe


Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 91 to 100)

Chapter 91

“You would fight me,” Samuel repeats slowly, as if in disbelief. “For him.”

“Not just for him, but for your sense of honor as well as mine,” I tell him. With that wild look in his eye, I don’t trust him enough to even turn my back on him for a minute. Of all the dangers out here, the invaders and the bullets and the raging bears, I never thought Samuel was someone I would have to be afraid of.

Or someone that I would have to protect others from.

Yet here we are.

“You’re crazy,” Samuel says like I’m the one who’s in the wrong. “You are absolutely insane.”

“Then it shouldn’t matter to you what happens to me from here on,” I say. “Turn around and leave.” I still need his help to move Caleb, but I’m not going to let Samuel anywhere near Caleb after the things he said tonight.

“Whatever, you crazy bitch,” Samuel says, finally backing away. “When the bears attack you, and you are left all on your own, I hope you remember this moment and how you pushed me away.”

I don’t move, don’t even lower my knife until he’s backed far enough away that he is outside of the alley. Once he turns and disappears. down the street, I return to Caleb’s side. Returning the knife to his sheath between my breasts, I grab at Caleb’s arm again and pulling, try to drag him into a more secluded corner of the alleyway.

We make it about two inches before my strength gives out and I flop down on my ass. Caleb is of tall stature with all muscle. He’s heavy, far heavier than I can hope to carry. But where there’s a will, there’s a way.

Determined, I push myself to my feet. This time, I try grabbing him around the middle and tugging. I yank with all my strength, but again, we don’t go anywhere.

Caleb grumbles this time and peeks one eye open, just slightly. “Harper?”

I shush him at once. It’s dark back here, but if anyone hears any talking they will certainly try to investigate.

“What’s happening?” he asks, quieter this time. His voice is wrecked, sounding like it’s caught somewhere between wolf and man.

“You fell from a window,” I tell him.

He grunts. “That’s why I can’t move. All of my bones are broken…” He exhales a wheezing breath. “Shit.”

“Just stay quiet, I’m going to try to get us out of this.” I look around. There’s a flat board leaning up against one side. If I could get Caleb onto that, and then find something ball-shaped to put underneath it.

It takes me a while to realize Caleb is watching me.

When I meet his gaze, he says, “You have to leave me here.”

Thinking I misheard, I inch closer. “What?”

“You can’t carry me. They’ll find us both. They’ll kill me, but I don’t want to think what they’ll do to you.”

“I’m not going anywhere.”

He groans, and I’m not sure it’s just from the pain. “I am King, damn it. And I command you to leave me behind.”

I roll my eyes at him. “You can punish me for disobeying you when we survive this.”

Then, with renewed effort, I grab his shoulder and try to yank most of his weight over my back. He must help a little, shifting and kicking his legs.

Together, we make it toward the corner of the alley, falling behind some boxes before we both pant with exertion. Caleb is stretched out on top of me, I turn to hold him in my arms.

“Harper…” he says, breathy now. He’s weak and winded, soon to fall unconscious again. “Run…”

“Hush,” I tell him.

Then, suddenly, the sound of hurried footsteps stops just outside the alley.

“Have you checked down here?” one of the soldiers asks.

I freeze, afraid to move. Caleb is totally slack now, unconscious again.

The light of a flashlight beam peers into the alley. It searches this way and that, all from the safety of the street. Yet from that angle, the light never quite reaches our corner. We’re safely blocked by the edge of the building.

The flashlight moves away, returning the alley to darkness.

“Nothing in there.”

“Well, he has to be here somewhere. The wolf didn’t just sprout wings and fly away. Keep looking.”

“Yes, sir!” says the other two.

All of them move away.

I exhale in relief. We are not out of the woods, far from it, but at least the immediate danger has passed.

It’s only a matter of time, though, isn’t it? I very well can’t carry Caleb out of danger on my own, and sooner or later, someone will think to check this alleyway.

In the quiet, other questions begin to formulate inside my mind.

For this scale of an attack to happen, for it to be this successful, something must have gone fundamentally wrong.

More likely, someone or one betrayed the King. This had to be an inside job. All of these bear soldiers didn’t just parachute into the premises. For them to be where they were, they already had to be inside somehow.

How long have they been infiltrating?

And who was the one, right under Caleb’s nose, who orchestrated all of this.

An Alpha, waiting for a chance to usurp the throne? But they’d still have to wrangle power from the bears unless the bears promised a partnership.

Still, as prideful as Alpha wolves are, I struggle to imagine them wanting to rule with anyone, especially not the bears.

Who then? Someone who has been seething under the King’s rule, and wanted him out of the way, no matter the overall cost?

Someone who wanted chaos?

Someone who wanted death?

My brain starts to hurt trying to think of the possibilities.

Well, whoever it is, and for whatever reason, I have to make sure those plans are fruitless. Maybe they managed to sew chaos for a time, but they would not win in the end. The King will survive this.

I hear a whistle noise and freeze again. There are no birds this far underground. Again, I hear the sound as it draws closer. Then, a slight sound like someone is sniffing.

With Caleb draped over me, I can’t even reach my knife anymore to defend us. But still, I hold my breath and brace myself. I will fight if I have to. Somehow I will find the strength.

The whistle sounds again, closer. Someone has stepped into the alleyway. They move swiftly and silently. I can’t hear them at all. I only see them when they step in front of a broken window and a hint of light reflects off the side of their face.

It’s a man, tall with broad shoulders. I wish I could see more, but I can’t from my position.

My only relief is that he doesn’t seem to be holding a gun.

I might have a chance. If he tries to physically attack us, I might be able to reach my knife and slash him.

He whistles again, a sharp high sound followed immediately by a low sound.

I don’t make a noise. I don’t move a muscle, except for my heart which thunders wildly.

Like he can hear it, the man turns to look at me. He looks me right in the eyes.

Chapter 92

The man moves closer, coming right for us. I tense all of my muscles, ready to fight, when I blink and realize the identity of the man in question.

It’s Tristan.

Breathe exhales my lungs so sharply, I feel like it’s been punched out of me. Tears well in my eyes, relief flooding through me.

Tristan is here. He’s Caleb’s Beta. He’ll know what to do.

“Harper,” he says with realization. Some of his own tension eases from him, as he comes closer and helps slide Caleb onto his side, off of me. “Is he?”

“Alive,” I tell him.

Tristan touches Caleb’s neck to be sure. “Thank the gods.”

“He fell from a window. Most of his bones are broken, he said.”

“was he awake?”

“Briefly,” I say.

Tristan exhales and nods. “Good. That’s good.”

Tristan has blood splatter on his face and his knuckles are cracked like he’d done some serious punching. He’s changed since I last saw him, now wearing the same black soldier uniform that looks suspiciously like the enemies…

My nerves start to itch again. “Tristan? Why are you wearing that?”

He glances down. “Oh. It’s easier to move among the enemy if they can’t immediately tell you don’t belong.”

That’s a reasonable explanation but it still makes me nervous. I hold onto Caleb’s arm a little tighter than before.

Tristan notices. “I’ve sworn a blood oath of loyalty to King Caleb. Do you know what that means?”

Vaguely. It’s hard to remember now with my adrenaline so out of control.

He takes my silence for ignorance and continues, “I cannot physically act against that oath. If I were to be disloyal to my King, it would kill me. That is the oath I took as Beta. Caleb is my leader, but he is also like a brother to me.”

I want to believe him but… “I don’t know.”

“Watch,” Tristan says. He pulls out a knife. My panic heightens, but instead of going for Caleb’s chest, he moves toward the arm I’m holding. Lightly, he traces a small scratch over the back of that arm. It bleeds a little but heals quickly. Tristan turns his arm so that I can see. The same scratch he gave Caleb is mirrored onto his own skin, but much, much deeper. His blood comes rushing out.

“Stop,” I gasp.

“It’s fine,” he says and lowers his sleeve. “I am not as strong as our King but I will heal quickly. It was more important for you to see that I am trustworthy, especially as what I’m about to ask you to do will not be without danger.”

“Thank you,” I say, because while I don’t like seeing either of them hurt, it does make it easier to trust.

Kneeling beside Caleb, Tristan more thoroughly inspects him. Already I can see that some of Caleb’s bruises are fading and the harsh angle to his broken bones is snapping back into place.

“We can assume that Caleb will not be able to help us with his escape. Even after his body heals, he will need time to rest and recuperate. These bullets are silver, we will have to pry them out.”

I could see, where he was pointing, that the skin couldn’t fully heal over the bullet wounds in his chest. Gods, it all looked so painful.

“We can’t do that here,” I say. “If he wakes up again…”

“You need to find him some clothes. I will find us a car.”

“A car? I don’t understand. Shouldn’t we help the guard retake the capital?”

Tristan looks at me with pity. It’s much different than his usual boredom and I hate it. When things are normal, he’s bored. I want things to be normal.

“We don’t know who we can trust here,” Tristan says. “But I know exactly who we can’t trust. And until we remove him from power and authority, it would be unwise to bring Caleb back under that roof. We need to escape and regroup. Let the King heal. Then we come back and destroy them.”

“Destroy who? Who can’t we trust?” He clearly knows more than I do, perhaps from slinking around behind enemy lines.

“George. Caleb’s Gamma. One of his closest advisors,” Tristan says.

“The one who never agreed with him.”

Tristan nods. “Caleb always thought some dissenting voices were good in his council. I have no idea how long George disagreed.” His lip curls in disgust. “When this is over, I will ask him myself. Preferably with my knife in his gut.”

Seeing he was getting angry, I tried to redirect his attention. “I can search for clothing in the nearby houses, but how will you get a car? And we shouldn’t leave him like this.”

“No.” He sighs. “Truthfully, I was going to send you for clothes and sneak Caleb away, but now…”

“You were going to leave me?” I gasp.

Tristan motions toward my wrist, where Caleb has wrapped his hand around it tightly. In the excitement, I hadn’t even noticed.

“No chance of that now,” Tristan says. “You say here. I will find a car and clothes. Wait for my signal.”

I imagine I already know the signal. That horrible whistling.

“Alright,” I agree.

Tristan quietly slips away, and I continue to worry. I don’t know how long it takes but it feels like hours, constantly on guard.

Then, at last, I hear the whistle.

Tristan sneaks back into the alley, carrying dark clothes for Caleb.

Together we dress him. Then, together, though with mostly Tristan carrying the weight, we pull him from the alley. Tristan drapes him across the backseat and hurriedly instructs me to lay beside him. He covers us both with a blanket, making sure both our feet and heads are hidden.

“Don’t move until you feel sunshine. Don’t even breathe,” Tristan says and closes the door. He gets in again, in the driver’s seat, I presume. The car starts and Tristan drives.

I do not move or breathe.

“We’re coming up to the checkpoint,” Tristan says. “Keep your head down.”

Slowly the car rolls to a stop. Tristan puts the window down.

“Get that gun out of my face,” Tristan snaps, twinging his words with a different kind of accent. The kind they use in the north.

“Oh, sorry, brother. We didn’t realize you were on our side. Where the hell are you going in this? The war is still on.”

“Have you seen this car? I’d be a fool to leave this behind.”

“Sure. But the war -“

“The worst of the fighting is done, as you well know. The higher-ups are going to be calling us out soon, and they aren’t going to allow for looting. Let me by in this beauty, and I’ll promise you a ride later.”

“Looting isn’t permitted…”

“See my knuckles?” Tristan says. “Guess how many wolf bastards I beat to death with my bare hands.”

“What if I guess right?”

“I’ll let you have the car,” Tristan says.

That’s a lie. Tristan isn’t giving up this car. He can’t, not without betraying Caleb. I believe he wouldn’t do that even if the blood oath wasn’t in effect.

He said himself, Caleb is like a brother.

“Ten,” the man says.

“Eleven,” Tristan replies smoothly.

“You’re full of shit,” the man at the checkpoint says, though he’s laughing.

“That means you’ll let me through?” Tristan asks.

“No, man. No looting means no looting. Not even for our brothers.”

Shit. How are we going to get out of here now?

“Shame,” Tristan says. “I was really hoping this might be this easy.”

Then, suddenly, the car veers forward like a bat out of the hell.

“Hey!” the man at the checkpoint shouts.

Then the shooting starts. Glass shatters, and the back windshield is blown out.

Tristan only accelerates more, then abruptly turns up the spiral road that leads us out of here.

Gods, do we even stand a chance?

Chapter 93

The road that leads out of the caverns is a winding spiral. Tires screech as we go around and around, up and up, Tristan never once taking his foot off of the pedal.
In the backseat, as I cling to Caleb’s unconscious body, the force of the turning pushes us back into the seat. The blanket that’s covering us comes loose, and over it, I can suddenly see out and up through the shattered back window to the lights flashing as we rush by them.
Remembering there are more guards at the top, I grab the blanket and yank it back over Caleb and me.
Tristan doesn’t slow the entire way, not even near the top, when sunlight finally beams in.
“Hey! Stop!”
The car accelerates, flying forward. More gunfire. The back windows shatter. The back of the car swerves but Tristan somehow keeps it from spinning out.
Suddenly, the wood breaks and shatters. Splinters fly in through the car.
More men and women should be after us.
Then, eventually, I hear only the rumble of the car engine, the clank of something broken dangling off the side door of the car, and the wind.
Are we free? Have we escaped somehow? I dare not hope to dream, so I keep hiding, coiling protectively over Caleb’s bruised and broken body.
I don’t know how long I stay in this state, adrenaline surging, trapped in fear and uncertainty, but it feels like a long time. A few hours at least.
Finally, the car rolls to a stop, and Tristan cuts off the engine.
“We’re here,” he says.
Where’s here?
Pushing back the blanket, I smell the scent of fresh grasses and hear the rustle of trees.
Tristan disappears from the driver’s seat. Beyond him, I can see that every window in the car, including the windshield has been shot out.
Slowly, I sit up. We’ve journeyed up a long dirt road, stopping beside an old farmhouse with sun-bleached blue siding. Out front looks to be a patch of dirt with some vegetables growing, but also some weeds. Everywhere else is covered with tall grasses.
I’d been trapped in the capital for so long that I’d almost forgotten places like this existed.
Tristan comes around to the outside of the back door. He tries to pull it open. It won’t budge. With a growl, he pulls it harder. This time, then entire door falls off. He shoves it aside with a huff, then reaches in to help me out.
“Where are we?” I ask him.
“Off-grid,” he says curtly, in the kind of way that makes me feel like that’s the best answer I can hope for.
Maybe it is. As long as we’re safe, I don’t particularly care where we are.
“Let’s get him inside,” Tristan says.
Together, though admittedly with Tristan carrying more of Caleb’s weight than me, we manage to get Caleb up the front steps of the farmhouse and then in through the front door.
The house is decorated nicely, albeit with a thin layer of dust on everything. It seems like a family lived here once, maybe a long time ag,o and then disappeared, taking nothing with them.
I tried not to think too hard about the implications of that. The house itself seems nice peaceful, and safe. For now, that is enough.
We carry Caleb in. I try to head for the couch, but Tristan leads us to the kitchen table.
“He needs to rest,” I argue.
“He needs those silver bullets out of him,” Tristan replies.
Caleb’s chest is still bleeding. As much as I don’t want to admit it, or participate in what’s going to come after, I agree.
So we lift Caleb up onto the kitchen table and roll him onto his back.
“I’m going to need a knife,” Tristan says. “The wounds are trying to heal. I’ll have to make new incisions to get those bullets out.”
I head into the kitchen, searching through the drawers. At last, I find a sharp steak knife, after tossing aside three or four that were too dull.
“Will this work?” I ask Tristan.
His face is grim with the work he must now perform.
“Find some towels and get fresh water from the pump outside,” Tristan says. “This isn’t going to be pleasant.”
I hurry to follow his orders.
While Tristan works to remove the bullets from Caleb’s chest, Caleb blessedly does not awaken. In his sleep, he merely grunts now and then as the bullets are pried from under his skin one by one.
I do my best to clean the wounds after the silver has been removed when Tristan moves on to the next one.
It takes several hours. When we finish, I step out onto the porch for fresh air.
Tristan joins me, after a while. “He’ll be fine now. Thanks to you. After some time to recover, he will be his old self again.”
I nod, glad for it, while also conflicted. Caleb is a ruthless tyrant. Did I make the right choice?
Tristan and I look out over the swaying grasses and the trees beyond. Everything is so isolated here. Peaceful. So different than what my life has been like for the past few months. Hells, maybe ever.
“You could have run in the chaos,” Tristan says. “No one would have known. The King might have died. Everything would have been different…”

I’m not sure I believe that. Even after what I’ve seen today, prying those bullets from Caleb’s body, I’m still not sure I believe he has any weakness at all. He would have found some way to survive. I’m sure of it.
“Why didn’t you run?” Tristan asks. He’s looking right at me now.
I don’t know the answer. Not really.
The smarter move would have been to run, to live my life free, with a chance to be happy whether with Samuel or not. Instead, I tethered myself to Caleb.
“I couldn’t let him die,” I say.
“Why not?” Tristan asks. “After the way he treated you, you might not have even lived with any blame.”
“That’s not how it would work for me,” I say. “But I didn’t do it just to keep from feeling guilty.”
Tristan lifts a lone brow.

I don’t really want to admit the depths of my feelings for Caleb to Tristan, but there’s something about this place that calms me. It makes it easier for me to open up. Maybe because it’s so quiet.
“My feelings for Caleb are… complicated,” I say. Even as peace, that’s the most I can manage.
It seems to be enough for Tristan. He looks forward again, and we both watch the tree line in silence for a while.
Caleb blinks away in an unknown room, on a hard kitchen table that wreaks of his own blood and silver. Someone is trying to kill him.
He won’t go down quietly.
Hopping off the table, he starts to growl. He doesn’t know where he is. None of this looks or smells familiar.
Someone smuggled him out of the city. Maybe they don’t mean to kill him, then. Maybe they simply want to use him as blackmail.
He won’t allow that either.
Then, suddenly, a woman enters the living room of this quaint house. At a glance, she seems familiar, but Caleb’s mind is so fogged with unpleasant memories and pain, that he can only think of one word.
Traitor.
He lunges.

Chapter 94

Caleb’s vision is red as he closes his hands around the traitor’s throat. He has her up against the wall, her feet. dangling, kicking wildly. She claws at Caleb’s hands with her dull human fingernails, as if that would ever be enough for him to not see justice done.

“C-Caleb…” she gasps, the villain, trying to manipulate him by saying his name so informally. She and her cohorts may have absconded him from his capital, but no matter where he goes, he will always be king.

“That’s King Caleb,” he growls.

A warm drop of water drips down onto his hand. He’s indoors. How could it be raining? No, it’s not rain. The drop was a tear from the traitor…

Something shifts in the back of Caleb’s mind. He knows this person… She’s…

Pain bursts in his head, his headache overcoming him so quickly that he stumbles backward. The traitor slips from his grasp and falls to her knees near the baseboards…

Clutching his head with both hands, Caleb cries out. What is he forgetting? Why does it hurt? Why does everything hurt so much? He’d pushed his body hard in pursuit of the traitor, but now he was feeling the effects. His limbs felt heavy, his body sluggish.

“It’s alright, King Caleb,” the woman says as she crawls closer to where he’s brought low, crumpled over in pain and weariness. “You’re safe here.”

He shouldn’t believe her. She likely wants to kill him or use him for blackmail, yet… even though he had gripped her by the neck, as she shuffles closer, it’s compassion he sees in her eyes.

How can this be?

Blinking a few times, the red clears from his vision. And he sees, the woman is Harper.

“It’s okay,” she says, hands in front of her like she’s trying to calm a wounded animal. Maybe that’s exactly what Caleb really is.

He places his hand on his chest, realizing now that his wounds are bandaged. “What happened to me…?”

“Tristan and I got you out of the city,” Harper says. “We’re at some safe house… How much do you remember?”

“A lot of it is a blur,” Caleb says. His head still hurts but it’s not as bad now, allowing him more presence of mind to think and remember.

“You fell out of a window,” Harper says, filling in some of the blanks.

Caleb remembers… He was separated from Harper. He tried to get back to her by following her scent, but she was already long gone when he was confronted by his advisor.

His Gamma.

George.

The man had looked so damn confident and so pleased with himself, almost to the point of glee. He’d cornered Caleb against a set of windows, flanked on either side by massive alpha bears. Behind George were more bears, soldiers, and so many guns filled with silver bullets.

It would take a lot to actually kill an alpha as strong as Caleb, but at that moment, Caleb knew he was facing his own death.

“Long live the King,” George mocked, as he signaled the soldiers to fire.

As the silver bullets tore through Caleb, he turned and jumped through the window. On the way down, his final thought…

Harper… Run.

“I was betrayed,” Caleb says now, to Harper in this dusty old house. “My Gamma…”

“We’ll make him pay,” says Tristan as he walks in through the front door. “Glad to see you alive, King Caleb, but you are in no shape to be moving around just yet.”

“Well, you left me on the damn table,” Caleb snaps, with no real heat behind it.

“We had to let your wounds heal some before we tried moving you again,” Tristan says flatly. “We pulled sixty-three silver bullets out of you, and I’m still not totally sure we got them all.”

Caleb gently twists his body this way and that, feeling each poke of discomfort. “That explains why I feel like Swiss cheese. Help me to the couch then, damn it.”

Tristan and Harper both help Caleb to his feet and together they shuffle toward the floral-pattern couch against the wall.

“A bed would be better,” Harper says.

“All the bedrooms are upstairs,” Tristan says.

Caleb, tough as he is, would not likely make it up a set of stairs right now. He feels like he might collapse just from inching across the floor.

A growl rises up in the back of his throat. He hates how helpless he feels. Like he’s a damn kid again.

He glances at Harper and sees the red marks around her neck. He did that. Shit. Maybe it would be better if he was weaker.

This situation hasn’t helped his paranoia or his rage. Even though she’s helping him, Caleb still finds himself suspicious of Harper’s presence. She shouldn’t have hurt her though.

Gods, he needs to get a grip.

When the reaches the couch, he collapses down onto it. It’s too small for him. He has to dangle his feet off the side.

“Harper,” Tristan says. “Why don’t you go see if there is any food in that kitchen?”

Harper looks between Tristan and Caleb, likely knowing she is being dismissed, before turning and leaving the room.

Tristan drops to sit on top of the coffee table. “Ask.”

Caleb makes certain Harper is out of earshot, before saying, “Can we trust her?”

“You’d be dead without her,” Tristan says blandly. “She sought you out and protected you until I could get there.” Tristan glances to the side.

“You aren’t telling me everything,” Caleb says. “I would know the full truth. Now.”

Tristan sighs. “She could have escaped. I saw that Alpha Samuel sniffing around where you and she were hidden. He likely tried to convince her though I have no proof of it.”

“But she didn’t…”

“No. She stayed with you and protected you. She watched you while I secured a car.” Tristan frowns. “A car I very much need to get rid of.”

“Drive it into a lake and watch it sink to the bottom,” Caleb says. “My blood is likely all over it. We can’t have any trackers find their way here.”

“Agreed,” Tristan says. He glances over his shoulder toward the kitchen. “I’ll stop for supplies on the way back. She won’t find anything in that kitchen.”

“Good,” Caleb says. From here, he can see Harper stretch to look up in a high cabinet. She’s still wearing that tattered dress from the gala, but it’s basically rags now. “I could use some time alone with my savior.”

Tristan has no reaction to that. “I’ll return in the morning,” Tristan says.

At Caleb’s nod, Tristan stands and walks out the front door. As the screen door slams behind him, Harper returns to the living room carrying a can so old it doesn’t have a label on it anymore.

“Was that Tristan leaving?” she asks. From here, they can hear the car engine start-up.

“Yes,” Caleb says. “He’ll get us some supplies.”

“That’s a relief,” Harper says, holding up the can. “I don’t think anyone’s been here in fifty years. Everything’s expired.” She starts to place the can down on the kitchen table but then stops herself at the last moment. With a frown, she takes a step away from the table.

Caleb feels endeared to her in this moment, for all she’s done for him.

“Come here, consort,” he commands. He pats his thigh, gesturing for her to sit on his lap. “Come and get your reward for protecting your King.”

Chapter 95

Caleb pats his thigh like he wants me to come sit on his lap. He can’t be serious. The man could barely walk across the room on his own and now he wants to have sex?

“We should wait,” I start to say.

His eyes narrow. “You dare deny your king?” He adds a frown. “Or do you think your king is incapable? Do you doubt my virility?”

He’s proven himself substantially virile time and again. I have no doubt that even as exhausted as I must be, he would still somehow manage to bring us both to the edge of pleasure again and again.

Under normal circumstances, I might even be excited to join him. As he is, I could ride him, finally being the one to bring us both to that precipice. But not like this.

“Two hours ago, we were pulling silver bullets out of your chest,” I say.

His voice dropping low, he says, “Do not make me come and get you, consort. Get over here. Now.”

He’s using his stern alpha voice, which instinctively makes me want to comply. Or maybe I just like the way his voice pitches low and sexy.

The thought of having him so close to losing him, to reaffirming myself that he is alive… is not unwelcomed.

As I take a step toward him, his demeanor immediately shifts to pleased, his lip quirking up into a smirk. His hand moves to the zipper of his pants and he pulls it down.

Uncertainty still grips me, even as I spread my knees onto either side of him and lower myself down over him on the couch.

His hand reaches up, snatching a fistful of my hair. He tugs, angling my chin back, and exposing my throat. Then, gently, he leans in and places soft kisses over the red marks he left there when he had been confused and attacked me.

I hum. His mouth is so warm. It feels so good against my skin, especially when he adds his tongue.

I clutch at his shoulders with both hands. Slowly, I start to lift myself and then sink down onto him.

He tenses slightly, hissing.

I freeze.

“Keep going,” he grunts.

“No,” I say.

“Harper. Now.”

“No,” I say more fiercely. Gently, I lift myself up and off of him, and then move away from the couch.

“You would deny me?!” he bellows, furious. His muscles shift like he’s trying to stand, but he’s too weak to stand up from the couch. He growls instead, but it’s not nearly as intimidating when he can’t move.

“Yes!” I snap back, which seems to startle us both. Too late to back down now, I press on, “When I have sex with a partner, I only want it to be pleasurable for us both.”

“A partner,” Caleb growls, and this time he does manage to push himself upright, his fingers clawing at the armrest of the couch. “Who the fuck do you think you’ll be sleeping with other than me?”

“I didn’t mean it that way,” I say.

“Didn’t you?”

Gods, he’s so stubborn. “I just don’t want to sleep with you if you are hurt! That’s shouldn’t be that hard to understand!”

He’s glaring at me like he hates me, and it cuts me deeply.

I should have known things wouldn’t have changed. It doesn’t matter that I saved his life, or that we are outside of the capital. He is still a demon, and I should have known better than to follow my confused feelings.

I don’t even want to be in the same room with him right now. I turn toward the stairs, eager to explore the rest of the house.

“Where the hell are you going?”

“To find some clean clothes,” I tell him. I take the stairs two at a time and don’t look back.

Eventually, once the shooting and the screaming ends, Bethany crawls out from under her bed. There are so many safe rooms in the capital but each one she tried was taken with people of higher rank than her, unwilling to share their space with her. In the end, with nowhere else to go, she retreated back to her room.

Fortunately, aside from one guard who briefly passed by the room, and didn’t spot her, she was safe.

Despite the quiet now, Bethany has no idea what to expect as she walks out the door. She’s greeted with more silence in the hallways. Down toward the Hall, one of the older slaves seems to have at least taken charge.

He spots Bethany at once and waves her over. “We need to clean this Hall out as soon as possible,” he says. “The Gamma George is going to be stepping up as the King’s Steward in the King’s absence. He’s insisted he has control of the Hall.”

It’s not in a slave’s nature to talk back, but in the absence of any real authority here, Bethany feels emboldened. She’s also worried about Harper. The last Bethany saw her, she was with the King. If something happened to him, something likely happened to her as well.

“Where is the King?” Bethany asks. “Is he missing?”

“He’s dead.”

Bethany freezes, shocked. She didn’t think anyone or anything could take down the King. How could this even happen? None of this makes sense.

“Get to work,” the man says, giving Bethany a shove toward the door of the Hall. “And if you throw up, you are the one who has to clean it up.”

“Why would I…?” Bethany starts, but her voice fails as she steps into the carnage of the Hall.

Whatever bodies that would have been left from this attack were cleared from the room, but the blood remains. It smells reek of blood and immediately, Bethany recoils.

“Here,” another slave says, handing Bethany a mask and a pair of gloves. “Grab one of the mops and get out to the balcony. An alpha was brought low out there.” Almost as an afterthought, they add, “Pick up the silver bullets but be careful not to touch them with your bare hands. Any wolf in you, that silver will burn.”

“Thanks for the warning,” Bethany says, her stomach twisting. At least, she thinks, she’ll be outside on the balcony and hopefully, the air will flow better.

She tries not to look at the ground on her way to the balcony. Once she’s there, she has to be waved through by one of the guards.

At least the guards have seemed to regain control of the capital. During the attack, it had seemed like that would never happen.

Although… Bethany pauses and looks at the guard again. He’s not one she immediately recognizes. She’s been here a long time and knows most of the people that are enslaved and assigned here.

It’s possible this guard was brought in from elsewhere during the attack, but the way he’s carrying himself, it seems so… odd. The guards here are all trained to stand a certain way. This soldier isn’t doing that at all.

It’s the shoes that fully give him away. This soldier has boots with thick tread the kind needed for heavy snow. Soldiers here are not assigned those kinds of boots because they just aren’t needed.

But soldiers from the bear clan in the north… they would need them.

“What are you looking at?” the soldier asks, his northern accent curling his syllables. He’s not even trying to hide it.

Bethany tucks her chin and steps out onto the balcony.

Surely the King’s Gamma doesn’t know that there are still bear soldiers lingering around the capital. Bethany has to find a way to tell him before things get even worse.

Chapter 96

Bethany keeps her head down, completing her work scrubbing the blood from the balcony while trying to not to panic about the very clearly bear soldiers still in the capital, posing as King’s guards. All the while, she waits for her chance to come forward and warn the Gamma about what she’s seeing.

After finishing cleaning, I head back into the Hall from the balcony. Gamma George is there, speaking with a few guards, some I recognize, but most are barely disguised bear-clan soldiers.

“What do you mean you can’t find the body?” George snaps.

Bethany, wanting to eavesdrop, immediately begins cleaning nearby. No one seems to pay her any mind. Not George, not the bear-clan soldiers, and not even the guards she knows.

As a slave, she’s basically invisible in the room. At least to them.

Bethany locks eyes with another slave, who gives her a silent, worried look.

The head guard George is talking to, stands at attention, his face carefully passive. “We’ve searched the entirety of the premises. Every alley. Every house. No one can account for the King’s body.”

“Then he might still be alive,” George says and curses. “I’ve already told half the kingdom that he is dead.”

“No one could survive that fall,” the head guard argues. “And all those silver bullets…”

“Do not underestimate him,” George says. “That devil has been a thorn in my side for years. I won’t believe he’s actually gone until I have his head on a pike.”

Hope springs through Bethany’s chest. If George believes the King might still be alive, then maybe Harper is too.

Yet at the same time… how deep does this corruption go, if even the Gamma worked with the bears to oust King Caleb?

“You there,” snaps one of the guards. “I don’t see you working…”

“Ignore the slaves,” George says. “They’ll follow orders no matter who is in charge.” He laughs. “They are probably as glad as the rest of us to see the king go.”

A few of the guards and soldiers laugh along with him.

Bethany hurries to continue working so as to not draw any more attention. If she keeps her ear to the ground, maybe she can find a way to help Harper and the King…

……

Meanwhile……

I go through all the cabinets upstairs and manage to find a plain dress that fits well enough – at least, if I tighten the sash around the waist. There’s some linen pants and flannel tops that look like they might fit Caleb too. I’m hesitant to take them downstairs though, still avoiding him.

It’s unsettling, seeing Caleb brought so low. He might still see himself as a King, but broken and weary on that couch, unable to even lift himself, he’s anything but.

Maybe I’m hiding up here like a coward, but it’s better than facing the uncertainty that waits for me down below. Still, the man should have clean clothes, so with a deep settling inhale, I take to the stairs.

When I finally make it down to the living room once more, Caleb is asleep, his head pressed into the corner of the couch. His chest rises and falls lightly with his deep breathing.

He is peaceful like this, so I choose not to wake him. Instead, I leave the clothes I found for him on the coffee table and step outside of the house. It’s already dark again.

How much things can change in a day.

Not wanting to disturb Caleb, I take up one of the rickety rocking chairs on the front porch. I’ve been awake for a long time now, so as soon as I rest my bones, my eyes grow heavy too. Before long, I’m drifting off to sleep right there on the porch.

I feel something warm in the night. When I wake up again, I’m on the couch, and the sun is creeping in through the windows. There’s voices on the front porch, but they are familiar.

Tristan and Caleb, talking lightly. I also notice that the clothes I left on the coffee table for Caleb are gone.

Standing from the couch, I cross the room, closer to the door.

“You can’t just go back storming through the gates,” Tristan says. “We don’t know the state of anything right now. George could be expecting you. He could have you killed on sight.”

“He’ll have to try harder if he wants to kill me,” Caleb says. Then, in a gruffer tone, he adds, “Do not forget you speak to your King, Beta. Just because I am wearing these ridiculous clothes.”

“Of course, King Caleb. With all due respect, you assigned me as your Beta in part because of my observations and judgements. It’s only out of concern for your well-being that I’m telling you, you walking back into the capital right now is asinine.”

“I am capable,” Caleb says.

“You need to rest,” I say, from the doorway to the house. I can’t stand listening to this anymore. Caleb can’t be out there, gallivanting around like he’s at 100%. “You nearly died. If you go back there, the exertion alone might kill you, even if the bear clan doesn’t.”

Caleb turns to look at me, incredulous, from where he sits on the rocking chair. When he looks back to Tristan, who is leaning against one of the support beams at the edge of the porch, Tristan shrugs.

“She’s not wrong,” Tristan says.

“Whether she is or isn’t, I don’t need anyone else to tell me how I feel,” Caleb grumbles, more grumpy than belligerent now.

I don’t point out, though I think, that he clearly does need someone to tell him when enough is enough. Before I said anything, he was ready to go back to the capital, guns blazing, like he wouldn’t pass out from exhaustion almost instantly.

When he returns to the capital, he needs to be healthy.

“Allow me to return to the capital in your stead,” Tristan says. He’s known Caleb for longer than me, and clearly knows how to make suggestions to Caleb to help guide him to the correct choices, without insulting him.

“They’ll kill you too,” Caleb says.

“Only if they spot me. I’m not going to make my presence known. What I’m suggesting is purely reconnaissance. I’ll go in, find out what’s going on. When we have more answers about what’s happening there, we can formulate a more sound attack strategy.”

Caleb nods in agreement.

“I’m not sure this is a good idea…” I say, with hesitation. Tristan and I aren’t friends, exactly, but I do care whether he lives or dies. We are allies in this. I don’t like seeing him put himself in danger. “What if you are spotted?”

Caleb frowns, but doesn’t say anything.

Tristan, meanwhile, looks at me with determination hardening his eyes. “No one at any of the locations I visited today knew what was happening inside of the capital. The only people who know are the people who are there. It’s fine and well for us to hide away while we can, but we can’t do this forever. Nor can we go back blindly.”

I understand what he’s saying: he doesn’t have any choice.

“Harper is right to have fears, Tristan,” Caleb says. “We need your eyes and ears at the capital, but I insist you be cautious. Not just for yourself but for all of us.”

Tristan bows low. “I will not fail you, King Caleb.”

Without another word, he turns and hurries away. There’s a new car parked beside the house. It’s a beat-up old sedan, yet still in better shape than the bullet-ridden car we used for an escape.

At the door, Tristan nods to both Caleb and I. Then, he enters the car and drives away.

I can’t help but worry that I won’t ever see him again.

Chapter 97

My main worry is for Tristan and his safety on his dangerous mission. My second worry, however, is for myself, as I’m now alone with him in this farmhouse. There are no other slaves or servants. No cooks. No cleaners. No other harem women to sate his needs – although that makes me more pleased than concerned, for reasons I don’t want to think about.

Undoubtedly, he is going to wish for me to fulfill the duties of all the other servants.

Almost immediately, my fears are realized.

“Consort. Make breakfast. Tristan brought groceries when he returned. I expect you know how to throw a meal together.”

I do, but it annoys me that he assumed that.

He’s injured, I remind myself, so that I will hold my temper. Besides, I am technically his servant still, even if we are outside the capital. I’m also hungry too.

In the kitchen, I find the pantry stocked. There’s no electricity in this house, but there is an old wood burning stove and an ice box. Both of which are stocked with wood and ice.

I could finagle a quick breakfast with modern appliances, but these antiques take me much longer to sort out. Why is it so difficult to start a fire on the wood stove? You’d think one match would do it.

Half an hour late, I’ve managed to start a fire, though I’m covered in splotches of old soot from having pushed the wood around so much.

The eggs and bacon are heating up now though, so that’s something.

Caleb storms in, demanding, “How long does it take to cook an egg?”

“Longer than you’d think, with the equipment I’m working with,” I tell him.

“I don’t see the problem,” he says.

“These kinds of stoves haven’t been used in over a hundred years,” I say, glaring back at him.

He leans against one of the nearby counters, his arms crossed, his eyes narrowed with annoyance. His face, even irritated is handsome as ever, which is incredibly frustrating, but it’s his body that takes my breath away.

That flannel shirt and linen pants that I had found upstairs that I thought might fit him are decidedly too small. They stretch across his wide shoulders. Every curve of muscle down his torso is on delicious display. Those pants are so tight, I can clearly make out the outline of his dick – which twitches under my gaze.

“My eyes are up here, servant,” he says, though he’s smirking now, the bastard. “And you’re burning the eggs.”

“Shit!” I gasp, removing the pan from the heat of the stovetop. The eggs are overdone, but the bacon isn’t thoroughly cooked yet. The stovetop isn’t cooking evenly. I’ll have to remember that in the future.

In a hurry, I dump the eggs onto a pair of plates and then return the pan, with only bacon now, to the stovetop. If I’m having this much trouble with the stove, I have no idea how I’m ever going to get the oven to work.

I rub my forehead, realizing too late that I’ve smeared my soot-coated hands across my forehead.

“Here,” Caleb says, suddenly beside me. He cups my jaw with one hand while reaching up with the other, holding a towel, and gently wipes the soot off of my face. “A servant of mine shouldn’t look like she fell out of a chimney.”

For a moment, he seems almost… softer somehow. I try to envision him doing this with anyone else and come up short. But then, like he realizes himself that this is not to his character, he backs away and tosses the towel at my chest.

“Clean yourself up. It insults me for you to be such a mess in my presence.”

“We’re in a farmhouse with no electricity and water we have to get from a pump,” I say. I don’t want to admit that I’m hurt by his sudden turnabout, but it still hurts all the same. “I’m doing my best.”

“Do better,” he says. Grabbing his plate of eggs, he eyes the kitchen table, but likely recalling what happened there, he instead returns to where he had leaned when he first entered the kitchen.

I look away back to the bacon. By the time it’s finished, he’s ready for more eggs. I offer him mine, which I haven’t even started eating yet.

He frowns at them. “Those are cold by now. You wouldn’t have your king eating cold food, would you?”

At that moment, I want to smash it into his face.

Patience, I plead with myself and crack open a couple more eggs.

By the time I manage to get to my own breakfast, it’s all cold. Still, I’m hungry enough to eat it all down, even as I silently resent Caleb for it.

He leaves his dirty plate on the counter and heads back to the couch in the living room.

Later, after cleaning the dishes, some of the house, and myself, I head outside to check on the state of the garden. Tristan left us with enough food for a few weeks, but without knowing how long we might stay here, I think it’s smart to have a renewable source of food. Especially because I’ve seen Caleb eyeing that icebox. I don’t trust him not to accidentally leave it open.

I’m not sure the King has ever stepped foot in a kitchen before in his entire life.

The garden is small, but has a variety of vegetables planted. Some, like the potatoes, are even close to being done. It’s just a little overgrown, is all. With some love and care, this garden could flourish again.

Rolling up my sleeves, I set to work pulling out the more invasive of weeds. Tall grasses have infested most of the garden, so it’s slow- going work.

I’m only halfway through when Caleb ambles out of the house. From the porch, he calls down to me. “Servant. I want a glass of cold water.”

“I put some water in the icebox,” I tell him as I continue my work. “It should be cool by now.”

“That means nothing to me. I am telling you to get me a glass of water.”

I should, probably, even though it is a menial task that he is perfectly capable of doing on his own. But I’m more concerned right now with making sure we can survive on our own, isolated as we are, than I am about catering to his every need.

“I’m busy,” I say.

An eerie kind of silence follows. Then, he asks, “What did you just say to me?” Every word is stunted as if spoken through his teeth.

“Who knows how long it will take Tristan to return,” I say. “We need a garden.”

“That is not a concern of mine,” he says. “That is for you to worry about.”

Anger flashes hot within me. At the moment, I take it out on the weeds, yanking them with more ferocity now. “It will be a concern to us both if we run out of food.”

“Servant,” Caleb says, his voice low now. A tone like that I might have feared in the capital, but here in the countryside, I am too tired, hungry, and irritated to be afraid of him. “Water. Now.”

Knees in the dirt, I swivel to face him. “Get it yourself.”

Chapter 98

For a brief moment, Caleb’s entire face goes slack with shock. In that instant, I feel vindicated, like maybe he’ll learn something new.

However, in the next second, his face hardens instead. His words like ice, he says, “What did you just say to me?”

On any other day, maybe I would have backed down. The Alpha is intimidating when he’s pissed off. Even now, I feel a tremor of fear zips down my spine.

But fear isn’t the only thing I feel. A kindling of defiance has always simmered inside of my soul, ever since my disgrace. It comes forward now and then, usually to get me in trouble before I can suppress it once more to keep the peace.

Right now, that defiance burns like a bonfire.

Maybe it’s the near freedom that comes from being in this place. Maybe it’s the confidence that Caleb can’t kill me here unless he wants to leave himself entirely servant-less. I imagine he’d be dead in two days, not knowing how to pour his own ice water.

Whatever the cause, the defiance is there, bright and hot, and it won’t be silenced any longer.

“I said, get it yourself,” I tell him, enunciating each word slowly so that there can be no confusion.

He steps down from the porch, moving toward me with his long, kingly strides. I stand up to meet him, unwilling to kneel before him now.

He glowers down at me, his upper lip curled in disgust. Curiously, at the same time, the ice thaws in his eyes, and his own fire seems to spark there, hot and dangerous.

“I am your King,” he says, his voice a deep growl. The shivers that tone of voice gives me are entirely different than fear, but I press down on those feelings, restraining them. This is not the right time to be horny.

“Out here, it’s just the two of us,” I tell him, steel in my voice. I want him to know that he can yell and demand and posture all he likes, it won’t make a difference. “Look around, you are the king of nothing but weeds and an old farmhouse. I cannot maintain this place entirely on my own while also catering to your ever meager needs. You know where the icebox is. I’m busy trying to help us survive out here.”

“You can stop your work to tend to my needs. It is your duty as my servant.”

I shake my head. “If you don’t start pulling your own weight around here, I’m going to walk off and leave you here. How would that be? We’ll see how long the king can last on his own. Do you even know how to work a stove?”

“Do not mock me,” he says furiously. Inching closer, he towers over me, glaring down the length of his nose at me.

“You won’t care if I walk off then,” I snap, unwilling to be intimidated. “A king should be able to stand on his own.”

In a flash, Caleb reaches out and grabs me, clutching the front of my dress in his fists.

“Until Tristan returns, it will take both of us to survive out here,” I tell him, squawking slightly now as he lifts me up off my feet. My voice turns pleading. Why can’t he understand? “I can’t do it all alone. You have to pull your own weight!”

A deep growl escapes the back of Caleb’s throat. For a moment, I brace myself, because he looks mad as hell and like he might just throw me across the meadow.

But then, his gaze shifts, and he looks down at the garden beneath us and its sorry state.

“You expect this… to grow our food?” Caleb asks. Slowly, he lowers me down to my feet.

When my feet touch the ground, I breathe easy again. “It’s already growing some. We just need to help it.”

Caleb releases his hands from my dress and takes a half-step back. His anger has simmered now into mere annoyance – and skepticism. “Show me.”

That’s… odd. I was expecting more fights from him. At the very least, I thought he might just storm off and leave me alone. But now he wants to… help?

Maybe my words got through to him. Does he now see how important it is for us to work together to survive?

Containing my pride, I return to my work in the dirt, showing him how to grab the weeds and remove them, while also being cautious of the plants we want to save.

“If you expose the roots, make sure to cover them again with fresh soil.”

He watches for a time, then bends down and, with a disgusted look on his face, digs his hands into the dirt to uproot a rather nasty weed. I’ve seen this man covered in blood and gore. I’ve seen him commit torture and other terrible acts, all with a straight face.

But it’s the dirt under his fingernails that has him looking the most disgusted.

He removes a few weeds as I showed him, but then seems to grow impatient and starts pulling faster and at random.

“Stop!” I tell him quickly before he can uproot a carrot.

“What?” he says shortly, throwing me a look of frustration.

“That’s a carrot,” I say.

Looking down, he slowly releases the death grip he had on that carrot. “They look the same…”

“Perhaps if you stick with the grasses,” I suggest. “The grasses don’t look like any vegetables.”

He looks at his hands. Even from where I am, I can see the dirt caked into his skin at the bends of his fingers and palms.

“My hands are not built for such gentle work,” he says. “I am built to rule, not to… tend gardens…”

“It’s an adjustment. It will take time.”

“I am a king,” he says, the annoyance returning tenfold to his voice. “I should not have to adjust.”

“Caleb,” I start.

“Do not address me so informally,” he snaps, as he pushes himself back to his feet. “Whether we are here or anywhere else, I am still your King, and you will treat me with respect and dignity.” He looks at his hands again. “Dignity…” he repeats with distain, then huffs a sharp breath.

Before I can think of what to say to him, my own anger flaring, he storms off, not in the direction of the house, but through a part of the meadow, headed toward the nearest line of trees..

I let him go, glaring after him. He’s made such a mess of the garden, it’s probably for the best that he just gives up.

It will be a miracle if we survive out here for any length of time without killing each other. Or starving to death. At this rate, I think killing each other will come first.

For a time, I continue my work on my own, weeding most of the garden. Yet, the longer I work, and the longer Caleb takes to return, the more I wonder if I wasn’t patient enough with him.

He is a king, after all. He’s likely always had servants tending to his every whim, so he wouldn’t know how to use a stove or an ice box or how to weed a garden.

That he helped at all today shows a willingness to learn, to do his part, and to pull his own weight.

Maybe tending the garden isn’t the right task for him, but we can try other things…

I should apologize, I realize. Or at least, offer some suggestions of things he could help with that he might excel at.

Gods know where he wandered off too. He is coming back… right?

Nervous now, I abandon my work to follow the path he took, across the meadow and through the trees. There, I hear the sounds of rushing water. I follow the noise to find a river.

In that river, stands Caleb.

Entirely naked.

Chapter 99

Caleb’s wounds are healing nicely. That’s the first thing I think looking at Caleb’s chest. The second is much less innocent.

As much as I want to hate Caleb, and as many viable reasons as I have to do so, his body always manages to provide an excellent counterpoint. He may only be an alpha werewolf, but he is built like a god. Wide shoulders taper to a narrow waist, only to expand out again with shapely rounded glutes.

And all of it is on perfect, wet display for me now.

Caleb’s attention is fixed on something in the water, his hands curled loosely above the water.

Then, in a flash, even faster than I can see, he darts his hands into the water, scoops out a fish, and tosses it onto the shore right at my feet.

For a moment, the building heat inside of me wanes, only so I can be so thoroughly impressed. He’d moved quickly as lightning.

“How did you do that?” I ask.

He smirks at me. “I’m an Alpha,” he says with all the confidence in the world. I want to mock him but I’m actually glad this endeavor has rebuilt his spirits after his frustration with the garden. “Do you want to try to learn?”

“I’m not an Alpha,” I say. “I’m not even a wolf.”

His smirk widens. “We’ll put you to the test, then. See how much you are capable of.”

He’s baiting me. I hate that it’s working. I’m not one to back down from a challenge.

I kick off my shoes and then step into the water at the river’s edge.

Caleb clucks his tongue. “Don’t come in here with that dress. The current isn’t much but it will feel twenty times heavier with that skirt holding you down.” Mischief sparks in his eyes. “Unless you want me to rescue you.”

Annoyed, I start unbuttoning the front buttons of the dress, then untie the sash at the waist. When it’s loose enough, I lower it down over my body and step out of it. Embarrassment brings heat to my cheeks, but I try to ignore it, reminding myself that my underwear still covers most of me.

I step into the river once more, only for Caleb to cluck in disapproval once more.

“There’s no sense in wetting your panties and bra. It would make for an uncomfortable walk home,” he says.

He’s right and I hate that. Still, I hesitate. He’s seen me naked before, many times, but I still feel shy, more than normal. Maybe because we are outside, and not in the bedroom. And the activity we have planned isn’t sex.

“Although your panties are already wet, so I can understand your hesitation,” he says smugly, making a show of scenting the air.

Alpha bastards and their heightened senses. Yes, my body reacted to seeing him naked, but I shouldn’t be punished for it. Though,

admittedly, even now, my pussy is creating fresh dampness at the thought of being naked with Caleb.

Frustrated by my own body, I hurriedly remove my bra and panties and leave them on top of my dress.

Turning back to the water, I make the mistake of looking at Caleb and find him staring at my nakedness with hooded eyes. When he looks at my breasts, my nipples harden. When that gaze lowers to the apex of my thighs, I shift, aching to feel him inside of me.

No. He is going to teach me how to fish and I need to focus on that. Keeping that thought at the forefront of my mind, I step into the water. He doesn’t correct me this time, so I continue, wading through the thigh-high waters until I’m closer to him.

He could grab me if he wanted to, yank me to him and kiss the life out of me. Instead, he instructs me.

“Stand like this, with your feet slightly further apart. You don’t want to stumble when you are forced to move quickly,” he says.

Disappointment flushes through me, and I hate myself for it. Caleb showed me what to do is what should be happening. Sex was never the intention here, no matter how hot my body was for him.

I inch my legs apart. “Like this?”

He stares at the junction of my thighs, just above the water. “Perfect.”

Heat burns my face, scorching, until he looks away, down to the face of the water. He sets his hands as he did before, with the side of his palms over the water.

I mimic the motion.

“No. You have to keep your fingers curled. You’ll be making a net with your hands,” he says.

I try to follow his instructions, but I still can’t manage.

“No,” he says again. With a sigh, he wades through the water closer

to me. “Like this,” he says. Taking point behind me, he wraps his arms around me so that his hands can fit around the outsides of my hands. He curls my fingers one by one.

Meanwhile, his torso is lining my entire back. His cock is hardening, twitching against my ass.

It’s exceedingly difficult to concentrate.

Caleb, however, despite his dick’s growing interest, maintains his focus.

He moves my hands with his own, pushing down under the water, then closing almost beneath the fish. We lift, flinging the fish into the air, but my last minute hesitation causes the fish to land short of the shore. It flops harmlessly back into the water.

I’ve never moved my arms that quickly. They sting a little from the exertion of it.

“I don’t think I’m built for this particular job,” I tell him.

His arms are still around me, his hands covering my hands.

“No, I suppose not,” he says, his lips near my ear, his breath hot on my earlobe. “Fortunately, you have other talents.”

I swallow thickly. Does he mean sex or gardening?

His dick throbs, nearly all the way hard now, nudging at the swell of my ass.

Guiding my hands with his own, he brings them up so that my palms press flat against my own breasts.

“Caleb…” I whisper, trepidation in my voice.

“No one is here. No one can see you but me,” he says, his voice a warm rumble in my ear.

“But your wounds…” I say, even weaker. The walls I built to keep him out are crumbling.

“I’m stronger every minute.” He abandons one of my hands, leaving it on my breast, as he starts to trail a hand down the length of my front, down over my stomach, lower still to my mound. “Every second.”

“Caleb,” I gasp, as he pushes two fingers through my folds, searching for and then quickly, expertly, finding my clit.

“I can make you scream out here, and no one will hear you. Here, we can both let ourselves go…”

Both?

I glance over my shoulder at him, to see the heat as well as that strange softness in his eyes.

As if seeing the question in my gaze, he answers, “A King must always uphold decorum, even in the bedroom. Out here, I don’t have to hold myself back.”

I swallow thickly, wondering what he could possibly have left to give that I haven’t already seen when I’ve already been so thoroughly satisfied. Whatever it is, the promise of it sparks new electricity through me.

“What do you say, Harper? Do you want to see me unchained?”

I do. So much, in fact, that I swivel in his arms and jump up against him in anticipation.

He mustn’t have been expecting me to do that, or he wasn’t prepared for the sudden weight.

Either way, we both topple, crashing down under the water.

Chapter 100

The shock of water up my nose cools my passions enough for fear to set in. What have I done? I basically shoved Caleb under the water. He’s going to be furious. He’s going to –

My rush of thoughts is abruptly halted as Caleb yanks me up and out of the water. I brace myself, expecting to be yelled at. Instead, his chest shakes against my ear as a sound I’ve never heard before – at least not genuinely escaping his lips.

He’s… laughing.

I look up at him to be sure, and…yes. His lips are curled up, his eyes squinting slightly, his mouth open. Genuine booming laughs, bright and happy, are coming out of him.

If I wasn’t seeing it for myself right at this moment, I wouldn’t believe it.

He’s happy. He’s playful. He’s… having fun?

Cradling me against his chest, bridal style, he carries me to the edge of the river. Once there, he lowers me down onto his stretched-out flannel shirt.

Unlike where I had left my clothes in a neat pile, Caleb had left his shirt stretched out as far as it would go, almost like… he’d been expecting this scenario. His eyes flash once more with mischief. He had been expecting this. Or maybe hoping for it.

“Caleb…” I don’t know what to think, or what to expect from this sudden, strange, happy version of him.

It makes me weak. If he was like this all the time, he’d never receive an ounce of defiance from me.

I thought him handsome when he was grumpy, yet a happy Caleb is like looking into the sun. He’s so perfect that it makes my heart hurt.

Is this what he meant by unchained? That he could finally let himself show his true feelings, even when those feelings weren’t upset or annoyance.

“Were you trying to escape me, by pushing me under the water?” he says, his voice a more playful growl, upbeat. “You should know better. You cannot escape me or my desires.” His gaze trails down along the length of my wet body. Gripping my knees, he pushes them apart, then places himself into the new space between them. “The King always gets what he wants.”

Today, I’m so hot for this man that I don’t even feel like pretending to be disinterested. “Then take what you want, my King,” I say, egging him on. “Show me what it means for the King to be unchained.”

His eyes darken, overflowing with wanton lust, mirroring, I imagine, my own. I drop my knees farther, stretching so far that they are down into the grass.

Caleb leans back on his knees. With his thumbs, he reaches down and pulls apart my lower lips, revealing my clit and my entrance – the entrance that’s dripping in my lust for him.

He openly sniffs the air, scenting my desire. “You smell so fucking good.”

Suddenly, his eyes flash red, and his canines start to extend.

“Caleb,” I say with alarm.

“Easy,” he says, soothing me. “I’m in control.”

Glancing down, I see that the rest of his has stayed human. Only his eyes and those two sharp teeth have changed. Perhaps this is what he means by unchained… letting his wolf have a taste.

Caleb lines himself up with my entrance and pushes himself inside, he receives no friction along the way. My pussy has been preparing for this moment since I stepped up to the riverbank and saw him naked.

Now, it feels like home as he slides all the way inside. This is how things should be. With him filling me, making me his.

“Caleb…” I say, half-moan, half-sigh. Gone is my ability to formulate actual words. With him inside of me, I can only think of his name again and again, like my mind is on a loop of base desire.

Caleb is what I want. He’s what I need.

Then he starts to move. Slowly, he drags his hips backward. I grab at his shoulders, desperate to keep him close, but he leans farther back out of reach. I whimper and he tsks at me.

“Grab your tits,” he says. “Like we did in the river. Play with those nipples. Give yourself pleasure while I fuck you like an animal.”

At once, I raise my hands. Cupping my breasts, I flick my thumbs across my nipples, sending zips of pleasure through me.

“Good,” he says. “Don’t stop. I want a show.”

With that, he snaps his hips, moving as quickly as he had in the river, so quick I could almost not see him move. But Gods, could I feel it.

I drop my head back, my mouth falling open. Again, he drags himself almost all the way out, slow as can be, before – snap – back in inside of me.

“If you stop, I stop,” Caleb commands. His hands grab me around the ass, lifting my lower half as he presses himself up further on his knees, giving himself more leverage. “Touch those tits, Harper.”

I try to obey, massaging the swell of my breasts while flicking my thumbs over my nipples.

He pulls out again – slowly and instantly plunges himself back in. His dick presses hard against the sensitive spot inside of me, and I gasp, unable to catch my breath. My surprise has me clamping down on my nipples, sending another rush of pleasure through me.

It’s almost unbearable. Too much, so close to pain, but still on the right side of pleasure.

A low growl emerges from the back of Caleb’s throat. His red eyes take mine prisoner. He bites at me like he wants to dig his teeth into my neck and claim me. That would make me his mate forever. He won’t do it, but his instincts want him to send fresh excitement and satisfaction through me.

In another lifetime, maybe I could be his. Gods, the thought makes me wild.

I curl my legs around his waist, begging him to continue with my heels against his ass.

He must sense my desire because the next pull out of me is as fast as the following plunge back inside.

He’s bucking inside of me with lightning speed, in and out, faster than I can see.

“Ahhh… Ah! Aaa-ah! Ah! Ca-leb! Caleb!!”

He growls in response, his fingers turning clawlike, biting into the meat of my ass. The pleasure-pain takes me further, I feel like I’m floating.

He doesn’t let up his pace, even as his growl heightens, and his grunts turn half-animal, half-man. I glance down in shock, but his body is still human. Yet, I could swear his dick is growing larger inside of me.

It’s too fast to see.

Smack, smack, smack, skin slaps across skin. His sweat drips down off his chin onto my equally sweaty skin.

I’m so close, I feel like I’m going to fly away. I give up holding my breasts, grabbing chunks of grass above my head instead. This lets my breasts loose to the inertia of his thrusts. They bounce with wild abandon, claiming his hungry eyes.

“Fuck. Fuck! Fuck, Harper. Fuck.”

“Ah! Ah! Gods, Caleb…AH!”

It’s so much, too much. I’m nearing the edge.

“Close!” I manage, between my gasps and my moans.

“Cum,” he growls with the full force of his Alpha voice.

The Alpha command crashes into me hard, maybe because he is so close to losing himself. Or maybe because I am. Either way, I’m thrown over the abyss, past the precipice of pleasure into something even further beyond.

Pure ecstasy.

Still, he presses inside of me. As I am, I’m nothing more than a blissed-out ragdoll, existing singularly for his pleasure. Then, his relentless pace starts to stutter.

“Harper…” he grunts with grit teeth. He’s holding himself back.

Why hold himself back? I thought I was going to have him unchained? Can he sense some form of hesitation on my part?

“Give it to me,” I tell him, more in instinct, than with clear-headed thought. “I want it, Caleb!”

That’s enough to send him over the edge. He plunges deep. Then, at the last moment, he pulls out and comes in thick hot strips all over my body.

Lifting his head back, he howls.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe


Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 81 to 90)

Chapter 81

I try my best not to think about Caleb sleeping with some other woman, yet the image of it still creeps into my mind again and again. My stomach turns, imagining him naked with another woman, thrusting inside of her or doing all those wicked things with his tongue…

This shouldn’t bother me. The man wants me dead. He’ll likely humiliate and torture me during the Grand Ball and then kill me after he finds out I’m not pregnant. I shouldn’t feel any kind of connection with a man who has the desire to end my life.

Yet when I think of him with someone else… it makes me want to tear this room apart in annoyance and rage… and jealousy.

I hate myself for feeling this way, for allowing my bodily desires to overcome my critical thinking skills and my self-preservation. Yet I can’t deny that I do feel this way. I want to find out whichever woman he’s sleeping with right now and pull her hair out.

I force myself still, refusing to allow myself to give in to those impulses. Caleb has an entire harem of women ready and waiting for him. I’d have to be some kind of fool to think that he’d prefer me to the rest.

Especially because Samuel is the man that I love. He’s the one I should be fantasizing about. The one I should be thinking of, pretending to be with when Caleb fucks me.

Yet time after time, again and again, Caleb is the one that I desire.

I must be the world’s biggest, most gullible fool.

Suddenly, the door to my room swings open. I pounce up from my bed to face the intruder. My flight or fight instinct comes skidding to a stop when I realize it’s Caleb storming through the door. He slams it closed behind him.

When he spots me, he heads in my direction. His gaze travels down the length of my body.

I’d been ready for bed, so I was only in a simple nightie, my robe draped over the foot of the bed. The nightie is sheen and shear, cool on these warmer nights. Yet it’s practically translucent. He can undoubtedly see all of me without much effort on his part. At least I’m wearing panties.

His eyes darken with hunger as he takes me in. When they lift back to mine, they are equal parts passion and rage. I brace myself for the brunt of his anger. I’ve seen it enough by now to be prepared. As long as his eyes aren’t red, I have a chance of talking my way out of anything.

“What sort of spell did you put on me?” he grumbles. He stops two feet away from me, towering over me.

“What are you talking about?”

“You are a witch,” he snaps. “I should not desire you half as much as I do. I should be able to lie with the others of my harem, stroke their pussies and clutch their tits, without thinking about how you would feel instead.”

Satisfaction immediately floods through me. Vindictively, I hope he had the worst time of his life with whoever he chose over me tonight. I’m glad I was the one in his thoughts, even as he lay with another.

“I am not a witch,” I say, very careful not to smirk or be otherwise too smug about it.

“That can’t be true. Not after tonight. And not after last night.”

“I didn’t do anything last night.”

“You bewitched me,” Caleb growls. “I would never come inside of a consort otherwise.”

I didn’t want to remind him that this was the second time he’d done so with me, but I held that back, not wanting to bring up the non-existent secret child he believed I was hiding from him. That’s an entirely different argument.

“If you wore a condom, you wouldn’t have to worry about that,” I say shortly. I’m tired of being blamed for this. It takes two to tango. He should have wrapped himself up if he was that worried about it.

Both the rage and passion on his face grow in equal measure. As he takes a step closer, I’m unsure if he wants to hit me or kiss me.

I’m starting to think it might be both. Delight coils through me, imagining him bending me over and spanking me. Quickly I shove away those thoughts. I’ve never wanted anything like that before. Why would I want that with Caleb?

“You have no right to tell me what to do,” he growls, his voice going deeper now.

“Then make better decisions,” I snap in reply. That dark look in his eyes is igniting a fire within me. Distantly, I know I should be more cautious and submissive, but I can’t help but challenge him. Self- preservation be damned, he’s gotten his way for too long. Someone needs to tell him how it truly is.

“I could have you hung for your insolence,” he says.

“If you wanted me dead, you would have killed me by now.”

“So bold…” He inches closer. His chest brushes mine. “How dare you stand against me?”

I narrow my eyes. “What are you going to do about it?”

He glares at me hotly for half a heartbeat. Then, in a flash, his arms are around me, and his mouth is crashing down on mine. I move at once, clawing at his shoulders as I open my mouth for the bombardment of his tongue.

But then, unbidden, I think of that same tongue having plunged into some other girl’s mouth tonight. Or worse, between her thighs.

Annoyed and disgusted, I turn my face away.

“You dare deny me what is rightfully mine?” Caleb growls.

“You fucked someone else tonight,” I snap back, not looking at him. “I’m not some sloppy seconds.”

Caleb’s growl increases. “You witch. You think I laid with another while you invaded my every thought?”

He grabs my nightie and yanks it over my head, more fully exposing my breasts. His hands cover them at once, massaging while he flicks his thumbs over my nipples.

I want to hate him. I want to be pissed. But gods that feels so fucking  good. My mouth drops open and I gasp. My nipples are hard in an instant, and I press my breasts outward to more fully fill his hands.

“Fucking perfect tits,” Caleb growls. “Now for the rest of you.”

He drops his hands to my hips and tears my panties off my body. Then, he shoves me so that I flop back onto the bed, naked and exposed.

“Spread those legs. Let me see what’s waiting for me.”

At his command, my legs fall open, almost as if they moved on their own.

Caleb drags his own shirt over his head, then kicks off his pants. There, he stands naked beside the bed, slowly stroking his rock-hard cock as he drags his gaze greedily over my body.

Lightly, he scents the air. “Better,” he says. “This is as it should be.”

Recovering my thoughts slightly, I start to close my legs. “I’m not your sloppy seconds.”

“You are whatever I want you to be,” he snaps. Leaning over me, he grabs my knees and forces them open. Then he inserts himself into the space between them.

My body comes alive with his closeness and the promise of what’s to come.

He lines himself up and pushes inside of me without any resistance from my body at all.

“Stop,” I tell him even as I claw at his back, trying to bring him closer.

“I won’t be second…”

Caleb silences me with a passionate kiss. Then pushing himself up slightly, he begins to thrust into me.

I hate how good it feels, and how much I want it.

But not as much as I hate that someone else might have felt this tonight first.

Jealousy fills me, and possessiveness takes over my brain. So, grabbing him, I yank myself up to meet him, put my mouth on his neck, and suck in a mark.

His growl deepens.

Chapter 82

The next morning, I’m sluggish and satisfied, naked in the bed. The covers are over me, but only from the waist down, leaving my breasts exposed while I stretch my arms over my head.

Maybe I’m just more comfortable like this.

Or maybe I’m putting on a bit of a show because Caleb is still here and he keeps glancing back at me, through the body-length mirror he’s standing in front of. He’s naked too, so I can easily spot his twitch of interest every time he glances back.

When he does look back at his own reflection, he examines the clear love bite I sucked into his neck last night. It’s just under the jut of his jawline. If he wasn’t clean-shaven, he might have been able to hide it with a beard. It’s too high for even his highest collar to fully cover it.

I’m satisfied with it, especially after he visited a different consort last night. It pleases me immensely to see my mark on his skin.

His feelings on it elude me, however. One minute he seems amused by the mark. In the next, he’s annoyed.

During an irritated moment, he grunts, “I’ve killed consorts for less than this. No one has the right to mark me. You belong to me, not the other way around.”

There’s always danger, being in the room with Caleb. He’s unpredictable and paranoid, especially when he’s raging. After his rage the other night, and Bethany’s certainties that Caleb means to harm me, it’s difficult to be fully comfortable while in the same room as him. Even as blissed out as I am, I recognize the danger.

Even after everything we shared last night, I’m not sure if he still means to kill me.

Maybe I should cower away from the idea. If I’m careful and submissive, he might decide to let me live, even with all his reasons to kill me.

But I’m not careful or submissive. After all the hardships I’ve faced, I’d prefer to just know upfront what I’m facing.

So I ask, “Are you going to kill me?”

“Maybe,” he says, without even needing to think about it. Stepping away from the mirror, he makes his way back to me. His eyes immediately fall onto my bare breasts. “Probably not today.”

Crawling onto the bed, he moves over top of me, then lowers himself down, face first. His mouth closes over one of my nipples, which immediately perks from the attention.

I comb my fingers through Caleb’s hair.

Then, he shifts his mouth away from my nipple and onto the meat of my breast, where he sucks mark after mark after mark onto my breasts and collarbone. The mark I made, he returns tenfold onto my body.

I hold onto him as he does so, entirely at the mercy of his mouth and his touch.

It doesn’t take long until he has me panting and moaning and screaming his name.

Later, after Caleb has left and Bethany has returned with the new dress, I stand in the mirror, looking at the love bites Caleb put on me, just as he inspected the one I put on him.

Bethany holds up the dress she’s worked on all night, and while it’s beautiful and basically perfect, it has a low, scooping neckline, revealing many of the offending bites and marks.

“Perhaps we could cover them with makeup?” I suggest.

“Impossible,” Bethany says. “King Caleb forbids covering any of his marks. It’s in the core rules of this place.”

Great. And it’s too late to make alterations to the dress. I wouldn’t even want to ask after how quickly and dutifully Bethany has worked on this. It’s clear she didn’t sleep much last night, with those dark bags hanging heavy under her eyes.

“People are going to have questions,” I say. I know I would, if I saw someone as marked up as me. I look like I got into a fight with an octopus, with suction marks all over me.

“You are in the King’s harem,” Bethany replies. “Trust me, they won’t have any questions.”

My face heats up in slight embarrassment. Even as a member of the King’s harem, I don’t want people to know that much about our sex life. Yet a great amount of detail is right here. Clearly, we are passionate about each other. If they see the mark on Caleb, then they will know it isn’t one-sided.

How humiliating.

My stomach drops. What is Samuel going to think?

I want to ask Bethany her opinion, but there’s a chasm between us that spread apart yesterday and seems insurmountable now. I hate it. Bethany is my best – my only – friend here, and if things are going to go south tonight, I don’t want things to end as they are, this distant.

After last night and this morning, I’m not so sure that Caleb wants to humiliate and torture me. He’s promised that he won’t kill me today. But with his temper and paranoia, it’s difficult to say what could happen. I need to be ready for anything, even the bad things.

Bethany walks around me, taking in the dress where it needs. She doesn’t have much work left. It fits like a glove.

“Bethany,” I say. “We should talk…”

“About what?” she asks dully. She definitely knows about what.

But I don’t snap at her. Instead, I force myself to keep my calm. Bethany is my best friend and I want her back. I won’t let my own frustration carve an even bigger canyon between us.

“I know you were trying to protect me,” I say. “It’s clear how possessive Caleb is…” I gesture to my chest. “If he had come last night, and I was out meeting Samuel, he likely would have killed me for real.”

Bethany sighs and some of the tension eases from her shoulders. I hadn’t realized how tightly she’d been carrying herself until she let all that tightness go.

“I’m sorry,” she says. “You are newer here than me. You don’t know the rules… or how things work… If you met Samuel, the King would have found out about it. Then whatever mercy he’s been gifting you by continuing to keep you alive would surely be spent.” She shakes her head lightly. “You need to put any sort of escape out of your mind. There is no escape from the capital. Any that have tried have died.”

I know about that. My escape attempt landed me in the coliseum. I’m not eager to repeat that misadventure. In fact, I still have nightmares of that place.

“I’m sorry too,” I tell her. “I should have listened to your concerns instead of thinking you didn’t care…”

“I do care,” she says.

“I know. Me too.”

We look at each other. I can see my own pain reflected back at me in her eyes.

“I don’t know what’s going to happen tonight,” I tell her. “But I do know that I have a friend here. No matter what happens, you will always be my friend.”

She smiles as she comes in for a hug, which I eagerly return.

After, when I look in the mirror at myself in my beautiful silver dress, I try to brace myself for whatever could await me tonight.

Something dangerous is in the air. I can feel it.

I just hope I survive it.

Chapter 83

Entering the Hall for the Grand Ball, I’m once more amazed by the room’s transformation. This time, golden chandeliers dip down from the high ceiling. Shimmering chains of crystal and glass weave around them, connecting them to each other with delicate grace. When the light passes through the crystals, it sends prism rainbows dancing around the room.

It’s beautiful and feels a bit like walking through a dream. At least until I notice all the people looking at me. Then it feels like a nightmare.

They look at me, then turn to snicker with each other. Instinctively, I want to cover the red marks dotting my skin, but I force myself not to. Instead, I stretch out to my full height and walk as proudly as I can.

These marks were given to me by the King. These people are just jealous.

Even with the awkward location I left the mark on Caleb, I expect him to cover it somehow, with makeup or some type of extra-tall collar.

What I don’t expect is, when I see him standing near his throne, his shirt collar is so low, it sits at the base of his throat, allowing the love bite to be seen far and wide by anyone who looks.

He’d been so annoyed by it before, but now he’s wearing it like a badge of honor.

I truly do not understand him at all.

Though it does make me blush, heating up my cheeks in a rush.

Maybe I should go over there and tease him a little. He might enjoy that if he kept the love mark exposed.

Yet, just as I’m about to walk over there, I stop dead in my tracks when a blonde woman with a high ponytail puts her hand on Caleb’s chest. It’s too familiar, too romantic, and Caleb isn’t pushing her back. Not even when she leans in close, pressing her breasts against his arm as she whispers something into his ear.

She’s not a member of the harem, nor is she any Alpha’s mate. I don’t think I’ve seen her before.

“The Alpha of the Moonlake Pack brought his daughter,” I hear a whisper to my right. Another couple I do recognize from some of the other events is looking at Caleb and this blonde woman. They are part of the King’s court. “What was her name? Sandy? Saundra?”

“Sonya,” says the woman of the pair, correcting her husband.

“Regardless,” the husband continues, “His interests seem clear, and by the way our King is responding, I think the effort is proving successful.

“The Moonlake Pack is one of the biggest, most powerful packs,” the wife says. “It would do well for the King to actually marry this one. It could be a good match.”

“He could add her to the harem,” the husband says.

The wife doesn’t seem convinced. “The Moonlake heir? She’s not the kind you cast aside. She’s worthy of wearing the crown.”

“Perhaps we should introduce ourselves then,” the husband says. “I’d prefer to be on the good side of our future Queen.”

That is where I stop listening.

It hurts too much to even consider this, even though it shouldn’t.

It’s none of my business really if the King wants to get married, and who to…

But after last night and this morning…

Well, it would be a shame to be cast aside.

Thinking like this, I’m ashamed of the marks on my skin and wish I really could hide them away. It makes me feel cheap, to know the King came to me for sex but is seeking a life partner in someone else.

Ug, it’s so frustrating. This shouldn’t be bothering me either! What do I care if the King gets married? Or gets a thousand more harem members. He can do whatever the hell he wants!

I don’t care. The only man I love is Samuel.

Unfortunately, Samuel himself is married.

Glancing through the crowd, I search for my beloved. When I spot him, he’s staring straight back at me.

My heart starts to race, though, admittedly, not as quickly as it would race if I wasn’t so damn distracted by Sonya Moonlake putting her hands all over Caleb. He must say something funny, because she throws her head back in a huge laugh, exposing her long neck.

Caleb’s looking at it which rubs my nerves the wrong way.

“Harper,” Samuel says, suddenly much closer to me. I don’t see Leah around him. I wonder where she could be. Bathroom, maybe. Or getting another drink. She would have never let him come over here by himself.

This close, Samuel looks down at my neck and chest, likely seeing the marks there. As if he’s counting them, he looks from one to the next, his expression growing more and more grim.

“I imagine the King gave you these,” he says, anger and annoyance in his voice. “Seems he enjoys showing you off as his possession.”

“I am in the harem,” I remind Samuel.

Samuel scoffs at me. “That doesn’t mean you have to be such a whore, Harper.”

Those harsh words surprise me for a moment. I never would have thought Samuel would say them deliberately without Leah’s presence. I thought his disdain for me was an act that he put on in front of his wife.

Now I can’t quite convince myself he doesn’t mean the words, since he’s telling me them in private.

Seeing my reaction, he shakes his head a little. “Forgive me,” he says. “It’s just… I wanted to be the only man to touch you. Now… you’ve been tainted by his ugliness.”

“I’m still me,” I remind him. “I’m in the harem. I’m obligated to sleep with the King, but I’m still me.”

“You don’t have to sleep with him,” Samuel says.

“Yes, I do,” I tell him. “Or he’ll kill me.”

“Some things are worth dying for…”.

He’s acting like he has some type of ownership over my body and who I sleep with, which annoys me. He’s supposed to be the one I actually love. Why is he trying to shame me?

And how much of a hypocrite does this actually make him?

“I’m sure I don’t have to remind you that you are married.”

“That has nothing to do with this,” Samuel snaps.

“Doesn’t it?” Since I heard about their marriage, my thoughts have been assaulted with thoughts of the two of them together. My whole life, I dreamed of being with him, and suddenly, all of those fantasies turned into nightmares with Samuel and Leah together.

“Some of us have integrity, Harper. Some of us stick to our principles.”

“What is that supposed to mean?”

“It means that I’m not now, nor have I ever been, sleeping with your sister,” Samuel says.

“You… aren’t?” I can’t quite believe what I’m hearing. He married her, after all. Surely, he would have had to lie with her. Don’t they have mating bites? How could that be accomplished without the soothing pheromones of an Alpha in a rut?

I’d heard rumors of mates taking painkillers before the bite but… that seems so unnatural. So… wrong.

A mating bond is supposed to be a special, beautiful thing. Not something forced with drugs.

“I haven’t slept with your sister because my heart is with you,” Samuel says. “I only wished you felt strongly enough about me to abstain as well.”

Chapter 84

“You are asking me to deny the King of the kingdom,” I tell him. “The man who does not take no for an answer.”

“Threaten to kill yourself if you have to,” Samuel says.

That slices through me like a blade. Samuel would rather I hurt myself than be ‘spoiled.’ How can this cruel, apathetic man be the man I love? Unless… have I been fooling myself, thinking Samuel was my one true love?

Someone who loved me wouldn’t be happy with my situation… But they wouldn’t think I’m tainted because of it. They wouldn’t think I needed to hurt myself or die outright.

Seeing this side of Samuel makes me glad I decided against running away with him. His love seems entirely conditional. I hate to think it, but at the first real sign of trouble, he might have left me flat.

“What are you thinking?” Samuel asks. “Why are you looking at me like a stranger?”

“Because you are one,” I say. “I don’t recognize the man I love. The way you are talking about me, it’s -“

“There you are.”

I turn and find Caleb suddenly beside me. Glancing around, I notice the entire room has seemed to stop. Everyone, especially the King, is looking right at me.

“Harper,” Caleb asks. “I am offering you the first dance.”

I know better than to turn that down. With everyone watching, rejection could easily be seen as an embarrassment. I’ve been fortunate to so far avoid the fate that Bethany had thought for me. I’m not about to tempt fate by risking it now.

Besides, dancing with Caleb would give me the perfect opportunity to escape this terrible conversation with Samuel that was actively breaking my heart.

Thirdly, I also kind of just really wanted to dance with Caleb.

So as he holds his hand out, it takes me no time at all to slip my hand into his. His fingers curl protectively around the back of my hand as he tugs me, encouraging me away from Samuel and closer to his side. I move at once.

Then, as I’m beside Caleb, he glares at Samuel for a firm five seconds before we blessedly start to move away.

No one is dancing yet, perhaps waiting for the king, so it is up to us to determine where the dance floor begins. Caleb leads me toward the center of the Hall at the front, near the stage holding his throne.

There, he tugs on my hand again, harder this time, yanking me toward him so that I have to lift my free hand to keep from colliding with his chest. My hand presses there instead, though I am close now too. Caleb wraps his free hand around my waist. He lifts the hands we are holding together off to our sides.

He nods somewhere, to an orchestra perhaps, as they immediately start a song with a slower tempo. With violins and timpani, it sounds like a full orchestra.

He moves first, leading, and I follow. Soon, we are slowly dancing around the room. The guests move back, giving us a wide oval of room.

As we near some of the onlookers, I start to hear the whispers. “How could he dance with a harem girl and not his fiancé?”

My stomach sinks. Previously, I’d only heard gossip that he and Sonya would only be a good match, but this whisper now… Had they actually become engaged?

Then why would he choose to dance with me? If he’s truly met his perfect match, then he should be with her. Unless that is another piece of misunderstanding or gossip. Maybe Caleb really isn’t waiting for his perfect mate. Maybe he’s just waiting for close enough to perfect to get by.

From this angle, I have perfect view of the love bite I left under Caleb’s jawline. It gives me some satisfaction seeing it, especially as this new jealousy surges through me.

If he gets married, will he give up his harem? What would happen to me?

“You are staring,” he says, catching me.

I quickly look away. “You should have covered that up.”

“Why? You were bold enough to mark your king, but not bold enough to own it?”

“People don’t think it’s mine,” I say. I refuse to tell him that they think it’s his fiancé’s. I’m not ready to talk about that just yet, afraid of having my worst fears confirmed.

“Then they are fools. We are, after all, a matching set.”

“You gave me twenty compared to your one.”

Caleb glances down at me, heat burning in his eyes. “Oh, there’s many more than twenty.”

Heat flares in my cheeks. I know I’m blushing furiously, likely a bright and vibrant red, but I can’t seem to temper it down. I keep thinking about how they got there.

Gods, what a pleasant morning it was.

Caleb smirks, entirely smug. I want to hate him for it, but he’s earned it this time. And honestly… I find that look on him somewhat endearing. He looked younger like this, boyish and carefree as if teasing me was the most important thing to him at that moment. Usually, the weight of being king hung heavy on his shoulders.

After we danced alone for a moment, others began to choose their partners and join us on the dance floor. Yet even with the other couples, Caleb directed us masterfully around the floor. Or, perhaps, the others were just smart enough to get out of the way.

Another turn and Caleb says, “You were talking with Samuel.”

I would rather trip and fall on my butt in front of all these people than talk about Samuel with Caleb. But with how fiercely he’s holding me around the waist, that doesn’t seem possible.

“I was,” I say and hope that will be the end of it.

With Caleb, of course, it isn’t. “You didn’t seem particularly happy about it.”

I frown a little. I have no idea how to get out of this conversation. I likely can’t, not without giving up at least a kernel of truth.

“He’s changed since I’ve known him,” I admit. “Life has made him hard, maybe. Or perhaps it’s life with my sister that has. But he is no longer the boy I knew.”

Caleb’s smile is gone, replaced instead with a harsh line. The heat in his eyes has dimmed also. It’s frozen over now.

“No longer the man you love?” he asks, voice entirely devoid of emotion.

“I don’t know…”

The Samuel I love could still be in there, somewhere, buried down deep and covered with pain and harshness. Or the Samuel I love never existed at all. He could have been a fallacy I invented in my youth and pinned on Samuel because I wanted him to be more than he was.

I’m hoping for the former, and that I will see that man again. But I suspect the latter might be closer to the truth, with how crudely he was speaking to me. It’s difficult to think if that boy I thought he was is inside there at all, that he would speak to me that way.

Caleb blessedly drops the subject, allowing me to relax again.

That moment of relaxation lasts about ten seconds until we turn a corner and see Sonya of the Moonlake pack standing on the outside ring of guests, watching the dancers.

“Next dance is mine!” she calls boldly.

My stomach drops once more.

I should leave it alone. Things between Caleb and I seem well enough right now. We aren’t fighting at the moment. I could still be pregnant, but it’s unlikely. Caleb hasn’t tried to hurt me all day.

But… it’s like I can’t help myself. I need answers, and I’m not much for waiting. Not when I could have my answers just by asking one simple question.

“Are you really engaged?”

Chapter 85

Caleb glowers at me so hard, so suddenly, that I immediately regret asking my question.

“The King’s personal business is none of yours,” he says sternly.

I nod, embarrassed again. Even curious as I am, and jealous as I am, I can’t force him to answer if he doesn’t want to. He’s the King. He holds all the cards here.

“But, no,” he adds. “I am not engaged.”

“You aren’t?”

He glances at me. “You sound very happy about that fact, Harper. Were you worried I was?”

“Of course not,” I say and quickly look away.

I can feel him smirking again, so I ignore him entirely as we continue to circle the dance floor.

The song ends and a new, faster one begins. I think Caleb will let me go now and find a new partner. Perhaps, Sonya, who clearly made her wishes known for this next dance.

Instead, he continues to hold me and we continue to dance, albeit faster now, to keep time with the tempo.

“My advisors wish for me to marry. They believe the Moonlake heir would be a good match politically,” Caleb says.

“I’ve heard other guests say much the same,” I tell him.

“They like gossiping about me.”

“Well, you are the King. As the most interesting man in the room, it’s only natural that they’d want to talk about you.”

Oh, he’s definitely smirking now. I glance sideways and catch a glimpse.

“Most interesting man in the room, you say?” he teases.

“Don’t let it go to your head,” I reply. “Your ego is big enough already.”

Caleb hums pleasantly, but then continues in a flat voice, “I will not settle for her or anyone else. I am searching for my perfect mate, and only she will satisfy me enough for me to marry.”

Ah, so that much of what Bethany said is true. Caleb only wants children with his true mate. By that account, of course, she’s the only person he would want to marry and make his Queen.

I wonder who she is. I almost hope she’s some rambunctious country girl, his total opposite, who might show up and through a wrench into his entire life. It would be amusing to see Caleb thrown off his game a little.

Yet, at the same time, I also almost hope he never meets his match. He would likely leave me alone if he met her. I should want that, but to my heart, it sounds very lonely. By body especially has enjoyed Caleb’s visits.

“My mate will solve everything,” he says somewhat distantly, almost as if he’s talking to himself.

He’s not though. I’m right here listening, so I don’t let him escape into himself that easily. “Solve what, exactly?”

Caleb is a capable king, albeit a ruthless one. He has a hold over his kingdom that no one really seems to object to. Maybe he could be kinder, but with a war brewing in the north, the kingdom needs someone strong.

“I can admit that I am somewhat more… short-tempered than I used to be. And I acknowledge that I can be… paranoid,” Caleb says. “These shortcomings have been growing exponentially over time. Doctors believe I might be struck with the longing.”

I’ve heard of this. It’s rare, but sometimes if a werewolf senses his true mate and then loses her, or if it’s been too long discovering her at all, he will slowly succumb to rage and paranoia until it drives him to complete madness. The symptoms are stronger in Alphas, who tend to already have more aggressive wolves.

Caleb has the biggest and most aggressive wolf I’ve ever seen. It’s no wonder he is already combating the longing.

I can understand then, Caleb’s urge to find his true mate, as well as his urgency.

It still hurts to think about him with someone else, though. Especially someone who is so perfect for him that she can help heal him. No wonder he’s already in love with this mystery woman.

I will never know love like that. In the King’s harem, I will only ever be known as a number to the king. Whether I am favored in the harem or least favored makes little difference. In the end, the best we could ever hope to be is second to an unknown woman, Caleb’s true mate.

My heart aches and I don’t fully understand why.

“My King! There you are!” Sonya says, bouncing up to us. She’s all smiles and energy. I’m tired just looking at her. “Are you ready for our dance?”

It’s unorthodox for anyone to approach the King for a dance, especially when he’s already dancing with someone else. But she is persistent and confident, I could give her that. The first quality might irritate Caleb but the second would intrigue him.

“Very well,” he says, though doesn’t seem particularly happy about it. I can’t tell if this is a personal move or a political one. With the Moonlake pack being so big and influential, he’s unlikely to want to offend her, the heir.

So he releases me without a word and puts his arms around Sonya instead.

Instantly, I feel much colder.

His attention is entirely on Sonya now, as she chatters about anything and everything. They turn, moving away from me, leaving me behind.

Another couple nearly bumps into me.

“Get off the dance floor if you aren’t dancing,” says one of the pair, snidely.

He could have been nicer, but he’s right. I am in the way. So quickly, I turn and weave my way through the dancing couples to slip past the edge of the crowd.

My plan is to head toward the drink table to retrieve some water. I’m only halfway there when Gwen and Leah step directly into my path. I try to walk around them, but they keep stepping with me, allowing me to go no farther.

“What do you want?” I ask them.

“The King danced with you first,” Gwen says, ice in her voice.

“That was his choice,” I tell her.

“It’s unheard of for a slut from the harem to have the first dance,” Leah adds.

I expect Gwen to be offended by her words, but she doesn’t. They both continue to glare at me, a united form of bitchy aggression.

My heart hurts from being ditched on the dance floor, as well as from the conversation we had before. I’m also combatting nerves over the possibility of being pregnant. I know it’s unlikely but until I have that negative result, worries continue to creep into my brain unbidden.

With those emotions, I hardly have time for petty little jealousies, like the ones Gwen and Leah feel for me. Leah shouldn’t even be bothering me at all. She won Samuel. If she put more effort in, she could probably keep him.

I expect insults and slander, so I lift my chin and prepare myself for the onslaught, defiant. “There’s nothing you can say that will hurt me,” I tell them.

“I wouldn’t be so sure about that,” Leah says. Looking to my side, she curls her finger and a new figure approaches us.

I freeze at once, recognizing the shape of Caleb and the way he walks long before I look to confirm it’s him.

“You are worse than a slut, Harper,” Samuel growls. “You are as vile as they come.”

Chapter 86

“You enjoy when he fucks you,” Samuel says with a sneer. “You pretend that you don’t, but you do. The way you danced with him, the way you looked at him… You claim you don’t care for it. You say you fight him but he takes it anyway. Well, I think you want it. I bet you fucking beg for his dick.”

Again, I look at Gwen. She’s in the harem too. She knows what it’s like. But she just crosses her arms and looks down at me with amusement quirking her lips and raising her brows.

“Oh, no. Are you going to cry?” Leah asks with false sympathy. It immediately shifts to hate. “I know you’ve been lusting after my husband since your disgrace, Harper… No, what do they call you here?”

“Harlot,” Gwen provides.

“Harlot,” Leah repeats. “It must hurt you to know how Samuel truly feels about you. How little you matter to him. How disgusted that the mere sight of you leaves him.”

“I see those marks on you and I want to be sick,” Samuel says.

I lift a hand, trying to cover a few of them, but there are many.

Samuel makes me feel so small. The other two, I could have handled, but Samuel is someone who supposedly loves me. He’s said so. He kept the necklace. Yet here he is, saying such vulgar and crude things about me.

Even if he’s angry or jealous or whatever else, there’s no excuse for the way he’s looking at me now, like I’m not even good enough to be put in the garbage.

I can’t face him, not when he’s like this, not if I don’t want to break down.

Currently, the rest of the room is focused on the dance floor, but how soon could their attention turn to us, if one of my attackers spoke too loudly. I couldn’t handle that humiliation, especially not if I were to start to cry.

So, looking up at the ceiling to hold back the tears, I turn away from Gwen, Leah, and Samuel, and start for one of the exits.

I don’t make it far before Gwen pushes me, making me collide with a table. I try to go around it opposite her, but this puts me against the wall. Suddenly, I’m boxed in, with Gwen on one side and Leah and Samuel on the other, and the table in front. There’s nowhere for me to go.

“What are you going to do now, disgusting slut?” Samuel mocks.

“Face who you are,” Leah adds. “Admit that you are the worst kind of whore.”

Gwen just laughs.

“I’m not a whore,” I tell them.

Leah harrumphs. “Those marks say differently, you piece of -“

“Enough,” booms a nearby voice. All of us turn and see Caleb standing tall and regal behind Leah and Samuel, glaring down at them both.

At his raised voice, the orchestra abruptly ceases, though not all at once. A violin shrieks out last night. A tuba plays another bar before falling silent.

Everyone in the room is looking over here now, at Caleb, at my attackers, though Gwen is shying away now, hiding her face, and at me, trapped in a corner.

“Those marks were left on my consort by me,” Caleb says. “Perhaps you would like to call me a whore as well?”

“Of course not, my King,” Leah says, dipping immediately into a deep curtsey. “I did not mean you when I said those things.”

“Yet, you insult the woman I share myself with. Is that not also an insult to me?”

“No, King Caleb, I… I only meant…” Her voice trails.

“Perhaps your husband can explain himself better than you,” Caleb says, turning his icy focus onto Samuel instead. Samuel bows.

“Harper offended us,” he says.

“She did?” Caleb asks with fake curiosity. His voice might have lilted upwards at the end, but there is a distinct annoyance in his eyes that he’s not bothering to hide. Maybe, since they aren’t looking upwards, they cannot see. That’s the only reason I can think of for why Samuel might try to double down on his accusation.

“Most vilely, King Caleb,” Samuel says. “She is a disturbed woman, who meant to flaunt her sex in our faces.”

“How?” Caleb continues to play along.

Samuel takes a second to answer. He clears his throat, then he says, “She propositioned me.”

My eyes go wide. “I did no such thing!” I start to defend myself, but Caleb holds up a hand, silencing me. I can tell from his steady gaze on me that he doesn’t believe it.

Thank the gods.

“Are you suggesting that I leave the women of my harem so unsatisfied that they seek pleasure from other, lesser men?” Caleb asks.

Samuel stiffens as every inch of visible skin on his body pales. “N-no, King Caleb! That’s not what I meant!”

“Then perhaps you should think before you speak next time. If there is a next time,” Caleb says. He motions to a pair of guards that approach. To the guards, he orders, “Watch this pair. If they speak to any member of my harem again, remove them from the capital.” To Samuel and Leah, he says, “You’ve not appreciated my hospitality so far. Do not make me regret my decision to keep you here.”

“Of course, my King,” Leah says.

“Thank you, my King,” Samuel adds.

Caleb’s already done with them, looking to me, instead. “Come with me, Harper. I would speak to you about this privately.”

Nodding, I step between my sister and ex-fiancé to follow along behind Caleb.

Caleb leads me to a familiar side chamber, with a table and a couch.

After we enter, with the door closed, he pushes me up against the wall and kisses me.

Even with his tongue in my mouth, I’m rattled by what just occurred. I can’t keep my hands from shaking, and a pair of tears drip from my eyes.

As Caleb leans back and sees the state of me, he deeply frowns. “I shouldn’t have left you alone.”

“I can handle myself,” I tell him, though my voice is weaker than usual.

“Clearly,” Caleb replies. Suddenly, he drops to his knees.

“Caleb?” I gasp, forgetting formalities for a moment.

In this moment of privacy, he doesn’t seem to mind. He grabs the hem of my dress and rolls it up and up, all the way to my waist.

“Hold this, and accept your King’s generous gift,” he says.

I hold the rolled-up skirt at once. The moment I do, Caleb lets it go and hooks his fingers over the top of my panties instead. Slowly, he tugs them down, down, down to my ankles, and then off of me entirely.

I’m bare and exposed to his hungry eyes. He licks his lips.

“Put one knee on my shoulder,” he commands.

As soon as I do, he lifts his hands, pressing apart my folds, exposing my clit. Then, he leans in, tongue first, and laps greedily at the tender bud.

Immediately I fall about against the wall, but with my leg over his shoulder, and one of his hands firmly on my hip, he keeps me steady as he sucks and licks.

“Ah…” I moan as he presses a finger up inside of me.

“So wet,” Caleb whispers against the meat of my inner thigh. “He’s just jealous, you know. He’s never had you like this, and he never will.”

He hooks his fingers inside of me.

“Caleb…”

“You are mine, Harper. And you will never be his.”

Chapter 87

Caleb keeps me busy for a full 45 minutes, before he rises, wipes off his mouth, and kisses me again. By now, I am fully relaxed, entirely blissed out, and feeling so much better about life and the world.

“I need to return to the Grand Ball,” he tells me. “You are not to leave my side again. Do you understand?”

I don’t trust my voice just yet, so I nod.

“Good.” Looping his arm around my waist, he leads me back out of the side room and to the main hall.

The crowd has moved on to other things. The dancing has continued, and some servers have brought out some foods that people are snacking on. The alcohol is also running aplenty.

As such, some people glance, noticing us as we return to the party, but for the most part, people aren’t giving us much mind.

Caleb’s advisors notice though, or at least the few that I recognize. One of them seems particularly annoyed.

“That’s George,” Caleb whispers in my ear. “He’s been one of my most vocal dissenters.”

“Yet he’s one of your advisors?” I ask.

“I need people around me that will not blindly agree with all of my decisions,” Caleb says. “To truly make the best choices, I need to be presented with every option, to see the events from every angle. Then, I can make the best, most informed choice.”

I’ve seen these things happen in real-time, so I’m not terribly surprised to hear him say this. But it still seems so unusual. For a man so ruthless, he does listen to what almost everyone has to say. In the end, he does what he wants anyway, and the advisors have to respect that since he’s king. But even just listening feels like a step more than other ruthless kings would allow.

George the advisor isn’t the only one giving us a disapproving glare. Sonya, Caleb’s potential suitor, also watches us with a lowered brow and a pouty bottom lip.

Unlike George, however, she has the boldness to actually approach us.

“King Caleb,” she says, ignoring me entirely. “I was hoping that we could speak some more.”

“You are welcome to speak with me now,” Caleb says.

Sonya side-eyes me. “I was hoping to do so… privately.”

Caleb gives her a blank stare. “No,” he says simply.

Sonya must not be used to hearing that word ever in her life, because she recoils as if he physically slapped her.

Caleb glances away, looking as bored as Tristan usually does.

Sonya looks at me. She’s angry now, her brow lowering again. “Could you make some room? I’d like to speak with our King privately.”

Caleb already told her no, but I still look to him for guidance. If he wants me to leave, I will, but I’d much rather stay right where I am and rub it in Sonya’s face.

Caleb ignores us both, but his hand is firm on my hip, telling me. without his needing to verbally, that I’m not going anywhere.

This gives me the confidence I need to look at Sonya and tell her, “No. I don’t think I will.”

Her pouty lip turns into a snarl. “Do you know who I am?”

I tilt my head. I do know who she is, but I’m not going to give her ego any kind of boost right now. She already seems to think highly enough of herself already. Approaching the King like she is, as if she knows him as if they are on the same level…

… I could just be jealous. I know that. That’s the only thing keeping me from gloating.

“I do as the King commands,” I tell her, reminding her gently – I hope – about her place.

She glowers at me, then pouts at Caleb. “My King…”

“You’ve had your answer,” Caleb says. “You can stay and speak with me like this, or you can leave. Those are the only two options presented to you.”

Sonya’s face crumples like she doesn’t know what to do with it. She’s entirely at a loss.

I was joking mostly before, but maybe she really has never been told no before. She’s acting so shaken and unsure.

“Come, Harper,” Caleb says, leading me toward the balcony. “There is something I want you to see.”

Caleb and I move first, leaving Sonya behind. She seems confused like she isn’t sure whether to follow or not. In the end, she stays put where she is.

As Caleb and I move toward the balcony behind the throne at the end of the hall, many other guests follow along behind us. Perhaps I’m not the only one who wishes to see whatever is about to happen. I’m starting to get the feeling that I’m in for a spectacle.

Outside, night has set in, and the stars burn brightly in the sky. Some of the outside lights have been dimmed. For the show? I nervously shift from foot to foot, unsure what to expect.

That is until I hear a nearby guest say the word fireworks.

My heart fills with glee as I look back at Caleb. He’s watching me.

“Fireworks?” I ask, excitement bubbling in my voice.

He nods.

“I love fireworks,” I say. They’ve always been a bright spot for me, before my disgrace and after. They almost feel larger than life, so bright and beautiful, memorable, even if short lived. They fill me with a sense of wonder, and make me hope for a brighter future, one where I could shine and sparkle again.

“I know,” Caleb says.

This surprises me, and I look at him again in curiosity. How could he possibly know? Before I can ask, the first pop sounds in the sky, draw my attention.

Caleb spared no expense with this show. There’s an assortment of colors and sizes, some pop like bubbles, others invert. Some trail across the sky with a shrieking wail. Some pop into shapes, like a flower, a moon, or, most impressively, a wolf.

I’m so entranced with the fireworks that it takes me longer than it otherwise would have for me to realize that Caleb isn’t watching the show. He’s watching me.

I meet his gaze, and in the dark, I can see the reflection of the fireworks there in his eyes. It’s enchanting. I’ve never watched fireworks like this before. I can’t look away.

My heart thunders loudly in my chest, and I become very aware of the arm still wrapped around my waist, the hand pressed against my hip.

“Caleb…” I whisper, but the sound is instantly swallowed by the thunder and crackle of the fireworks.

The scent of gunpowder hangs heavy in the air.

At that moment, I feel more alive than I have in months. Alive and… happy.

How can I be happy when I am a slave? A prisoner under a ruthless king?

Yet, I get the distinct impression, somehow, even though it’s likely misguided, that he did this for me. Because he knows I love fireworks. I still don’t know how that’s possible, though I’m learning, with Caleb, nothing is impossible.

The man has many secrets, and he’s only shared a tiny few of them.

Suddenly, another firework booms louder than the rest, so loudly it makes the castle itself shake.

Caleb’s brow furrows as he looks away.

Another boom sounds. Wait. That’s not fireworks.

With a flash, one of the towers along the outer wall explodes, sending bricks and debris flying, and fire smoke into the air.

Caleb pulls me back away from the railing.

With the backdrop of the flames, and the fireworks still popping, I see curious figures. They’re round at the top and…

“Parachutes,” Caleb curses, sending an alarm crashing through me. “We’re being invaded.”

Chapter 88

More and more people start to notice. Then screaming and panic begins. People start running for the doors back into the hall. Caleb and I, closest to the railing of the balcony, are left pushing at the back of the fearful crowd.

Behind us, more and more parachutes blot out the sky. A few come uncomfortably close, landing in the courtyard beyond. Gunfire sounds, lighting up the night with flickering flashes. The sounds make me cower, afraid of being hit.

Then, my worst fear, before the balcony can fully clear out, a few large men with parachutes land directly onto the balcony.

“Behind me, Harper,” Caleb demands, shoving me as he steps forward.

The other men have assault rifles. I pull out my small knife like that will make a difference.

“King Caleb?” one of the men calls out. It’s hard to discern their figures exactly, with them wearing black as they are. They even have dark paint smeared over their faces.

“You already know,” Caleb growls. “What is the meaning of this intrusion? Were you disappointed you never received invitations to the party?”

I’m in awe of Caleb at this moment, facing down the guns of his enemies and being glib about it. He truly knows no fear.

“Long live the bear clan!” one of the intruders shouts and suddenly gunfire breaks out.

A few guests behind me scream. Bullets clatter around us, striking nearby. A few people, I suspect, are hit, by how fast they fall to the ground.

Caleb’s body shifts as the bullets hit him. Still, he roars as he shifts, growing in height and width. His wolf is two stories tall, towering on the balcony, barely able to fit.

He roars again, as he rushes forward, swiping the enemies with his large claws.

“These are silver bullets!” one of the men cries, fear in his voice. “They should hurt him!”

“Take him down!” another command, likely the leader of this particular group. “Take him down!” He’s louder than the screams, somehow able to rally what’s left of his troops.

Unfortunately for them, Caleb is as fast as he is vicious, and he tears through them all without mercy.

Unfortunately for us, more enemy soldiers are dropping onto the balcony, like there’s an endless wave of them. How could there be so many? Is the bear clan dropping their entire army down on us?

Caleb turns and in his red, monstrous eyes, I see a hint of fear. It’s not much, but when combined with the blood oozing from the wounds on his chest – wounds that aren’t healing, I know we are in very real danger. He nudges his head toward the door. It’s open now, I can escape within.

But I don’t want to leave him.

I have to though. What good is my knife against an army of well-armed bear shifters? If I stay, I will only get in his way. He’ll be hindered, forced to protect me.

“Follow,” I tell him. “Don’t stay out here.”

He chuffs at me and turns, facing the next group of attackers.

I don’t wait for the bullets to fly. If he won’t listen to me, I have to find more guards to send his way. And the only direction I know guards are is inside the Hall.

Rushing, I fly into the hall only to be faced with more chaos.

Somehow, bears have infiltrated inside of the palace as well. Many of these enemy soldiers have already shifted, and now large actual bears are bellowing and storming through the room.

Many guests have already fallen, mauled by the bears or the bullets.

There are too many wide spaces now, with people fleeing through the open doors or fallen and dead. There’s nowhere to hide.

So when one of the mauling bears turns his bloody maw to me, I can only run.

I’m fast for a human, but not so fast for a bear. Three wide strides and a pounce, and the bear collides with me, sending me toppling hard down onto the ground. I slide across the bloody floor, stopping as I back against an overturned table.

I scramble to stand again, as the bear rears onto its back feet and roars straight into my face. I hold my knife out in front of me protectively, my last line of defense.

The bear huffs a few times, like it’s laughing at me and my small knife. Then, it rears back to one side, as if it is about to swipe down to strike me.

Just as it’s about to, a gray wolf pounces on it, closing its jaws into the side of the bear’s neck. By sheer mass, bears are generally larger than wolves, even Alpha ones, and this is no exception. The wolf dangles like an accessory around the bear’s neck.

Yet bears are slow whereas wolves are faster. And with the wolf already clamped down on the bear’s neck, it struggles to beat it away. Soon, the bear is brought low, choking in a pool of its own blood. As the wolf turns to face me, I recognize it at once.

Samuel.

This is Samuel’s shifted form.

Leah screams from nearby, drawing both of our attention. A bear swipes at her, catching her on the side. She’s flung like a paper doll. Samuel instantly moves to block the bear’s second attack.

Meanwhile, I rush to Leah’s side.

I roll her over to inspect the damage. Her dress is torn at the waist, and she’s bruised pretty badly. Yet miraculously, the bear’s claws only left slight marks on her skin. They aren’t deep.

Leah’s fear must be fueling her adrenaline. As I pull her up, she doesn’t even complain about the pain, or about my closeness. She simply seems as if she’s desperate to get away.

“Harper,” she starts.

“We’re going,” I tell her and push her out into the hallway. There’s less chaos out here, at least for the moment, and we have a moment to breathe.

I urge her forward toward the stairwell that will lead us down to what I hope is the safety of the underground.

As we near it, I say, “We should wait for Samuel.”

“To hell with that bastard,” Leah snaps.

I glance at her, confused and surprised. Had they not attacked me as a unified front only a few minutes before? What could cause this division between them now?

“Didn’t you see?” she says to me, cruelty and hatred in her voice, even as she clings to my shoulder for support. “The bears attacked us both, yet he ran to you. It was you he saved before even considering my life. Me! His wife! The Luna of his pack! Still, he wants his whore.”

“Don’t call me that,” I say, only now realizing how right he is. Samuel did rush to my protection, abandoning his wife to her fate. Worse, he might not have even realized he’d done so.

“I’m sure he just didn’t see you…”

“Bullshit,” she snaps. “That bastard abandoned me. Let the bears. have him.”

“You don’t mean that.”

“Like hell, I don’t.”

As we round a corner, I hear a distinct set of wolf footsteps behind us. Just as we reach the stairwell, Samuel is with us once more.

“Get the hell away from me!” Leah shouts.

From deeper within the stairwell, I hear the distinct sound of a bear growl.

Chapter 89

Leah’s angry shriek at Samuel has alerted every single danger in the stairwell to our presence, and some in the hallway too. Their thunderous footsteps come closer to us.

Samuel uses his body to push Leah and me inside the stairwell. I yank closed the door behind us and turned the inside lock.

From somewhere beneath us, padded footsteps start to come up the stairs. Samuel places himself between us and the stairs.

“You protected Harper,” Leah continues to hiss like our lives aren’t in immediate peril. I shush her, but she doesn’t listen. “You went to her like it was your reflex, and left your wife to die.

It could be the fear and adrenaline, and perhaps some blood loss, that is making her panic like this. But that panic isn’t helpful right now. Not when her frantic outbursts are just making more trouble for us.

“He’s protecting you now so be quiet,” I whisper to her.

“So easy for you to say, Harper. You aren’t here about to die knowing your husband won’t put you first.”

There are so many things I want to say to her, like, Maybe, you shouldn’t have married my ex-fiancé. Or, What do you expect when you treat everyone around you like garbage?

Instead, I tell her, “We can argue about this later.”

“There won’t be a later!” Leah shouts.

Too loud. Far too loud.

Whatever had been looking for us in the hallway began to pound on the door. That lock is flimsy, meant only to direct and deter the slaves. There’s no real threat in it. It’s not meant to keep out monsters.

The wood of the door begins to splinter. What surprises me, in my panic-addled brain, is how the door seems more likely to give before the lock. Perhaps it’s not such a flimsy lock as I previously thought.

Samuel starts to growl. He backs up some, shielding me somewhat with his body.

Leah’s eyes go wide with shock and distress. “You utter bastard! You are doing it again!”

Just then, the bear breaks down the door. Its massive form fills the doorway. Drool and blood drip down from its chin in sick wet globs. It lifts itself up onto its hind legs, rears back like it’s taking in a great inhale of breath. Then it roars loudly straight at us. The breath – the stench of it assaults our noses.

Samuel growls as he lowers himself, ready to pounce.

As the bear finishes its roar, it moves to take one step forward, when suddenly, a massive arm smacks it from the side, sending it flying away. It careens away like a bag of potatoes, disappearing further down the hallway.

In its place, Caleb, in his massive Alpha wolf form, leans down to peek his head in through the doorway. When he sees me, he immediately shifts down to his human size.

“What the hell are you still doing here, lingering around?” he demands. Though he’s shifted to human form, the blood remains covering him. His face is red, and it’s dripping down his arms and legs. “Come on.” He pushes past Samuel and immediately starts to go down the stairs.

I follow along at once, with Leah and Samuel behind me.

Down a flight, we hear another growl of a bear.

Caleb turns to look at me. “We have to get downstairs. No matter what else happens. The only way out through the tunnels is one the base level.”

“We’re running away?” I ask.

“Just follow me. No matter what,” he says. He’s gross, covered in blood and who knows what else, but he’s serious. And for whatever reason, of all the people he could be choosing to protect right now, he’s picked me.

Right now, I’d follow him to the ends of the earth.

At least, I want to.

A flight of stairs down, we are confronted with another bear. Caleb shifts into his massive wolf form and tackles it. He’s contorted in the tight chasm of the stairwell, but even then he still seems to be winning.

“This way!” Samuel says, pushing Leah and me toward the exit of this landing, which would lead us out into one of the interior floors, but certainly not the lowest.

“Caleb said to follow him!” I reply, pushing back.

But Samuel is much stronger than me. “Your king is the target here. He’ll only lead us into death!”

I continue to try to fight against Caleb, but he doesn’t give me an inch, He said to follow him. He said the lowest floor was the only way out.

Samuel’s not listening. To any of it. Not even to me, as I scream, “We have to follow Caleb!”

A bear appears in the hallway behind us, forcing us now to run forward and leave Caleb behind. I curse with each forward step. Samuel shifts, turns and faces the bear, and pounces again. I look behind me, to make certain that Samuel is okay. When I look forward again, Leah is gone.

Did she hide? Where did she go?

I have no idea, and before I can figure it out, another bear appears before me. Not knowing what else to do, I duck into a side door and hope to the gods it has another way out.

Locking the door behind me, I peer farther into the room I’ve found myself in. It looks like a classroom, with desks and shelves of books. Near the back of the room is another descending staircase, though it’s not nearly as steep as the main one that connects all the levels. This one, at least, might lead me to a safer location.

At this point, any way of getting down is a good way, after hearing what Caleb said to me.

Rushing to the stairs, I take them two at a time down, down. There’s a door at the bottom. I try for the handle but it’s locked.

On the other side of the door, I hear women talking.

“Hello?” I call. “It’s Harper! Is anyone there?”

“Harper?” I hear Gwen’s voice. “Don’t open the door, you idiots. This is our chance.”

“Please!” I say. “I know we’ve had disagreements, but -“

“Enjoy your mauling, Harper,” Gwen shouts. “There’s no way anyone is letting you into this safe room.”

I’m too frightened to be hurt or proud, so I beg, “Please, Gwen! This is life or death!”

“It was too, with Nina and Madeline! You’ve made your choices, bitch. Now live with them!”

I realize with a growing pit in my stomach, that Gwen is not going to let me inside this room. It’s a safe room, she said so herself, but to me, it might as well have been on a different planet.

Then, thinking of all the harem members locked inside, I had to ask, “Is Bethany in there with you?”

“Why the hell would we save the handmaidens?” another girl scoffs.

Shit. Gods, I hope wherever she is she’s safe.

Right now, with this option barred, I have to focus on myself.

I move back into the classroom and then press my ear to the door.

It’s quiet now, I don’t hear anything, so I risk opening it, just a hair. There’s no one in the hallway.

Careful not to make a sound, I sneak out of the room and move back toward the stairwell. There’s no sign of Caleb or anyone else, at least, not beyond the blood and ripped-out floor on the stairs.

I send a quick prayer to whatever god might be listening that it’s not Caleb’s.

I move slowly down into the depths of the capital, holding my breath with each step.

Then, blessedly, I reach the final step and the final door.

On the other side, the house-like rooms are dark and abandoned. The wallpaper is torn. There’s bullet holes in the walls.

This was a battlefield once, but no longer.

Curiously, I move toward one of the open doors.

Just as I reach it, I watch Caleb’s strong Alpha wolf crash through an upstairs window. He falls lifeless down, down, gaining speed as he goes, before disappearing behind a nearby building with a sickening crash.

Chapter 90

Maybe I should be more worried about myself. There are unfamiliar soldiers walking around the streets, and gun battles seemingly around every corner. Here, underground, where everything already echoes, it’s disorienting, not knowing which way the gunfire is coming from.

I move to step out of the capital building and onto the underground street when a hand catches my arm and yanks me back into the inside shadows.

I turn, ready to swing my knife but stop when I see Samuel’s bloody face. Oh, I could still smack him for separating us from Caleb, whose life now presumably hangs in the balance in that alleyway. But I don’t want to actually stab him. Yet.

“Where’s Leah?” I ask.

“I don’t know,” he says. There’s something wild in his eyes like his wolf is simmering just beneath the surface. “But now’s our chance, Harper. Don’t you see?”

“Chance for what? What are you talking about? Everything is in chaos.”

“And that chaos is just the distraction we need to finally escape.”

It takes me a moment to realize what he’s talking about. With everything going on, I’d been much more focused on survival than on anything else. But now he’s talking about me and him, running away.

He doesn’t even know where Leah is. She could be dead. And so could the King.

Logically, this would be the time to make our escape. If the bears find or kill the King, then everyone would be running around so much, that they wouldn’t even notice us missing. They’d probably just assume we were dead too.

Samuel takes my hand. His is covered in warm slimy blood. It makes my skin crawl.

“We can finally be together,” Samuel says. His smile conveys his hope, but it also is unnerving. With so much death around us, so much pain and destruction, how can he feel anything but bleak misery?

He and I just aren’t built the same. I knew it while he accused me of being a whore in the Hall, and I know it now.

I can’t run away from this, while so many people are hurt.

While Caleb is hurt.

“He landed somewhere around here!” a soldier yells from outside. I look but I genuinely can’t tell if it’s a soldier on our side or not.

If it’s the enemy, they don’t know where Caleb is. But I do.

If I could get to him first…

“Harper…?” The hope starts to wane from Samuel’s face. We might not be meant for each other, but we’ve known each other our whole lives. He must be able to see that something has shifted within me. “You have to come with me,” he says with added desperation.

“I’m needed here,” I say.

“By who? Who needs you more than I do?”

“The King…”

Samuel’s upper lip curls into a snarl.

“The bears are all around, and they are searching for him. If they find them, and he’s too hurt to defend himself… I have to help him,” I say, trying to make him understand.

“And just what could you possibly do? That little knife might deter a human but it won’t do anything to a bear.” He’s angry now, furious that I’m choosing Caleb over him. He doesn’t know he already lost me earlier in the day. He thinks everything is happening in this moment.

I don’t have the time or the energy to explain where he went wrong. It has to be enough right now for him to just accept the rejection.

“I’m sorry, Samuel. Truly, I am. But I’m not going to leave Caleb out there to die.”

“Now, he’s just Caleb,” Samuel spits.

I don’t have time for this anymore. “Goodbye,” I tell him, then rip my arm free of his grasp. Before he can stop me, I slip outside.

I’m not a trained soldier and I don’t know much about stealth, but I keep to the shadows as best I can as I move around toward the alleyway where I saw Caleb fall into. Fortunately, as this area is underground, it’s already dark. And many of the streetlights have been shot out, making it even darker.

The bear soldiers have flashlights on their helmets. I freeze when a pair of them go by. Then I count to ten before I move again, moving silently around the curve of a building. I take a few wrong turns into wrong alleyways before I finally find the one with the right body.

I know it’s Caleb as soon as I turn the corner. He’s not in wolf form anymore, shifted back to human. That he’s still mostly intact fills me with relief. He didn’t shift until after the fall, thank the gods, or he might be in pieces right now.

Swallowing thickly, I hold my breath as I approach him. Kneeling beside him, I reach out and slowly place two fingers at the pulse point in his neck.

Thump. Thump. Thump.

His heartbeat is light, but present. I exhale, relieved. He’s alive. Though looking down at the broken and battered state of his naked body, I don’t know how long that will continue to be the case.

But what can I do to help him? I’m no nurse or medic. I don’t have any medical training. And I’m also unsure if I could move him if I tried. But don’t I have to try?

“Harper,” Samuel hisses from behind me.

After the initial shock, I’m overjoyed to see him. He’s stronger than me. He’s not as strong as Caleb but he’ll be able to help me lift him. Together we can get Caleb somewhere safer, somewhere the invading bear clan can’t find him.

I start to tug at Caleb’s arm. “Help me. We have to move him.”

Samuel shifts his gaze from me down to Caleb. He takes a step forward, but there’s something stilted about it. Something off.

“Samuel?” I say, feeling a twinge of fear at the base of my spine. How unusual. Even when I’ve been pissed as hell at Samuel, even when he’s called me terrible names, I’ve never been afraid of him.

I step a little closer to Caleb, blocking off Samuel’s direct line of sight, blocking it.

Samuel refocuses on me. “We could do it, Harper. No one would know it was us. We could end his tyranny.”.

“Are you serious?” I ask, hoping with all my heart that the answer is no. I’ve known since earlier today that Samuel isn’t my partner, but if he’s serious about this, he won’t even be my friend.

Killing Caleb while he is too injured to defend himself is cowardice down to its core. How could Samuel even entertain the idea?

If he truly wants this, he’s not fit to be the leader of my pack.

“I could do it if you cannot,” Samuel says. “I’ll save you from him, Harper. He’s the reason you continue to stay here, right? You feel bound to him? Then let me cut his throat and free you from your chains.”

He moves to step around me. I move too, blocking his path.

“If you suggest this one more time, I won’t ever speak to you again, Samuel.”

That seems to surprise him. “I want to save you…”

“By killing an unconscious man? It’s not honorable, not for him and not for you. And not for me, to be sited as the reason.”

“But, Harper…”

“Leave, Samuel. Now. If I have to fight you to protect the King, I will.”

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe


Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 71 to 80)

Chapter 71

Bethany has permission to walk these halls, even this late at night, yet she still moves quickly and cautiously.

She’s on a secret mission to scope out the secret location to see if Samuel arrives and what his reaction is to Harper not meeting him.

Harper hasn’t been herself since arriving back from the gala. Usually, the king’s rage triggers her own, and she’ll be fired up and raving about him. This time, she was much like a broken woman, sad and quiet.

It was so unlike the woman Bethany knew that it frightened her. Harper had done a lot to get her to become her friend, to trust her, and to put her faith in her for a brighter future for them both. For Harper to now retreat inside of herself makes everything that came before feel like a deception.

Maybe Harper never intended to be kind. Or maybe her kindness had been the weak point that finally broke her.

She could face the king, the coliseum, and the ire of the harem, but it’s the rejection of this lesser Alpha that makes her finally crack? It seems like an insult.

How great must this man be to affect her like this? Or perhaps it’s the death of Harper’s childhood dreams that are finally affecting her?

Bethany can understand that. If she’d had the luxury, she too would have broken when her future was stripped from her. But for her, to take a moment to break would only end in her being punished, tortured, or simply killed.

Bethany’s life now has been a constant state of trying to prove her own worth so as not to be cast aside, to death, or whatever else. Being Harper’s handmaiden has helped take away some of that pressure, but now it all seems to be crashing back onto Bethany.

Maybe that’s why she agreed to scope out Samuel and this secret meeting for Harper.

Partially, she’s curious to see this man in the flesh. Partially, she hopes to bring back enough news to help restore Harper to the person that she was.

Above all, even with the worry of saving her own life, Bethany misses her friend.

Bethany tries not to look suspicious as she steps out of the doors to the outside. The guards posted at the door glance at her with bored curiosity, but it’s not unusual for the servants to enjoy the courtyard when their masters and mistresses are sleeping. It’s not even that strange for a handmaiden like Bethany to have her own secret rendezvous.

With lives as bleak as ours, it’s important to take our pleasures where they come. Well, as long as she doesn’t get pregnant. A pregnant handmaiden is a useless handmaiden. They are cast aside into more stationary jobs until the baby is born. Then, they are removed entirely.

And the babies? Forced into servitude just as the mother was.

Bethany hasn’t found any man she’s willing to take that risk for yet. With possible consequences like those, she isn’t sure she ever will.

She goes around the bend, following the flowers to where the peonies are.

By now, the time is 11:15pm.

Bethany doesn’t expect Samuel to have waited, yet when she peeks around the corner, a man is standing there.

This must be Samuel.

He’s handsome enough, she supposes. The moon is bright tonight so she can see most of his features. Yet even being passable as he is, he doesn’t hold a candle to the overwhelming attractiveness of the King.

Samuel paces back and forth. He checks his watch and glances around. When he looks Bethany’s way, she ducks behind the flower bushes, hiding.

He does seem… disappointed, frowning with a tiny line between his brows.

“Come on, Harper,” he grumbles to himself. “How can you forgive me, if you won’t let me explain myself?”

He really needs to stop talking to himself. That kind of thing is dangerous around here, where even the walls have ears.

That’s for him to figure out on his own, though. After seeing Harper so down, Bethany has no plans of rescuing this man from his own tragedy.

He looks around again, and Bethany backs up a step.

Crack!

Looking down, she realizes with horror that she stepped on a twig.

“Is someone there?” Samuel calls. “Harper is that you?”

Okay, now his ignorance just annoys Bethany. It’s one thing to endanger his own life and entirely another to say the name of her mistress out loud, implicating her in this idiocy as well.

“Will you shut up?!” Bethany hisses as she comes out of hiding.

Samuel startles. Bethany clearly isn’t who he’s been expecting. “Who are you?”

“Someone who will personally kick your grave if you take my mistress down with you,” Bethany snaps. She’s not usually this bold. Her entire reputation is for timidity. Maybe it’s because he’s endangering Harper, or perhaps it’s Harper herself who brought out this side of her.

But Bethany will defend her only friend left in the whole world.

“Your… mistress…” Samuel puzzles it all together. “Then you know her? Harp-“

“If you don’t stop saying her name, I’m going to start kicking,” Bethany says.

Samuel immediately shuts his mouth. “Right. Sorry.” He looks around again. “I guess she’s not coming tonight.”

“No,” Bethany says. “Rightly, she decided to sit this one out. Maybe she didn’t want to listen to your lies.”

“I wasn’t going to lie to her. I love her.”

Bethany nearly rolls her eyes. What kind of person in love would so thoroughly betray the person they had sworn to love?

“She’s mad about the necklace. I hurt her, I know,” Samuel says. “But it was all to keep up the ruse. Leah and I don’t have a conventional marriage. To keep the peace, she demanded the necklace. So I gave her a replica. The original…”

From his pocket, he pulls a silver moon pendant on a long silver chain.

“I wanted to give this to her tonight. To prove my devotion to her.” He walks closer to Bethany. “Can I trust you to give it to her? She’ll know it’s the original… Maybe then she’ll understand.”

Bethany has half a mind to throw this necklace and the man giving it off the tallest tower in the capital. Thinking of Harper and what she might want gives her pause.

Harper would want the necklace. Damn it.

Stepping closer, Bethany snatches the necklace out of Samuel’s

hand. She doesn’t wait for further discussion or further lies. Instead, she just swivels on her heel and runs away.

“Hey!” Samuel calls after her.

“Hey!” says the imbecile thinking he can go anywhere in this kingdom, especially the capital without Caleb’s knowing about it.

Caleb stuck to the shadows during the handmaiden’s visit, slightly pleased not to see Harper herself coming to meet this fool. The handmaiden, at least, seemed skeptical.

Hopefully, Harper would be too.

But her punishment would come later.

Right now, Caleb has to deal with Samuel.

He waits for the handmaiden to be safely away, not wanting her to know of his presence, hoping to keep Harper in the dark of his knowledge for a while longer.

Yet the moment the handmaiden is out of earshot, Caleb silently steps forward, moving soundlessly into the space behind Samuel.

The man starts to turn – then jumps so high, he nearly falls over. Clutching his chest, he backs up a few steps.

Pity. Caleb wouldn’t have minded giving him a heart attack.

“K-King Caleb…”

“Alpha Samuel,” Caleb says, keeping his voice deep and intimidating.

For a moment, the two men are at a standoff, with Caleb tall and proud and powerful, and Samuel shrinking slightly.

Good. The rat at least knows his place.

“So,” Caleb says. “You love my consort. Is that right?”

Chapter 72

Samuel starts to squirm, something that Caleb deeply enjoys, especially because he knows he’s the cause. This man is a worm, upsetting one of Caleb’s consorts, then trying to meet her here secretly behind everyone’s back.

“I can’t imagine your wife would like hearing about this,” Caleb says, rubbing salt in the wound.

It must hurt because Samuel winces. Good. The more pain he suffers the better.

It’s mostly the betrayal and the potential plot against him that has Caleb furious at this snake. Though, if he admits to himself, he’s not exactly pleased with the way this man had hurt Harper. Seeing her so defeated after she had been so defiant for so long, irked him the wrong way.

A frustrating image, Harper broke. Unfortunately, it’s stuck with him all this time. Like an unwelcome pebble in his shoe.

“Please, King Caleb,” Samuel says, bowing low. “I didn’t mean any harm. There’s no reason to tell Leah…”

“No? But I suppose it is alright for you to lust after my consort?”

“We’ve been friends a long time,” Samuel says. “I merely hoped to repair our friendship. I do love her, as you said… as a friend.”

Caleb inwardly rolls his eyes. He has some serious doubts about the honesty in that. But he keeps his outward face expressionless and cold. He has no intention of giving Samuel any insight into what he’s thinking.

“She is in my harem now,” Caleb says. “She belongs to me. If I wished it, it would be well within my rights to have your eyes ripped out for daring to look at her too long.”

“Forgive me! I meant no offense!” He bows impossibly lower. It looks uncomfortable.

What a sniveling little coward. If he actually loved Harper, he’s doing a piss poor job of showing it.

Though… while he has Samuel here, cowering like a child, perhaps Caleb can finally have some answers to the questions that have been bothering him.

“Tell me of your relationship with Harper. You were engaged once, weren’t you?” Caleb asks.

“Yes, sire.” Samuel continues speaking down to the ground, afraid perhaps to even lift his gaze. “We grew up together. I proposed, thinking she might be my Luna…”

“Then…?”

“She was disgraced,” Samuel says. “She had an affair. She swears she was drugged, but there’s never been any truth to that. My family… Her family… The whole pack thinks she’s lying and that she just wanted to shirk her responsibilities as Luna.”

Caleb frowns. From what he’s seen of Harper, she does not back down from a challenge. He doubts she would have hidden away from the responsibilities of leading her pack. If she didn’t want the job, she seems like the type who would have just told Samuel so, not go through the deceits and deceptions.

“What did you think? Did you believe her?”

“I wanted to,” Samuel says.

Not good enough. This man never deserved to have a partner as defiant and strong as Harper. It’s no wonder to Caleb why a weakling like Samuel would instead flock to the lesser sister.

“So she was disgraced. Is that when you moved onto her sister?”

“It’s not that simple…”.

“It sounds that simple to me,” Caleb growls, actually mad now, though he doesn’t fully understand why. “An Alpha makes his own choices and decisions. What kind of leader will you be if you can’t even decide to marry the woman you claim to love?”

“We’re just friends,” Samuel says.

Caleb growls louder. “Liar.”

This pathetic fool has an excuse for everything. Caleb absolutely hates him. If he didn’t need him for the success of this Council, he would tear him to shreds right here in the courtyard.

Samuel falls to his knees. “What happens now, King Caleb? Please, spare me!”

This time Caleb does roll his eyes. This despicable coward! He will not stand up for his love, or even for himself!

“If I hear you tried to talk to Harper again, I will rip your throat out,” Caleb growls. “You will never talk to anyone else ever again.”

“Y-yes, sir…”

“Now, get out of my sight. The very sight of you disgusts me.”

Samuel starts to move at once. “Thank you, my King. Thank you so much!” He turns and darts away.

Caleb watches after him, already plotting his demise.

It will have to come later, after the Council and the war.

But someday, Caleb will challenge this coward to the ring himself and tear him apart with his bare hands.

I sit awake in my bed, nervously waiting for Bethany to return. Bethany said she’d be fine, and that no one questions handmaidens, but I still worry. I didn’t send the poor girl to her death, did I? I’d never be able to live with myself if something happened to her.

I should have just ignored Samuel entirely. I’d have gladly stayed broken if it meant Bethany would be safe.

Selfish. That’s all I’ve been lately. I need to pull myself together. I need to do better.

Just then, the door bursts open and Bethany walks inside.

Immediately I jump to my feet. Bethany’s out of breath, she must have run all this way. I need to make sure she’s safe.

“Are you okay?” I ask. Circling around her, I see no obvious injuries. “What happened?”

“I’m fine,” she says. “I told you, no one stopped me. Everything was

fine until your ex-boyfriend spotted me.”

“He did? Bethany…”

“It’s fine. Here, sit down,” she says, leading me to the table.

“You should be the one to sit down,” I tell her. I’ve done nothing but rest in her absence.

“We’ll both sit,” she says, compromising. “I don’t want you to fall over and bust your knees again when I tell you what he said.”

I keep pace with Bethany, not wanting to seem too eager. When she sits, I join her.

“He was disappointed,” Bethany says, I could see that. “And the dummy kept saying your name like it wasn’t going to get you both in trouble.”

I worry my hands together. “He must have been desperate to be so reckless.”

“Yeah, sure,” Bethany says, clearly not believing me.

“He’s a good man,” I tell her. “When we were kids -“

“Yeah, yeah, you’ve told me.”

I close my mouth, knowing more talking about Samuel would be unwelcome. Bethany has made clear her dislike of him. That seems to have amplified now that she’s met with him.

“So what did happen?” I press gently.

“He said he wanted to speak with you to explain. He’s been living something of a double life, I guess, pretending to be in love with his wife,” Bethany says. “Seems like he’s still holding a candle for you.”

“Did he say that? Did he use those exact words?”

Bethany sighs. Then, as if saying the words against her will, she admits, “He said he loves you.”

My heart leaps into my throat.

“And there’s more.” Bethany reaches into her pocket. She pulls out a familiar moon pendant on a silver chain and places it on the table.

I look at it, knowing what I’m seeing yet I still can’t believe it.

“How can you have this?” I ask.

“He said the one he gave your sister isn’t genuine. She apparently could tell he still has feelings for you and wanted him to cough it over to prove his devotion to her. Instead, he had a replica made. The original, apparently, he kept.”

With shaking hands, I take the pendant and lift it closer. I catch every imperfection, knowing first-hand how they all got there.

This is genuine.

He held onto the true necklace.

He still loves me.

Chapter 73

I have no idea what to do about Samuel. Knowing that he still loves me does give me hope and happiness, but on the other hand, he remains unobtainable while he is mated to Leah and I am in the King’s harem.

I do find peace in knowing that our past is restored at the very least. Samuel hadn’t given away the necklace that had been intended for me, and now it’s back in my own possession. I can’t wear it, of course, so I tuck it away in the pocket of a dress in the very back of my closet.

There, I reason, it will be safely hidden.

“I think you should get rid of it,” Bethany says, but I shake my head.

It’s not just a symbol of Samuel and my secret affection for each other, it also represents our shared past and the happiness that I once felt before my disgrace.

“Maybe someday I won’t need to look back on it,” I say, “But not yet.”

Besides, it’s not like I could give it back to Samuel. If Leah found it, she would make his life miserable and likely destroy it.

No, better that it stays with me. Hidden, it would be safe.

In the late morning, I am informed that a lunch banquet is being held in one of the dining rooms for the harem and the Alpha’s wives. I have no desire to go, but my presence has been specifically requested by one of Caleb’s attendants. To say no to him is to say no to the King himself.

So, with Bethany’s help, I change into an appropriate lunch outfit – in this case, a sleeveless knee-length floral dress with a high collar. It’s one of my favorites but not something I regularly get to wear. As a consort, most of my wardrobe is revealing. But a luncheon with other women seems like a time to dress modestly.

After saying goodbye to Bethany, I follow the attendant to the appropriate dining room. Not all of the harem members are there, only those that are higher in their hierarchy system. Gwen, for instance, and a few of her entourage, as well as some mid-level women.

The consorts are meant to be entertaining the wives, but there’s a clear distinction between the two. The harem stays to the left side of the room, with the wives to the right. The wives keep glancing at the consorts with disgust and distrust in their eyes.

I can’t blame them, exactly. If I were a guest here, and my husband saw so many beautiful women all tied to one man, I might be worried that my husband might start to get ideas of his own.

Well, regardless of the tension, I am hungry for lunch, so I am the first one to brave the other side, heading toward the buffet. As I start to fill up a plate, I can feel the hateful eyes of the wives glaring at me.

“So this is the life you lead now, is it?” Leah asks, approaching me. As the other wives start to whisper, Leah turns to look at them and I swear I see her wink. “Lavish and decadent, you want for nothing. And all you have to do is spread your legs like the whore you are.”

With my stomach rumbling, I try my best to ignore her. After years of being a slave in her house, I’m used to tuning out her insults.

“How does it feel to know you will never be respected? That you will only ever be seen as a piece of ass?” Leah asks snidely. “If I were you, I’d never be able to live with myself.”

“You aren’t me,” I tell her.

“Clearly. You know no shame.”

Maybe I should leave matters alone, but I’m so damn tired of letting her get away with everything. If she would just back off, we wouldn’t have to be enemies like this. But if she thinks she can walk into the capital and be as terrible to me as she was when I was her slave, she is in for a rude awakening.

She no longer has my allegiance or my loyalty. That has been traded to the King when he claimed ownership of me.

Now, she’s just some random guest in my master’s house, insulting him by insulting me.

I look at her sharply. “Are you suggesting that being chosen by the king is an insult?”

Her eyes widen slightly and she pales, clearly not having thought her usual remarks through.

Since my disgrace, the trashing of my virtue has been a common takedown from her. But now, she can’t hint at such things without also throwing mud on the King and his judgment.

“That’s not what I meant,” she says quickly, eyeing the guards stationed around. Some of which are curiously watching the scene. The other wives take a firm step away from her.

Leah swallows thickly and then tries to regain control of the situation. “I merely meant that, while it is an honor to be chosen by the King, of course, it would be a much greater honor to be his wife.”

The words seem to placate the guards, and the wives seem to release a combined held breath.

“For instance, the bond I share with Samuel is so passionate and so… intense… I wish everyone could have what we have.”

I wonder where Leah was while Samuel was sneaking off in the middle of the night to the courtyard to meet with me. I don’t say a word about it aloud, but it does cross my mind, her sitting alone wondering what he’s up to.

Leah knows me well, unfortunately. She can read the doubt in my eyes. Or maybe she’s just projecting. Either way, she says sharply, “What do you know about it, anyway?”

“I didn’t say a word.”

“But you were thinking it, you vindictive bitch,” Leah snaps. “A marriage – even a good one – isn’t easy. And it takes time for two people to become acquainted and familiar with each other.”

The way she says all that, with a slight blush on her cheeks. Is she admitting that she and Samuel haven’t had sex?

I open my mouth and then close it. Touching on that feels too cruel, even if it does make my heart hope a little. What other reason could Samuel have for denying Leah, than his feelings for me?

If only I could offer him the same courtesy. But the King has never given me much choice.

“There you go again, acting all smug,” Leah says.

At that moment, Gwen crosses the room, joining us. “She’s like that. I think it’s her face. Some people have resting-bitch faces. Harper has a resting smug-superiority face.”

Leah laughs at first, then stops herself, eyes wide like she’s startled by her own reaction. Then she glances at Gwen. “And you are?”

“The head consort of the harem,” Gwen says. “We have something in common, you and I.”

Leah rears back slightly. “I highly doubt that.”

Gwen doesn’t take offense. Instead, she just grins. “We both hate Harper.”

Leah’s demeanor shifts then, and she leans back in. “Oh. Oh, I can tell that I’m going to like you.”

They both turn to look at me, vicious glee in their eyes, as I realize what’s happening at this moment.

My two greatest enemies are becoming friends.

Chapter 74

Leah and Gwen continue to bond, sharing insults about me. When Leah starts to tell Gwen the story of my disgrace, I immediately check out and walk away. I’m no longer hungry, but I don’t want to waste the food I’ve already taken.

Finding a spot at the empty table, I slowly and mindlessly start to force the food down.

I don’t know how long I sit there – long enough to finish my food, I suppose. Eventually, Tristan comes through the door. After glancing around the room, he spots me, then walks straight to me as the other consorts and wives look on.

“King Caleb requests you in the Hall,” he says.

“Alright,” I reply and push away from the table. I lift my plate to take it to one of the staff, but a slave meets me and immediately takes it from my hands.

“There she goes, running away again,” Gwen says behind my back as I follow Tristan to the door. Leah laughs along.

As we step out into the hallway, Tristan glances at me. “Something we need to handle?”

“No,” I tell him. Let Gwen and Leah commiserate. The worst that could happen is the sharing of stories, but those things can only hurt me if I let them.

Knowing Samuel loves me gives me armor. I don’t care at all what insults they attempt to fling at me.

At least, that’s what I keep telling myself. It is somewhat… unnerving knowing Gwen and Leah are trading notes. Even so, this is a matter I need to handle on my own, without Tristan or Caleb’s interference.

Tristan takes my word for it and we continue on wordlessly to the Hall where the Council of Alphas is currently underway. They don’t seem to have gotten very far in their proceedings though, or perhaps they are taking a break, because the Alphas are commiserating with each other, while the advisors in the front of the room take notes, and Caleb, upon his throne, rubs his forehead wearily.

Samuel is in the crowd. I spot him right away, but I dare not look at him. From what I can tell in the corner of my eye, he doesn’t look at me either.

I expect Tristan to lead me to the side of the room as usual, but instead, he walks me straight up to the stage.

“Your King has a headache,” he says.

This is my cue, so I step up onto the stage and approach Caleb.

“King Caleb…” I say as I approach because he’s not looking at me. With his Alpha senses, he should be able to sense I’m there, but the last thing I want to do is needlessly startle an Alpha wolf.

“A massage, Harper,” he grumbles.

I move forward at the command, coming to a stop beside his chair. He leans his head toward me, and with that as permission, I reach forward and bury my fingers in his hair. Gently, I start massaging at his scalp.

While I’m working, it takes me a few moments to notice just how quiet the room behind me has gotten. When I do notice, my hands start to slow.

“Don’t you dare stop,” Caleb grumbles, so I continue in earnest.

This has to be some kind of power play, doesn’t it? Flaunting me in front of the Alphas, or at least in front of Samuel.

There’s not a hell of a lot I can do about it though, so I just keep massaging, until Caleb touches my arm, indicating that I should stop.

“Return to your spot beside Tristan,” Caleb says. He seems slightly better now, his eyes clearer, his faceless crumpled with pain. “But don’t you dare leave this room?”

“Yes, King Caleb,” I reply and turn to step down from the stage.

As I do, I spot Samuel moving to the front of the group. His glare is fierce, his face twisted into a heavy frown. He doesn’t even glance at me, his focus entirely on King Caleb.

Looking back, I see that King Caleb isn’t paying attention to him at all.

Tristan stands at our usual spot on the side of the Hall. As I take my place beside him, I whisper, “Has it been this tense all day?”

“Worse,” Tristan gives a soft reply. “At least the King seems less murderous now.”

I hum, not sure if I’m in total agreement. If Samuel dares open his mouth, Caleb might turn murderous again. He truly does seem to hate Samuel. I hate that my feelings have made things more difficult for Samuel and my pack.

“We would like to now hear from the pack leaders on their possible experience with infiltrators from the north,” one of the advisors says, speaking to the ground.

Caleb steps forward. “The infiltrators nearly overran my pack. Were it not for the timely intervention from the capital, they would have likely assassinated me, or at the last opened the gates for the entire northern army.”

“You’re being dramatic,” says one of the other Alphas, disbelief on his face.

“He is not,” replies one of the advisors shortly. “We had intel of what might have happened to the Riverwood pack and moved to intervene. It could have ended very badly otherwise.”

Some of the Alphas still seem skeptical.

“After the purge, I realized that I had confided in the enemy. The infiltration was deep. Advisors, pillars of the community, even friends. The spies had laid dormant for years.” Samuel shakes his head. “Some of them I’m still coming to terms with.”

My heart aches, hearing the pain in his voice. I wonder how many of those spies I also knew. Maybe… if I could find a way to talk to Samuel, he could tell me what’s really been going on at home.

“The infiltration of the spies is not a secret,” Caleb says shortly, glaring at Samuel. “Those here that doubt you, only doubt why your blindness could lead to such ignorance for so long. A better Alpha would have recognized the dissension in his pack and quelled it himself, without needing me to step in.”

The words are a low blow, shaming Samuel, whose face turns slightly red.

“The spies are the exact reason we are having this meeting,” Caleb says. “Let us all have forgotten why we are here.”

Some of the Alphas start to laugh, and Samuel, humiliated, starts to fall back, clearly no longer wishing to be the main focus in the room.

Yet even as he retreats back into the crowd, the other Alphas move away from him, as if standing near them will taint them somehow.

“Is anyone else having difficulties policing their own pack?” Caleb asks. When no one replies, he says, “Good. Then we can move on to other matters, like what those spies mean. Their increase in number and boldness tell us one major thing about the North’s plans: they are readying for war. We need to be ready in response.”

Eventually, around mid-afternoon, the council calls for a break. Many of the Alphas head towards the bathroom. Some gather in small groups to privately talk. The advisors speak with Caleb, claiming his attention.

Even Tristan has wandered off to order refreshments from the slaves, leaving me standing there alone.

Which is when Samuel approaches me.

“Harper. We need to talk.”

Chapter 75

“About what?” I ask, feigning innocence, as I keep my eye on the room full of Alphas at Samuel’s back. Now is the worst possible time to try to have a private conversation. Even talking to me at all puts Samuel at risk.

And me, too, if Caleb believes we are somehow plotting against him.

Yet, before Samuel can say a word, and before I can whisper-yell at him to go away, Tristan walks up beside us and gruffly tells Samuel, “I wasn’t aware you have been given permission to speak to any of the King’s harem without supervision.”

Samuel pales slightly, yet he still faces Tristan. Maybe he feels like he has some authority here, an Alpha over a Beta. If so, with regret, he’s about to be disappointed. Tristan may be a Beta, but he is the King’s Beta. As far as Caleb and the rest of the capital are concerned, Tristan is second only to the King himself.

For Samuel not to notice shows his ignorance of capital politics. I can’t blame him exactly, as these are things I also had to learn after arriving here. Our little pack feels so far removed from the harsh realities of this place.

But Samuel, as Alpha of our pack, should be more observant and more careful. Just like trying to meet me last night, this show of dominance is another reckless action.

Samuel straightens his posture in a posturing sort of way that Alphas do when they expect or want the person they are talking with to submit. Maybe back home, this sort of thing might have worked.

Tristan just stares blankly at Samuel, entirely unaffected.

“Do you have something to say, or do you mean to continue trying to assert dominance over me?” Tristan asks blandly. “A maneuver that will not work, by the way. You have exactly zero power in this place.”

“I am an Alpha,” Samuel says.

“Are you?” Tristan replies. “Compared to our King, you seem a frightened child.”

Samuel turns toward him more fully, like he’s about to throw hands. Behind him, I see the guards take notice and start to move closer.

If I don’t do something, Samuel is liable to end up in a dungeon cell tonight.

“Samuel,” I tell him. “Things are different here than in Riverwood. The rules are different…”

“When Samuel glances at me, considering my words, I nod to the guards moving toward him. When he spots them, he immediately loosens the tension from his shoulders, calming down some of his aggression.

“The King’s Beta is not to be intimidated by anyone other than the King,” I say gently.

“Just as the King’s harem is not to be spoken to unless direct permission is given,” Tristan replies. “Now that you are educated, please return to the others, or I will be forced to have you removed from this Hall and possibly this council.”

Taking orders from a Beta mustn’t sit right with an Alpha. Samuel’s face twists with disgust and annoyance. Still, after one more glance at me, he ambles off to rejoin the rest of the group. Again, they move away from him, treating him as an outcast.

My heart aches for him. It’s a steep learning curve, moving from our home to this place, where everything is so different and much harsher.

Forcing myself to glance away, I look to Tristan, who returns to his outpost beside me. “You arrived back here so quickly, I’m starting to feel watched.”

“You are in the king’s capital, of course, you are being watched. And that you are a person of suspicion only makes the surveillance more exhaustive.”

“Why would I be a person of suspicion?” I ask.

“You are still hiding the location of the child,” Tristan says. “King Caleb may have been kinder to you as of late, but he, nor I, have forgotten what you’ve done.”

“There isn’t any child,” I tell him, just as I have a hundred times before. I’m starting to feel like a record player, saying it on a loop. I’ll say it a thousand times if I have to, yet even that likely wouldn’t be enough to convince them.

“Regardless,” Tristan says. “It would be wise to stay away from that Alpha you admire so dearly. The King has been generous, allowing him here, even while he suspects you and he are plotting against him.”

“I have no intention of plotting against the King,” I say.

“Then tell us the location of the child.”

I sigh. It’s like talking to a broken record sometimes.

“A secret rendezvous with Alpha Samuel could easily lead to his untimely death, Alpha or no,” Tristan says. The way he talks about it, so casually while discussing murder, makes my skin crawl. Being near Tristan so much made me complacent. He’s truly just as dangerous as the King is.

At least, I suppose, he’s giving me a warning. It’s one that I’ll take to heart.

“I understand,” I say.

“Good,” he replies and doesn’t speak to me again.

After the meeting, when I’m dismissed, I slowly make my way back to the harem wing and my bedroom. Outside my door, Gwen and her cronies have taken root, standing in a half-circle blocking my door.

I have my knife in the pocket of my dress. I remove it now so that they see, but I keep the cap on. None of the other girls appear armed. I highly doubt Gwen goes anywhere without a dagger, however.

“I had a most interesting conversation with your… sister…” Gwen says. She’s smirking viciously, while her eyes are cold. “Though it’s my understanding that Leah hates her ties to you. Almost as much as she hates you in general.”

“I don’t care what you or my sister think about me,” I tell her. “Stand aside and let me enter my room.'”

“I won’t be ordered around by the likes of you. Leah told me what you are, a woman of loose virtue, giving it up to the first Alpha that rolled through town.”

“It wasn’t like that,” I snap despite myself. I need to stay calm. She’s only trying to rile me up, and by bringing up these past traumas, it’s difficult to remain cool. Her plans to upset me could easily work.

“Ah, yes. Leah says that you thought you were drugged,” Gwen says. The other girls snicker. “Like anyone would have had to drug you. You are so brazen, even with the King, it’s not shocking that you would be that way with some random male.”

I’m only brazen with the King because he forces me to be. Saying that won’t save me here, though, so I bottle that retort.

“Need I remind you why any of us are here?” I ask. “We serve the King

in his bed. That is our primary duty. None of us are saints.”

“I’ve only ever been with the King,” says one of the girls.

“Me, too,” says another.

“See, Harlot? You remain the odd one out,” Gwen says.

“I’m not,” I tell them. It’s none of their business, not really. But I know of exactly one surefire way to put these girls right in their place.

And that’s by telling the truth of that night.

“You had sex with a random man,” Gwen accuses.

“That random man was the King,” I reply.

Chapter 76

Gwen’s face scrunches up like I slapped her. Good. She deserves that and worse for trying to blame me for what happened to me. She should face turmoil over the fact that Caleb and I had been together even before I was in the harem.

The reasoning is messy. I still think I was drugged that night, though not by Caleb. I don’t want to believe that my family could have set me up, but it was Leah’s drink I had been holding that night. She did have the most to gain from my disgrace.

Gwen’s upset lasts only for a moment before she recovers, as confident as ever. Her smug smile slips right back on her lips.

“You were disgraced,” Gwen says. “Your parents hate you so much they made you a slave to your own household. How embarrassing it must have been when your own sister slashed marks onto your back. What did she say you were guilty of? Disrespect? Jealous?”

Gwen laughs and the other girls join in. “You were a pathetic slave, just as you are a pathetic consort. You might have the King’s favor at the moment, but soon that will wear out too. And when it does, you will have nothing.”

Her words strike me, but I pretend they don’t. “No one here has anything I need,” I tell her. “I don’t need the King’s favor. I don’t need this harem. I don’t need anything or anyone. I just want to be left on my own.”

Gwen’s smirk stretches higher. “You don’t even need your precious Samuel?”

No. She wouldn’t. Leah wouldn’t tell Gwen about Samuel and me. She has to be embarrassed, ashamed. She wouldn’t just tell people… unless that person promised to use the knowledge against me.

“Hit a nerve, didn’t I?” Gwen says. “You had it all, Harlot. Now you’ve lost it all. If you think Samuel is going to choose you over his mate, you are delusional.”

I can’t wait to hear more. Instead, I turn right around and head back to the dining room where I know the wives are convening to eat.

Fortunately, I don’t have to storm inside to confront Leah. She’s outside the dining room, leaning against the wall of the hallway like she’s waiting for someone. When she sees me rushing toward her, she seems equal parts alarmed and amused.

“What the hell do you want?” she asks.

“How could you tell Gwen about Samuel?” I hiss, careful of my volume, not wanting the other wives to hear as well. Gwen and the harem knowing is bad enough. If the entire kingdom knew, I don’t think I could stand it.

Not that there’s anything I could do about it.

Leah rolls her eyes. “Why? Are you embarrassed that the boy you adored actually loves me?”

“He doesn’t love you,” I snap, hurt coiling around my heart. It does bother me that Samuel chose her in the end, yes. His feelings for me are still there, as evidenced by the necklace, so why couldn’t he have followed his heart?

Even logically, while I knew he did what he thought was best for the pack, and likely followed the advice of the elders and other leaders, it still cut deeply that he seemed to have no consideration for me.

He didn’t have to marry her so quickly. He could have spoken to me first.

Leah narrows her eyes. “You’ve lost, Harper. You couldn’t hold onto Samuel, and while you might have your hooks in the King at the moment, it’s only a matter of time before you lose him too.”

“You don’t know what you’re talking about.”

“You are a member of his harem, not his mate. Not his wife. Not his Luna, or his Queen. You are a plaything. You might have his attention at the moment, but soon enough he will tire of you. Men are like that you know, and he’ll be off to the next young pretty thing.”

“I don’t care when that happens,” I tell her. “I’ll be glad when it does.” It feels like a lie, deep in my chest. But it shouldn’t. If the King were to finally leave me in peace, I would be glad.

At least, I should be glad.

“Someday he’ll replace the entire harem,” Leah says. “When he finally takes on a mate and has an official union.” She taps her chin as if thinking. “What will happen to the lot of you when the harem is disbanded, I wonder? Will he send you to the coliseum, to have a final use for you? Or will he just kill you outright?”

She seems to be enjoying the potential possibilities.

“I suppose, in the end, he will probably leave the question up to his Queen,” she says, drilling in the final nail of my coffin.

Nothing she said should affect me.

But it does. It all does.

I don’t understand why, and I’m not willing to give it too much consideration. But her words stick into my chest like a thousand tiny needles. It hurts so much that I press my hand over my heart just to make sure it’s all in one piece.

“When that day comes, it won’t matter,” I say, refusing to let her have the last word, even if my retort is lame. “I won’t care in the slightest.”

It’s a lie and we both know it. To save myself further humiliation, I back away then and scurry down the hallway.

Fortunately, by the time I reach my door again, Gwen and her crew have vanished. I sneak into my room, put my back against the closed door, and try to breathe.

That night, I’m called to Caleb’s chamber. I suspect he has another headache, after all of the stress of the day. The Alphas were a

handful, constantly arguing and bickering, and no one was able to admit when they were wrong. Caleb had to posture several times to assert his dominance over the group.

For him, a headache is to be expected.

When I enter his chambers, I find him standing beside the full-length mirror outside his bathroom. He’s not wearing a shirt, just his dark pajama pants hung low on his hips.

He doesn’t turn to me as I approach, but our eyes meet in the mirror.

“Tristan told me you attempted to speak with Samuel today,” Caleb

Ah, so it’s not a message he wants, but an interrogation.

“Samuel wanted to speak to me,” I clarify.

“There is hardly a difference. If Tristan hadn’t intervened, you would have accepted him and engaged in the conversation.”

That feels true so I can’t argue it.

“If I detect you are plotting against me, I will have him killed,” Caleb says as simply as if he’s remarking on the day’s weather. It sends a chill to my bones.

Caleb is a ruthless, heartless man who I should hate with a passion. In a way, I do hate him. For keeping me here. For not believing me when I tell him there is no child. For not always listening when I tell him no.

In a different way, I don’t hate him at all. And that half of me is shaken by Leah’s words, as well as this growing distance between him and me.

The last time we had sex, we didn’t even say a word. He walked out without even helping to clean up.

I hate this coldness.

I hate him, but I also want him.

Scenting the air, Caleb slowly turns to face me. Heat sparks in his gaze, it’s a mirror of my own.

I take a few steps forward closing the distance between us. Caleb watches me silently but doesn’t say a word. Pressing myself up on my toes, I press a soft kiss to his lips. It doesn’t linger as I drop back down to see his reaction.

“About fucking time,” he growls and kisses me in return.

Chapter 77

Caleb’s arms greedily wrap around me, dragging me closer to him, right up, hard to his chest.

I grab at his shoulders at first, trying to regain some balance. Holding me as he is, though, I have little need for it. So I give up and bury my fingers into his hair instead, urging him on as he licks past the seam of my lips and into my mouth.

Caleb’s hands move down to my ass where he grabs and squeezes. Lifting me up, he hauls me off to the bed, where he throws me down.

Maybe he expects this to go like every time before, where I passively accept his passions and the pleasures he bestows onto my body. Maybe, like usual, he even expects some resistance, feigned or otherwise.

Leah’s words – her threats of what the future might bring – ignited something within me. There’s a fire burning within me now, and I’m not ready to let it smother.

Maybe, just this once, I can fan the flames and let them burn.

He starts to lean forward, but I move quicker, pushing myself up to my knees. He lifts a brow as I crawl on my hands and knees toward him. Then, holding his gaze, I grab the waistband of his pants and slowly push them down.

His hard dick springs free. Looking at it, I lick my lips.

Before I can change my mind, I step off the bed, drop to my knees, and take him into my mouth.

I’m new at this, so my technique likely leads a lot to be desired. It’s sloppy too, there’s spit falling down my chin. I’ve never even thought about doing something like this before. My jaw is already uncomfortable. It takes great strain to hold back my teeth.

I almost want to give up, pretty close to the start… until I glance up and catch the look on Caleb’s face. His eyes are closed, and his mouth slips with pleasure. One of his hands rests on the top of my head, but he’s not forcing me. The other hand has formed a grip on my hair.

His dick bounces in my mouth when I gently lick the underside. He seems to like that, so I do it again and again. Then, emboldened by his heavy breaths, I close my lips more firmly around his dick and suck.

“Fuck,” he curses, deep and sexy. Seeing his pleasure, knowing that I am the one giving it to him… It’s addicting.

Here is the most powerful man in the kingdom, maybe the entire world. And I’m the one making him squeeze his eyes shut.

Lifting a hand, I gently cup his balls. That’s as far as I get before he physically pulls me off of him and throws me down onto the mattress.

He crawls over me, tearing away my clothes as he goes. When I’m naked, he stretches my legs apart and plunges inside of me.

I’m already so wet. Giving him pleasure did the same for me.

“Fuck. Fuck,” he growls.

He’s really ramped up tonight, maybe more than I’ve ever seen him. He plows into me with reckless abandon, thrusts already erratic. He holds on though, pushing into me again and again.

His mouth falls over mine. His hands go to my breasts, his thumbs flicking desperately over my nipples.

It’s so much sensation at once. There’s no way I’m going to last, even as hard as I try to hold on..

“Fuck!” he says louder, bucking into me. “Harper. Harper, fuck!”

The way he says my name sends me over the edge. I claw at his back as I throw my head against the pillow and scream, “Caleb!”

He thrusts a few times, even as my pussy clenches against him.

Two, three more times and that’s it. He comes inside of me.

Breathing heavily, he looks deep into my eyes and I into his.

I wanted it to be good for him. With the distant look in his eyes, I feel proud, like I did a good job.

Also, he came inside of me… He’s never done that before. Well, except for perhaps that first night, but I don’t remember much from that night.

As the bliss slowly clears, he glances down at where he’s still buried inside of me. Confusion crosses his face.

When he looks back up at me, there’s fury in his eyes. “This was your plan.”

“What?” I’m still riding my own high. I can sense I’m in danger, but it feels belated and distant. I don’t understand what his problem is.

In his sleep, he seems almost… peaceful.

I don’t understand how he could have turned so quickly to rage. Didn’t he enjoy what we’d done? I was sure that he had.

What changed?

Whatever it was, I’m not waiting around here to find out.

Caleb destroyed all of my clothing, so I peeked my head out into the hallway first, mostly hiding behind the door. Fortunately, the hallway is empty, so I’m able to duck out and then quickly sneak into my room.

Bethany’s there. When she sees me naked, she balks for a moment before rushing into the closet and returning with a robe. I hurry into it, tying it at the front. Then and only then can I dare a deep, calming breath.

“You look frightened,” she says. “What happened?”

I pass over the more specific details. “We had sex,” I say. “Then, out of nowhere, he became enraged. I thought he might kill me. He didn’t even seem to care.”

Bethany frowns. “Did he say anything?”

“He was accusing me of something…” I’d been so scared at the moment, it is hard to remember. “I don’t understand. We’ve had sex before.”

“Was something different this time?” Bethany asks.

I blush as I reply. “I might have been more… enthusiastic… than before.”

“He wouldn’t have lost his mind over that.”

“Well… there was something else…” I’m unsure if I should mention this. It feels private, but if this is why he’s angry, then Bethany would have a better understanding of why.

“What?” she asks.

I glance behind me, just to make sure no one is looking.

Then, I say, “He came inside of me.”

Bethany’s eyes go so wide even I’m startled. Her face also pales. “Holy shit.”

“What? What’s wrong?” I ask, fear building inside of me.

“He’s going to kill you, Harper.”

Chapter 78

It makes no sense to me. Why would Caleb kill me for this?

“You still don’t get it,” Bethany says.

I shake my head, hopelessly lost.

“King Caleb does not have children, nor does he want them with anyone other than his mate,” Bethany explains. “He uses his harem for sexual gratification but he has no intention of impregnating any of them. He’s meticulous and careful. For him to have slipped…”

My confusion is not clear. If he’s waiting to have children with his mate, then how could he possibly think that I am hiding his secret baby? Unless he slipped up that first night too and came inside of me. I don’t totally remember that night, but the morning I do remember.

Yes, that could have been the case.

Is that why he thinks I was pregnant? He does understand that it doesn’t always work. My body might not have been in a fertile state at that particular moment.

But what about tonight?

Could I be pregnant right now?

What would he do if I was? Would he kill me now, or would he wait until the baby was born?

“Has this ever happened before?” I ask Bethany.

Yet here I am. It’s happened to me twice now. If the bastard would just use a condom.

“Usually he uses condoms,” Bethany says, and my thoughts go skidding to a stop.

I try to remember a time when he used a condom with me… I’m not having much luck.

Come to think of it, maybe I should have been concerned with STDs and pregnancy from the start.

“Have any of the girls ever gotten sick?” I ask.

“No,” Bethany says. “Most were virgins before they came here. But even then, the King, and you too, Harper, are regularly checked.”

Ah, so that’s what the occasional blood test is for.

Well, at least there are no fears of STDs, then. That doesn’t make me feel better about a possible pregnancy though.

Pressing my hands over my lower waist, I think about what it might be. feel like to have life growing inside of me. On one hand, I’m terribly excited at the prospect. I don’t know that I’m ready to be a mom, but how great it would be to bring life into the world.

On the other hand, knowing the father would be the King, and the child would be illegitimate fills me with worry and fear. Would the child be an outcast in their own home? Would the King ignore or mistreat them? Would the King simply kill us both since we’d be unwanted?

No… I believe the King would spare the child, even if death was my own punishment. With how desperately he’s trying to track down the non-existent child he believes we made together before, he would likely fiercely protect any child of his own blood.

I have no illusions about my own fate, though. I’m certain I would be killed, especially after what Bethany said.

Caleb is waiting for his mate. That’s definitely not me.

“You should try to get some sleep,” Britney suggests, and while that sounds nice, I know I would not fall asleep if I laid down. I’m unlikely to find any sleep tonight at all.

“I’m going to shower first,” I tell her. “And try to relax. You should head back to your room though, and get some sleep.”

Bethany gives me an uncertain look. “Are you sure? I can stay if you need me.”

I would love to have a friend near me right now, but no, that would be far too selfish. Bethany works hard and needs a full night’s sleep. Also, I don’t really want her to witness Caleb’s rage if he wakes up in a rage and decides to kill me before the sun even comes up.

He could strangle me…

I shudder as a touch of fear runs down my spine. My throat still hurts.

“I’ll be fine,” I tell Bethany, pulling on a strong face. “I will see you in the morning.” Definite positives, I hope, will help us both. I will see you, not I might see you.

“Okay,” Bethany says, though she still hesitates on her way to the door. She turns back twice, and then a third time at the door before finally slipping outside.

I watch the door for a time, half-expecting Bethany to come back or for Caleb to come finish the job. When, after a few minutes, when neither of them appears, I turn to the bathroom to take my shower.

Later, resting in bed, I found no sleep that night.

It’s almost a relief when the sun rises and I don’t have to pretend anymore.

Midmorning, a knock sounds on my door. Bethany and I both freeze, thinking it might be King Caleb wanting to kill me.

But Caleb wouldn’t knock. And anyone he sends to kill me in his place wouldn’t knock either.

This has to be someone else.

“Come in,” I call.

The door opens and a doctor and two nurses enter. I recognize them from the hospital ward.

“Harper,” the doctor says. He’s carrying a doctor’s bag. The nurses wheel equipment in on carts. “We need to examine you.”

None of us have any choice in the matter, as all of us will likely be punished if I refuse. This doctor and these nurses helped save my life in the hospital ward. I’m not about to turn around and betray them in turn.

“Very well,” I say, complying.

Over the next hour, I am poked and prodded, inspected all over, from my head to my toes, though especially between my thighs. They take my blood and check my vitals.

As it all is happening, the doctor asks me questions about my menstrual cycle.

After it all, he sits me down at the table while he continues to stand. Behind him, the nurses work to clean up, gather, and sanitize their things.

“Given what you’ve told me about your cycle,” the doctor says, “it seems unlikely that you are pregnant. However, we will not know for sure until you start your period.”

I nod. That assuages some of my fears. Not all of them though.

“King Caleb has instructed me to return here every morning until we are certain one way or the other. Our future visits will not regularly be this invasive, however.”

That, at least, is a relief. “Thank you, Doctor.” I consider things for a moment. “I don’t suppose… when this all reveals that I’m not pregnant, of course. If it would be possible to receive some birth control.”

The doctor’s face shows no hints of judgment. He shows no opinions at all, either for or against. “I will see what we are allowed to do for you.”

That means I need the King’s permission to start birth control.

Great. Well, if he would use condoms like he does with all the other girls then I wouldn’t need to do this at all. Yet here we are.

Not that I’ll say that to the King. I like having my head attached to the rest of my body.

His behavior last night still leaves me shaky and nervous. I can usually stand up for myself, but he was so ruthless, so bloodthirsty, it was almost as if he was another person. Someone well beyond reason.

I can stand my ground with the man Caleb usually is. But this was a monster.

Which Caleb is the real one? The man or the monster?

As the doctor and nurses leave, I wrap my arms around myself, wondering if today is the day I’ll find out.

Chapter 79

I wait all day, but Caleb does not send for me at all. Without being summoned, I have no reason to leave my room, so I stay inside all day. It feels a lot like I’m hiding. Maybe I am.

I’m no coward, but I suspect walking into Caleb right now might lead to my untimely death. I’d rather stay alive, so I give him a wide berth by staying right here in my room.

Nearly every time I close my eyes, I think of the wild, murderous red look in Caleb’s eyes and feel the tightening of his hands around my throat.

Maybe he’ll kill me this time, maybe he won’t. But it’s becoming increasingly clear that he will either have me killed or kill me himself at some point.

I thought we’d been growing into some kind of misunderstanding recently. But now I see, I’ve been fooling myself. He has never cared for me, not beyond some sex doll who he thinks has information he wants. Eventually, he’ll learn the truth that we have no child together, and he’ll have no more reason to keep me alive.

The only thing I can truly do to protect myself is to get as far away from me as possible before that day comes. Even if it means living on the run, never feeling safe. It’s the only hope I have to actually survive.

Once, in my attic room, before I was delivered to the King, Samuel had asked me to run away with him. He’d vowed to keep me safe.

I’d been such a fool then, to turn him down. I’d wanted to protect him, and I don’t regret that entirely. But on the run, we could have worked to keep each other safe.

That moment feels like a lifetime ago. Since then, Samuel hasn’t always been the kindest to me. It’s hard to know what is real and what is an act for my sister’s sake.

Yet he gave me that necklace. That has to mean something.

That has to mean he’s still willing to save me.

“Bethany,” I say, pulling her away from her cleaning duties.

“Yes, Harper?”

She’s not going to like this, so I avoid her eyes as I ask, “If I were to give you a note, could you find some way to have it secretly delivered to Samuel?”

“That’s not a good idea,” Bethany says.

I’m glad we’ve reached a point where she feels comfortable being so honest with me. But clearly, she doesn’t realize how desperate I am. I’m not going to sit back and wait for my death to come to me. If it wants me, it’s going to have to chase me.

“Please, Bethany. He’s the only one who might help to save me from this,” I say. I glance up at her now, wanting her to see the sincerity in my eyes, even as I see the disapproval in hers. “I can’t stay here. You said yourself the King wants to kill me.”

Bethany seems deeply unhappy with the idea, her mouth curling down at the sides, a line forming between her brows. But I can also see how conflicted she is when she rubs her hands together or looks away from me.

As my friend, she wants to give me good advice. She doesn’t like Samuel, I can tell, but I imagine she also doesn’t want me to die.

Just as I think about what to say, believing she needs more convincing, she opens her mouth and replies, “Fine. Write your letter.”

“Thank you!” I tell her excitedly, feeling joy and hope for the first time since everything went down last night. Standing, I rush to find a sheet of paper and a pen. Yet, before I can sit down at the table to write it, the door to the room bursts open.

Tristan steps inside with his usual confident steps. His face conveys his overall boredom. I hope that means he’s not here to murder me. The last time he had to send me to my supposed death, he at least seemed somewhat conflicted about it.

“Harper,” he says as he walks to the center of the room. I don’t know if it’s a greeting or if he’s simply addressing me.

“Hello, Tristan,” I say, assuming the former.

He continues, “I am to inform you of the upcoming Grand Ball happening tomorrow night. All of the Alphas and their mates, as well as members of the advisors and the royal court, will be there. King Caleb insists that you be in attendance and that you look stunning. A tailor will be assigned -“

“That won’t be necessary,” I say, cutting him off. The tailor they assigned last time had been a huge disappointment. He’d actively worked against me. It was only thanks to Bethany and her skills that I hadn’t been a laughingstock at the event.

Why bother with the middleman?

“Bethany has been designing some stunning clothes,” I say. “She’s the only tailor I need.”

Tristan gives first me, then Bethany, a flat look. When he turns it back to me, he says, “It must be a beautiful gown or you risk embarrassing your King.”

“It will be,” I insist. I look to Bethany, ready to have her support, but she looks pale and shocked. Didn’t she want an opportunity like this? Gods, I should have talked to her first.

Too late now.

“Very well.” Tristan doesn’t wait around for a reply. He simply turns on his heel and walks out of the room.

When the door closes, I look at Bethany. She still seems nervous, but she’s recovered from her shock.

“I’m sorry,” I say. “I just really believe in your designs. And this is really your chance to show everyone how talented you are. They’ll all be asking who made that gown. Maybe they’ll even -“

“You don’t understand what’s happening here, do you?” Bethany asks.

I stop myself midsentence. “I’ve been to galas before…”

“This isn’t the same, Harper. The King wasn’t out for your blood before.”

I could argue that. Caleb has put me in many precarious positions since the moment I walked in here. Though… I suppose… even in the worst moments, he didn’t want me dead.

Maybe those moments where he’s held himself back have given me false confidence.

“I’ve seen this happen before,” Bethany says. “Never for this exact reason exactly, but… He’s going to publicly shame you and punish you in front of the entire room.”

“Then why would I need to be stunning?” I ask, but a shiver prickles my skin. I have a feeling that she’s right.

“So that you don’t embarrass him,” Bethany says. “He’ll want you to look like the woman of the hour before he tears you down to nothing.”

I swallow thickly. Yeah, that does seem like something he would do.

“I’ll make you a dress,” Bethany says, “And you will look wonderful. I’m not afraid of that. I’m scared for you, for what comes after.”

I nod, understanding now. “All the more reason for me to hurry with this message,” I say, and, sitting down at the table, I lift the pen.

“No,” Bethany says firmly.

Pausing, I look at her.

“You are in enough trouble as it is,” Bethany says. “I’m not going to make it worse by helping you go behind the King’s back.”

“But Bethany -“

“I don’t care what you say, Harper. I’m not taking any message to Samuel.”

Chapter 80

For the rest of the day, Bethany measures me and works on a dress. Aside from showing me her designs and asking for my input, she does not speak to me.

But then, I don’t speak to her either. She’s my friend more than my servant, and I don’t understand why as either of those things, she would refuse to help me contact Samuel. He would help me escape from this nightmare, I’m sure of it.

Doesn’t Bethany want to save my life?

She has her reasons, but it’s hard not to feel betrayed.

By evening the tension must be unbearable for both of us, because Bethany gathers her supplies and says, “I can do the rest from my room.”

“Yes, that might be best,” I agree.

Her hands are full so I hold the door open for her. Then, with regret, I watch her walk down the hallway until she’s out of sight into the stairwell.

She’s my best friend in this place. I hate fighting with her.

But I truly believe I’m in the right this time. A message to Samuel could save my life, and Bethany just won’t do that. She won’t save my life.

As I start to close the door, I pause, hearing footsteps approach. I glance at the approaching figure and lock eyes with Caleb.

My breath catches. Has he finally come to kill me? For one long moment, my entire body tense up, preparing for the worst.

But then Caleb looks away from me. He keeps walking, disappearing down the hallway and around the corner, going further into the harem wing.

Why would he do that? Is something wrong?

No. If something was wrong, he’d have guards with him. Wherever he’s going, he’s going alone, which means…

Why does a King visit his harem?

To have sex.

My stomach flips so severely and so suddenly that I feel like I might be sick.

I slam closed the door.

Caleb is glad that Harper saw him heading into the harem wing to fuck someone else. It could have been her, if she hadn’t fucked everything up so disastrously. Yes, he was the one who came inside of her, but she had seduced him and driven him to madness.

Her arms and legs had been wrapped around him so tightly. She’d egged him on with her moans and the trembling of her body. Even her pussy seemed to clench around him more than usual as if she had been as desperate as he was to keep him inside of her.

His mind had been the worst of it. Whatever trick she cast on him made him temporarily want to fill her with his seed, to hope it might take root. For one, bliss-induced moment of insanity, he’d wanted to fuck her again and again until he could be certain she’d be pregnant with his pups.

Then he snapped back to reality so quickly that he’d been dizzy from it and enraged.

Only his mate should have his pups. Harper had already seduced one child out of him that she was still hiding away from him. And here he was, listening to his dick not his sense, and trying to get her pregnant again. She’d only hide that pup from him too.

He needs to reclaim his sense. He’s been hindering himself by not fucking the other girls in his harem. That stops now.

If he fucks other girls, he’d surely think less about Harper.

He lets those thoughts lead his feet until he finds himself in front of a door. He picked at random. He doesn’t even really remember who is inside. A blonde? He thinks?

It doesn’t matter. Any wet hole will do.

He opens the door without knocking. Standing near the bed, the woman startles, but then smiles, when she sees who it is.

“King Caleb…” She lets the sleeve of her robe roll down one shoulder. She does not appear to be wearing anything underneath. Good. That will speed up the process.

Caleb crosses the room to her. Before she can turn toward him, he grabs her by the back of the robe and pulls her back to his front. The robe falls open, revealing weighty breasts and a slim waist. While the breasts are nice and full, her hips leave much to be desired. Her ass might as well be a flat board.

He grabs her best assets, massaging her tits while he pinches her nipples. Her head falls back against him. Some of her long blonde hair gets in his mouth, taking him out of the moment to spit it out.

“I exist for your pleasure, my King. I’ve dreamed of being filled by you again…”

If only Harper would be this eager… He’d love to hear her beg for it with her voice, just as her body always does. But Caleb also enjoys the fight in her. She never seems to want to give herself over to him, in spite of her body’s desires. It’s so much fun finally winning her over, body and mind.

The way she screams his name…

His dick starts to harden, and he’s immediately annoyed with himself. Thoughts of Harper should not be what arouses him here. Not when he’s holding a pair of grade-A tits like these.

Maybe he just needs to see them.

Ripping off the consort’s robe, he spins her around to face him. Her face is fine, her features adequate but not particularly memorable.

The only thing he remembered before this moment was her blonde hair and big tits.

Those breasts are delectable. But… now that he’s looking at them, something seems off.

He never once in his life thought he’d ever feel this way but… Are these tits just a bit too big?

Harper has perfect breasts. They are sizeable without being too large, with perfect perky little nipples that always bud under his gaze.

Caleb closes his eyes, again scolding himself for thinking of Harper.

Opening his eyes, he still feels disappointed.

“Perhaps my King would prefer me to please him,” the consort says, dropping to her knees. She reaches for his pants. He allows her to pull his dick free. Vaguely, he remembers that she’s skilled with her tongue. Yet, as she tastes him, he wishes he had Harper’s inexperienced but enthusiastic mouth on him instead.

It still feels fucking fantastic. This woman is very talented with her craft.

But it’s just not right.

It’s not what he wants. At all.

“Stop,” Caleb says, and it comes out a growl that seems to surprise them both. The consort pops off his dick and immediately stands.

“My King, I’m sorry if -“

“Get on the bed. Spread those legs for me.”

The consort, eager and nervous now, does as he commands. Her pussy looks wet and inviting. He imagines himself plunging inside of her, chasing his release.

“Caleb…” Harper moans in his mind, as the phantom feel of her fingernails scratch down his back. “Caleb!”

“My King?” the consort says. She’s touching herself, watching him with hooded eyes.

He’s fucked her before and it was fine.

Why this time does he feel himself bottled up? His dick is hard, but it’s not because of this consort. It’s because of his memories with Harper.

Shit. Double shit.

Triple shit!

Growling, Caleb turns around and storms out of the room.

Harper has to answer for this.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe


Prev | Next

The Lycan King’s Defiant Surrogate by Riley Above Story (Chapters 61 to 70)

Chapter 61

I’m horny as hell, and about to be frustrated as hell if he means what he says.

“I’m sorry?” I ask, thinking perhaps I misheard.

He presses the heel of his palm hard against his dick as if trying to ease the throbbing erection I can see tenting his pants.

“I have a meeting,” he says again. “I stepped out for my headache, but now…”

I hate to sound this pouty but I can’t help the words that escape my lips. “You can’t wait until… after…?”

Looking at me with a sudden bemused expression, he lifts a brow. “After what, consort?”

As lust-crazed as I am, I’m still not blindly horny enough to allow myself to be lumped in with the other harem members, who want only Caleb’s dick in them three times a day.

“Nothing,” I say at once, correcting myself. I inwardly condemn my damp pussy that’s still practically begging to be filled. I am more than my basest urges. I won’t let the horniness win.

With that in mind, I start toward the door. “Are you ready?”

Caleb growls as he struts forward. At first, he hobbles some, his hard dick clearly getting in the way of him being able to walk comfortably. Yet, by the time we step out into the hallway, he seems to have gotten himself under control.

He leads me to the Hall, where the guards open the doors. He steps inside first, with me following.

There does indeed seem to be a meeting taking place in this room, though with how annoyed everyone looks, it’s likely the entire thing has been on hold for some time since Caleb stepped out with his headache.

A few of the advisors waiting seem pleased that Caleb has returned. The rest stare at me in annoyance, likely blaming me for the delay.

Looking down at the ground, I quickly move to the side of the Hall to take my regular spot beside Tristan. Caleb steps up onto his throne.

“We can continue,” Caleb says, as he’s sitting.

“We were discussing the actions of the northern infiltrators,” says the boldest of the advisors. “We have reason to believe they have been moving in on the capital for a long time. They could even be among us now.”

A couple of men in the group glance at me.

I try to hold their gazes so they know that I’m not so easily

intimidated or accused. They don’t look away for some time, leading

us to a sort of staring match.

“There could be sleeper agents in the guards, in the slaves. Even in your own harem,” says one of the advisors.

“Don’t worry about my harem,” Caleb says gruffly.

“Forgive me, King Caleb. I only wish for your safety. When you lie with your harem, you are at your most vulnerable.”

“I am never vulnerable,” Caleb replies sharply. “I can assure you of that.”

The advisor nods critically, though their expression remains concerned.

“We need a stratagem to bring out the traitors,” says another advisor. “How can we hope to protect our kingdom when not even the capital is safe?”

Caleb sighs, long-suffering. “You assume that the capital has ever been safe.”

“Has it not?” the advisor retorts.

“Ever, are there people plotting against me? If they are not from the north, they are in pursuit of their own motives, even their own foolish gains,” Caleb says. “My life is in constant peril at all times. You wish for me to burrow myself in some kind of cave so that I remain safe? What of my people?” Caleb scoffs. “Even in a cave, the worms find their way in.”

The way he’s talking has glimmers of paranoia, certainly, but there’s also so much more to what he’s saying. He’s determined not to abandon his own people. He doesn’t want to barricade himself at the expense of others.

He’s paranoid, sure, but he faces it rather than hiding away.

And, given the intensity of the advisor’s words and the concerns on their faces, I can gather that Caleb might have the right to believe that everyone wants him dead.

Even I, at one point, might have taken my shot at killing him, if there had been ample opportunity.

To protect my pack… I don’t know.

I doubt I could go through with it now. He is a villain, a monster at times, but he’s also a man. He’s multifaceted. There is no one clear side of him.

He’s not full-on evil. He’s gray-scale. A messy mix of in-between.

But as he continues to talk, laying out where to send troops to help block some of the incursion from the north, he also sounds very intelligent. He is knowledgeable about his kingdom and has sharp insights into both economic and political matters.

He knows shutting down roads, even to block an opposing army, will hold up important trade routes that could devastate a draught-ridden countryside. They need goods right now or they will starve to death.

Everything, it seems, is a give and take.

I expected Caleb, as ruthless as he is, to take the easiest way forward, but he makes no direction without considering every possible angle. The ruthless one is in consideration, sure, but as are many others.

In the case of the roadblock, he orders a checkpoint, rather than a full block, so that the merchants can still get through with their goods.

It’s a risk. The invaders could hide their spies among the vegetable carts and in the grains, but the few that might pass through are worth it if it means saving the lives of those weary farmers.

“Next year, we will need their crop,” the King says. “If not also their swords…”

It’s a practical take, more than an emotional one, but it still ends with the saving of lives, so I am satisfied.

The advisors give solid insight as well. I feel almost like I’m peering past a veil, standing in this room with them.

These are the ones running this kingdom. All things considered, despite everything going on at the capital, they are running well.

As the meeting progressed, I even began to see some charm in the way Caleb spoke with his advisors. He talks to them differently than he does the rest. Not quite as equals, but… almost.

He even laughs at a joke one of the advisors makes.

A genuine good-natured smile on Caleb’s face sends my heart racing so fast, I wince. Tristan glances at me sideways. Embarrassed, I stay very still.

“Now, for the matter of the pack electing their alpha soon,” Caleb says. “What was his name…?”

“Samuel, my King,” says one of the advisors.

As fast as my heart was racing, it now leaps into my chest.

“Have you come to a decision?” the advisor asks. “Should we move to intervene? Or should we let the pack fall? We are running out of days to mobilize.”

Caleb tilts his head as if thinking. Slowly, his eyes shift over to me.

I sucked in a sharp breath and held it. I don’t dare speak up, not wanting

to stoke his ire right now. But I beg with all of my heart and soul that he will let my pack live.

Caleb sighs, looking away from me. “Save them. We’ll need the bodies in the coming war.”

Relief punches out of me so severely that I nearly fall over.

Caleb looks at me again, his face guarded.

Do not fall for this terrible man, I command myself, and beg my heart to listen.

Chapter 62

The next few days, I mostly spent pacing back and forth in my room, worrying about my pack while healing from the rest of my injuries.

Bethany works on the sewing machine as she watches me. She’s made it a habit of personalizing my dresses when she has no other work duties to attend to. I’m happy for it. Many of my standard dresses now have a unique flair.

It makes me feel special in a way I haven’t since I was a kid before my disgrace, when my parents still cared about me and my appearance, in how good I could make the pack look as its Luna.

That was before I was condemned to the attic when my wardrobe was lessened to servants’ handoffs.

I should sit still. To fully heal, I need to relax. But I can’t calm down when my pack is in danger. Something could be happening to Samuel. I will never know peace again until I know he is safe.

Around midday one afternoon, Caleb enters my room unannounced.

He ignores Bethany entirely at her sewing machine and walks straight to me.

“Your pack is safe,” he says.

I exhale heavily. “Thank the gods,” I whisper.

“To the hells with the gods. Thank me,” Caleb growls.

Yes, of course. Caleb is the one who ultimately decided to help, though I find some resentment that his motives were more to save potential soldiers rather than to save the lives of my family and friends.

“Thank you,” I say.

He frowns at me, obviously dissatisfied with the lack of sincerity in my reply.

If he hadn’t withheld the support from them in the start, then he wouldn’t have needed to make this hard decision now.

Biting my tongue, I glance down and away.

I can still sense the displeasure in Caleb in the way his body builds and holds tension.

“The Alpha ceremony went through,” Caleb continues. “Samuel is now the Alpha of his pack.”

“Good,” I say, nodding. Samuel, my love, is safe. That’s all that matters.

“Leah is now his Luna,” Caleb continues.

In surprise, I look back at him. He’s watching me closely, his eyes narrow with suspicion, his lips curved down in a heavy frown.

“They are bound?” I ask.

“Yes,” Caleb says, emotionless.

I place my hand on my chest, feeling my heart crack cleanly in half.

I’ve known it’s always been bound to happen. When I was in the coliseum, I’d even accepted it.

But I’m not dying anymore. I’m here in the harem. Someday Caleb could grow sick of me and finally let me go. Before there wasn’t hope, but now there is!

Or, at least, there was…

Samuel has well and truly moved on from me then, and with my sister.

My shoulders drooping, I curl in on myself.

“Why do you look unhappy?” Caleb growls. “Did I not bring to you news worth celebrating?”

“You did,” I say at once, but my heart… Oh, how it aches. “But, I…” I look away from him again, unable to meet his gaze knowing my heart breaks for another.

“You love that insignificant worm,” Caleb growls.

I shake my head, unable to deny it, but unwilling for Caleb to know the full truth. He’s paranoid and possessive. He could take out his frustrations on Samuel at any time.

I have to keep pretending, to save Samuel. My own heart means nothing so long as he is safe and well.

“You called his name, in the arena, as you were dying,” Caleb says, voice low and dangerous. “That Samuel is this Samuel. And he’s forsaken you by taking another.”

I shake my head more forcefully, but the tears on the ends of my eyelashes start to fall, giving me away.

I accept Caleb to grab me and shake me. Perhaps even to demand I belong to him and then prove it by thrusting inside of me. He does none of those things.

Instead, he scoffs a harsh breath. “Where is my thanks?”

With that, he storms out of the room, slamming the door behind him closed so hard that it echoes.

Once he’s gone, I collapse down onto the floor. I’m ashamed of my tears. I’ve long known this day would arrive. So I cover my face with my hands.

I don’t notice Bethany moving until she comes to sit beside me.

She doesn’t say anything at first, just offers her own familiar presence as comfort. When the worst of my sobs ceases, however, she asks, “Would you tell me about him? Your Samuel?”

So I do, starting with how we were childhood friends who did everything together, and continuing through to our engagement. It hurts to talk about, but it feels good too. Like visiting the grave of an old friend.

When I reach the night of my disgrace, Bethany’s face hardens.

“You told him you thought you were drugged and he still dismissed you?” Bethany asks, outraged on my behalf.

I must not be telling the story correctly. Samuel was a victim too. An Alpha is expected to take a pure woman as his Luna. After that incident, I was far from pure.

When I tell her Samuel then decided to become my sister instead, Bethany slaps her hands down flat on the floor, startling me out of the memory.

“Bethany?”

“That man is not worth it, Harper! He threw you aside like used-up trash, all because a drug made you go into heat? And he didn’t believe you?” She shakes her head. “Find someone who would believe you. Like the King.”

I doubted severely that Caleb would have acted differently in Samuel’s place. “The King would have just had me killed.”

“You are so furious at him that you can’t see the way he treats you so differently than literally everyone else,” Bethany says. “You should be kinder to him.”

“Kinder? To him?” I scoff. “He is a tyrant, Bethany. He does not value kindness.”

“Maybe not from anyone else, but he seems to like it from you.”

I wave my hand at her, hoping to move past this entire conversation. We are still talking about this, aren’t we? This same conversation from before.

Bethany and the other handmaidens believe that the King treats me so differently than he does the rest of the harem.

I find that so incredibly difficult to believe.

“He doesn’t want or need my kindness,” I tell her. “He only wants to know the location of our non-existent child. When he finally realizes that I’m telling the truth about that, he will tire of me and move on. Even now, I bet he’s gone to the arms of some other consort to fuck his way into feeling better.”

I say the words more bitterly than I meant to. For some reason, the thought of Caleb in other women’s beds sits uncomfortably with me.

What do I care? A man with a harem that size likely can’t wait to pick and choose. I bet he has a different one planned out for every day of the week.

Yeah, he might have spent many of the previous days with me, but I’m not a fool. I know he just moves on someone else when I don’t give him every little thing that he wants.

Bethany gives me a strange expression, that gives me pause.

“What?” I ask her.

“Harper,” she says slowly. “King Caleb hasn’t visited any other consort since you first joined the harem.”

Chapter 63

Of all the things I expected Bethany to tell me, this is somewhere near the bottom. Even after hearing the words, I don’t understand. She has to be mistaken.

“Surely he’s visited other consorts,” I say. I know all about his virile stamina and strength. I’d be surprised that even one woman could sate his carnal hunger – more surprised if that woman is me.

“I speak the truth,” Bethany says. “And the handmaidens know everything.”

Remembering my time as a slave at my parents’ house, I know she’s right. When people start seeing you as subhuman, they have much looser tongues around you. They don’t even consider you when they start to speak, as if you are merely a piece of furniture in the background.

Those loose tongues lead to all sorts of knowledge being shared by the staff. If Bethany is certain this is true, then I shouldn’t doubt her, no matter how far-fetched it personally seems to me.

In the end, I realize it doesn’t matter anyway, does it? The King means nothing to me. My heartbreak over Samuel is what’s truly worth my focus.

My dream of becoming Samuel’s mate, which I’ve held onto since childhood, now means nothing at all. All of my hopes, all of my prayers to the gods… wasted.

My sister once again claims everything she’s ever wanted, while I suffer alone.

I sulk for the rest of the night. The next day, I’m summoned once more to the Hall to be on hand in case Caleb’s headaches return. At the side of the Hall, I take my usual spot beside Tristan. He ignores me, which is his normal response, so I don’t think anything of it.

During the meetings, Caleb continues to deal with his advisors and discuss his political dealings. I’m curious, but the meeting drones. on for a good long while, with the advisors arguing and trying to talk over one another. Caleb stays quiet for most of the time.

As long as they don’t mention my pack, I let my mind wander. After all, Caleb has already told me that my pack is safe. Whatever happens next concerns the entire Kingdom, and while I do care about that, knowing my pack is out of immediate danger takes some of the urgency out of me.

Finally, in the middle of another shouting match between two advisors over gods-know-what, Caleb clears his throat, silencing both of them right away.

“We will need to present a united front to keep the bear clan at by,” Caleb says. “The infiltrators will detect our every weakness, and while I have no personal fear of them, they could still sow discontent among my kingdom that could make it appear weaker as a whole. We cannot allow this.”

“What do you suggest, my King?” one of the advisors says.

“Supporting one of the packs from annihilation has proved fruitful already, gaining the approval of other packs. But we are a far way off from a truly united front.”

“Many of these new Alphas know me in name and reputation only,” Caleb says. “This is why I suggest that we invite them here, to form an Alpha Council, that we may plot our next steps together and be of one mind.”

The advisors all marvel at his words.

I focus back in, realizing what this means. If all the Alphas are coming here, then Samuel will too.

My heart leaps up into my throat. I shouldn’t want to see him, knowing he is now married to my sister, yet I still want to – desperately. He is the man I love, after all. Even unrequited, I would wish to see him and know that he is well.

As if he can read my mind, Caleb’s sharp gaze snaps to my face. Immediately, I straighten, trying to hide my excitement and other emotions. Caleb did not take kindly to my feelings and emotions for Samuel before, I can’t begin to think that has changed in anyway.

In fact, he seems even more pissed off than before, quietly brooding while glaring straight at me.

“This is a fine idea,” the advisors praise him.

“Truly, this will help our problems.”

“Make the preparations at once,” Caleb says, looking back to his advisors. “I trust you with the details. My only request is that you invite the Alpha’s mates as well as the Alpha’s themselves.”

The words hit me like a blow. Of course, Caleb would be furious with me interacting with Samuel. He would also invite Leah, who wouldn’t miss an opportunity to come to the capital. This is Caleb’s idea as a punishment for me.

I wish I could pretend it wouldn’t hurt to see both Samuel and Leah interacting. But the truth is messy, as are my feelings. Nothing about this would be easy.

“Everyone leave now,” Caleb commands. “Go and make the preparations.”

“At once, my King,” says the most enthusiastic advisor. The others nod in agreement and file out of the Hall.

I turn to leave as well, thinking ‘everyone’ might include me as well, but after one step, Caleb’s voice bellows, “Not you.”

Immediately, I went back to where I was standing.

Tristan, from beside me, gives me a flat look.

I guess it was only wishful thinking that I’d be allowed to leave. I should have known that he’d want to rub salt in my wounds first.

“Approach me, consort,” Caleb calls. “I demand a shoulder massage.”

I want to sigh but I hold it in. Instead, I trek toward him, hop up onto the stage, and then come to his side so I can massage his shoulders.

“What are you doing?” he asks.

“What do you mean?” Am I not doing as he commanded?

Growling lightly, he snatches my hips with his hands and drags me to his front, then up onto him, so that I am sitting on his lap facing him.

Heat rising in my cheeks, I force my thighs to be very still, lest I make movement and bring a certain thing to life in Caleb’s pants.

“My message,” Caleb says, startling me a little. I had forgotten my purpose there for a moment.

Lifting my hands onto his shoulders I start to massage. It’s not as easy from the front, but this is better than my initial plan of leaning over from his side. At least, like this, I have more leverage especially as Caleb leans forward, granting me more access.

Unfortunately, his leaning forward brings his face closer to mine. He closes his eyes, and I can’t help but glance down at his lips for a moment.

“The massage,” he reminds me when my hands stilled without realizing it.

I curse lightly under my breath and continue massaging.

Caleb’s hands linger on my hips. As I work, they trail upwards, teasing the sides of my torso. Then they dance over my shoulders and come to rest against the base of my throat, right beneath my collar.

I swallow thickly.

In a flash his eyes open, and he looks at me with fierce intensity. His hands tighten ever so slightly around my neck.

I freeze, sensing the danger here.

“That lesser man you admire will arrive here with his new wife. He might even try to talk to you…” Caleb growls.

My heart starts to race.

“Whatever happens, you will do well not to forget,” he says, low and dangerous. “You belong to me.”

Then he yanks me in and kisses me.

Chapter 64

The next day, the best tailors in the kingdom are brought in to help design new dresses for the entirety of the harem. With the Alpha of every pack arriving soon, the advisors thought it best that the harem wow and stun even more so than usual.

A beautiful, dazzling harem means a strong King and a healthy kingdom, apparently.

Another reasoned that it wouldn’t hurt for the pack Alphas to see that the women they have sent as tribute are being well-cared for.

For these reasons, the consorts, including me, are brought into the massive wardrobe room one at a time to be measured and fitted for their new gowns.

With my door open, I can spy the order of the consorts as they are brought in. Gwen goes first, and then a few others that are part of that imagined hierarchy of theirs. If they hold to that, which it seems like they might, then I would be going last.

Curiously, before it even gets to me, several women enter the wardrobe chamber who I have never seen before.

“Many of the consorts prefer to keep to themselves,” Bethany explains. She stands beside me in the doorway, watching alongside me. “They don’t even emerge for special occasions unless

specifically requested. The King allows this.”

“Why?” I ask. “I thought he liked showing off his harem?”

“These ones were never selected out of desire…” Bethany says, then trails off.

I look at her, lifting a brow. From what I’ve seen, all of the women here are beautiful. They had to be, or they never would have been chosen as tribute in the first place.

Bethany hesitates. “Pretend you don’t know. This knowledge brings shame upon these women.”

These women have done nothing to me. I’ve never even seen them before.

“Some of these women beg the King for asylum. Either their families are abusive, or maybe they have no homes. A few were even starving when they came here, their ribs showing through their skin. The King can be ruthless, but he can also be kind.”

I find it difficult to believe Caleb can be kind about anything. “Likely he only cared about the number in his harem. The number, I’m seeing now, is nearly 100.

I don’t care that the number of consorts is so high. No, I don’t care at all.

The churning in my gut is entirely unrelated. Perhaps there was something wrong with breakfast, though Bethany appeared fine.

“The King accepted them but left them to themselves. They lead good lives here, fed well and mostly left alone. They are only called upon for big events like these, where every harem member needs to be present.”

“A power play,” I grumble.

“He is our king,” Bethany says. “Everything he does has to show his power, or he risks losing it.”

I glance at her again. What a curious thing to say. Does she know more about possible rising dissent in the country, or is she just speaking hypothetically?

It’s best not to ask, at least for now. Caleb has shown me a lot of leniency lately, but inciting treason would probably be a bridge too far this time. Plus, I don’t want to get Bethany in trouble.

When it is finally my turn, a slave comes to collect me. Then, Bethany and I make our way up the hallway to the wardrobe chamber.

By now, it’s fairly late in the day, with the sun setting outside to the west. The tailor looks absolutely exhausted, slumped down on a chair.

“There’s more?” he gasps with disdain when he sees me.

“This is the last,” the slave informs him.

He shakes his head. “The King and his virility. I don’t know how he can stand so many women under his roof. I only have one wife and she makes me crazy.”

I decide not to intrude myself on the private matters of the clearly overworked man, though the comments do annoy me.

The tailor forces himself to his feet, and then waves me forward to the center of the room where a small circular platform rises about 10 inches off the ground. He gestures for me to step onto it. When I do, he circles me, inspecting me from every angle, head to toe.

Bethany stays near the door, watchful but silent.

The tailor clucks his tongue in disapproval. “Well, no wonder you are last. You are the plainest of the bunch, aren’t you? Entirely average.”

“I beg your pardon?” I say, a touch of anger sliding into my voice.

“The King has his choice of all the women in the kingdom, and he picks one with average everything.” He measures, then clucks his tongue with each measurement. “Average waist. You could be skinnier. Average bust size. Your hips are too wide. Some men like that, I suppose, but I thought our King had finer tastes.”

I’m wondering now how his wife puts up with this man at all.

“Get that hefty dress that I brought,” the tailor barks at one of the slaves. “The most we can do is hide some of this ugliness.”

I glance across the room and make eye contact with Bethany. She was glaring at the tailor but looked at me now. A look passes between us, and I can tell we are in agreement. This man is a real asshole.

One of the slaves brings out a large bulk of crimson fabric from one of the closets.

“Help me with this,” the tailor snaps. I dip down so he and the tailor can lift it over my head. It drops unceremoniously down without any resistance.

The dress is at least three sizes too big. It doesn’t cling to my body at all, instead hiding my figure within its shapeless bulk.

The tailor steps back and shakes his head. “It’s really the best I can do. Putting a beautiful dress on a barn animal won’t change the fact that a pig is a pig.”

“I’m sorry?” I say, at my wit’s end. I’ve tried to be patient,

understanding that I’m the last person in a long line of people. The tailor is tired. I get it. But that’s no excuse to be this outright insulting and rude. “I know you did not call me a pig.”

The tailor glares at me. “Watch your tone with me, slave, or you will find I can make you even uglier than you already are.”

I glare right back. “I’m not your slave. I am a consort of the King, and part of his harem. You will treat me with a modicum of respect.”

“Or what?” the tailor laughs. “You think you have any real power? All you are is the King’s personal whore.”

I curl my hand into a fist. It’s been a long time since I’ve been this insulted. Before, with Leah, I would bottle this outrage up, and keep it to myself. Right now, I want to punch this man right in the face.

“I’m not a whore,” I say, each word biting. Yet just as I’m about to throw a punch, Bethany rushes in. She grabs my arm and stops me.

I’m mad at her. This guy is the biggest asshole in the universe and deserves to be taken down a peg.

“My King!” the tailor says suddenly, his entire demeanor changing. He bows.

Turning toward the door, I see Caleb and Tristan standing there.

Caleb waves to the tailor. “Deal with this trash.”

Tristan immediately steps forward.

The tailor smirks at me for a moment, likely thinking Caleb meant me. But that smugness disappears when Tristan grabs him by the arm. Now, he shrieks.

“You can’t mean me, sire! I’m the most decorated Fashion Designer in the kingdom.”

“The most foolish,” Tristan snaps, “To insult any of the King’s harem.”

“But -” the tailor is abruptly cut off as Tristan drags him through the door.

Caleb remains for just a moment, looking at me.

Swallowing my pride, I say, “Thank you. But I had the matter handled myself.”

He doesn’t say a word, just turns and walks right out.

Odd! Usually, he fights back.

Is something wrong?

Chapter 65

I try to put Caleb’s cold shoulder to the back of my mind so I can focus on the matter at hand. Still wearing this giant tarp of a dress, I turn to Bethany.

“I can’t possibly wear this to the gala,” I say.

Bethany gives me a once-over. “We can fix it, I’m sure. Somehow.” She touches the side of it, grabbing it in handfuls to try to cinch the waist. “This is the worst dress he could have picked for you. It’s so bad, it’s as if he did it on purpose just to spite you.”

“You heard what he said,” I tell her. “He didn’t seem to think much of me at all.”

“Even that seemed put on to me,” Bethany says.

“It did?” He’d seemed genuine to me, but I’d been so annoyed by what he was saying, maybe I didn’t see clearly.

“He was lying about you being average,” Bethany says. “The King doesn’t bring average women into the harem, and frankly, many women would kill to have your measurements, myself included.”

“Thank you.” I can’t tell if she’s just saying that to make me feel better, but it’s working either way.

“Plus, why would he want even one woman he dresses to look bad?” Bethany continues. “There has to be more to this.” She taps her finger to her chin.

“At this point, nothing would surprise me,” I say. “Maybe Gwen asked him to do it.”

With Veronica, Nina, and Madeline all gone, Gwen is my current biggest enemy. Adding my knife to my self-defense has helped keep some of the more heinous acts they might commit against me at bay, but it doesn’t stop her glares.

“We’ll fix the dress,” Bethany says. “I’ll make sure you steal the show at the gala.”

I don’t necessarily want to steal the show, I think at first. After all, if I’m drawing everyone’s attention, it will be much harder to speak to Samuel.

But then, the other side of me argues, why do I need to talk to

Samuel at all? He betrayed me by marrying Leah. If anything, I should look amazing to make him jealous and Leah so envious that her face turns red.

It’s more mature to want to blend into the background, but it’s more fun to stand out.

So I tell Bethany, “I need to look hot.”

Bethany grins.

Later, after Bethany has taken the offending garment to her chambers and I’ve changed into my nightie, I lie in bed and think about the cold shoulder Caleb gave me earlier.

What could that have meant?

He’d laid claim to me once more on his throne just yesterday. Why would he already be annoyed with me?

Although, truthfully, he’d been annoyed with me then too.

He knows my feelings for Samuel. They would be difficult to conceal even if he didn’t already have prior knowledge.

I sigh and rollover. There’s nothing really I can do about this, and I’m not sure I even want to.

So what if the King is mad at me? I never wanted his affections anyway. He only ever forced himself upon me. Yes, maybe he gave me pleasures I’ve never felt before, but that didn’t mean anything. Pleasures of the flesh mean nothing compared to desires of the heart.

Trying to relax, I huff another breath and roll over onto my other side.

Even thinking about the pleasures I’ve felt at the hands and tongue of the king has my body ramping up.

Silly, stubborn body. My heart wants Samuel. I should be thinking of Samuel in a carnal way, not Caleb.

I try to push thoughts of Samuel to the front of my mind. Yes, his smile brings me comfort, and I adore his face. But when I try to think of him taking his clothes off, he immediately shifts into the taller and broader Caleb.

“Damn it,” I whisper to myself.

Then, the door to my room opens.

Sitting upright at once, I start to reach for the knife I left on my nightstand. I stop when I realize it’s King Caleb sneaking into my room. He closes the door behind him, and then, with the light of the moon through the windows as his guide, he makes his way to my bed.

I look up at him, and he looks down at me.

He doesn’t say a single word – and neither do I as he takes off his robe, revealing he’s naked underneath, and climbs under the covers to grab at me.

His hand grips the base of my nightgown and he pulls it over my head. It’s tossed carelessly aside. Then, that same hand moves to cup my breast.

I’m not wearing panties, so he kicks apart my legs, rolling into the new space between them. With his free hand, he lines up his hard dick with my entrance, and then smoothly pushes inside of me.

I’m embarrassed by how wet I already am. My earlier thoughts of him helped ramp me up. Seeing him in the flesh only amplified everything.

With his dick inside of me, he starts to gently thrust, all while massaging my tit and burying his face in my neck, sucking in mark after mark.

He moves silently. The only noises in the room are the creak of the bed and the soft gasps that escape me as he fills me up again and again.

When one of my gasps adds a whimper, Caleb picks up speed. He drops his hold on my breast to grab me by the hips, directing me where he wants me as he plows into me faster and faster.

My gasps become moans. I claw at the pillow behind my head, desperate for something to hang onto while he fucks me hard and fast.

It feels so good. He always feels good.

My nipples tighten. My pussy clenches. My mouth falls slack.

I close my eyes as I cum.

Waves of pleasure crash over me again and again. Caleb continues thrusting, and each movement sits somewhere on the edge of perfection and almost too much.

Again and again, deeper and deeper.

Then, with a roar, he pulls out just in time to come all over my chest and stomach.

He looks down at his work. In the light of the moon, I can see the satisfaction there.

Likely, he wanted me to smell like him. Territorial asshole.

He admires his handiwork for a moment more. Then, he rises from the bed, grabs his robe off the floor, and walks toward the door.

“Caleb?” I call after him.

He hasn’t just left me like this since the beginning. This feels strange, like a regression in our… whatever we are.

Even at my calling of his name, he doesn’t look back. He doesn’t wince or flinch. He just opens the door and walks out of it, closing it behind him.

Alone, I look down at myself. At the mess he made which I’m left alone to clean up, even though most of my body feels like jelly.

It’s been a long time since I actually felt like the King’s whore. Now, looking at myself covered in his spend, those feelings resurface.

I should be happy, maybe. I don’t need him to see me as a person. After all, it’s Samuel that I love.

Yet, misery sits with me like a lead weight, keeping me from moving for a long time.

Chapter 66

The morning of the gala, Bethany is ready to make the final finishing touches to the dress. Outside, presumably, the various pack Alphas and their mates are beginning to arrive. The harem has been forbidden from stepping outside of their private wing, to maintain the mystery of the harem’s beauty until the gala.

“I think it’s ready for you to try it on,” Bethany says. “The last adjustments I can make after you wear it.”

“Okay,” I tell her. Slipping out of my robe, and down to my underwear, I lift my arms and let her slide the dress over my head.

It fits like a glove, so very different than the tarp the tailor had insisted on me wearing. Bethany had tapered the waist, allowing the dress to showcase my curvy figure. My breasts might be as big as other girls’, but with the way the dress dips low, showing the barest curve of the inside of my cleavage, my smaller breasts still look tantalizing. The waist flares out highlighting my hips.

Bethany has also added a sash around the waist that ties into a rather large bow in the back. That’s what she seems to work on now, stitching it more securely to the dress itself.

“You really are a marvel,” I tell her. “You should have been the one in the wardrobe fitting everyone, not that sorry excuse for a tailor.”

“In a different life, maybe,” Bethany says.

I glance at her, seeing the slight frown on her lips. “Why not now?”

“I’m a handmaiden, Harper. That’s all I’ll ever be, until the day I die.”

The way she says it is so reserved, so accepting. It breaks my heart a little. She could be so much more, she has the talent. Yet she knows she can’t even hope for it, because of her station.

“Well, so long as you are my handmaiden, you will also be a tailor,” I tell her. I want to say something else, to lift her spirits and help build her hopes. But how can I? The King controls everything here. I have no more power than Bethany does.

“If I have anything to say about it though, someday, I will see to it that your dreams come true,” I say.

Bethany’s slight frown slips up into a happier almost smile.

“Thank you, Harper. I know you can’t promise it, but… that you want to, means a lot.”.

“We’re friends,” I say, which seems to surprise her.

When she recovers from the shock, though, her smile grows wider.

For a while, Bethany continues working in silence, and I stand still, mindful of the needle so near my skin.

In the quiet, my mind wanders. I wonder when Samuel will arrive. Perhaps he already has. He could be under the same roof as me right at this moment, and I wouldn’t know.

Still, the potential that he could be, and knowing that I will see him soon regardless fills me with anticipation so powerful, I feel like I might buzz right out of my skin.

“I’m sure King Caleb will look dashing tonight,” Bethany says, shyly glancing at me.

My thoughts are so full of Samuel that it takes me a moment to realize what she said.

“I suppose,” I reply. Truthfully, he always looks dashing, but that’s not something I’m going to admit out loud.

“I’m sure he will be more handsome and more impressive than any other Alpha in the room,” Bethany continues.

I can see it now, the sly look in her eye, like she knows that I’m really thinking about Samuel and she’s trying to distract me from it.

“Bethany, you know very well the man I’m most looking forward to seeing tonight is not that vicious and ruthless King.”

I haven’t forgotten how he fucked me and forgot me the other night, leaving me used and covered in spending like a whore. Bitterness swells inside of me, helping push away my thoughts and desires from Caleb and keeping them on Samuel.

“I still think it’s a bad idea,” Bethany says. “If the King catches you speaking with another man…”

“He’s not another man. He’s the man. The one I love.”

“The one married to your sister.”

It’s a low blow and strikes me hard. Inside, I know she’s right. Despite the promises he made to me in that attic, in the end, he still married Leah.

Even if I were to speak to him tonight, what would I even say?

He’s as unobtainable to me as I likely am to him, as one of the King’s consorts.

Still, the heart wants what it wants. I’ve loved Samuel for so long, I don’t know how not to love him.

“It’s for the best if you just leave him alone,” Bethany says, and while I know she’s right, it’s easier said than done. Being in the same room as Samuel again… I’m certain I’ll feel his pull.

I’ll need to say a few words, at least, even if all they are is goodbye.

Later, when the dress is finished, and the harem is lining up in the hallway for our grand entrance, I hug Bethany goodbye. As my handmaiden, she won’t be able to attend the formal event herself and will have to wait for news here or in her own room.

I imagine she’ll commiserate with the other servants and slaves, and likely know more about what goes on tonight as its happening than ! do.

As we separate, she hands me my dagger. With the cap secure, I slide it down into the cleavage between my breasts. Bethany sewed in a discrete little pocket to snuggly hold the dagger.

It’s a perfect fit.

“Be careful,” she tells me.

“I will,” I reply, uncertain if it’s a lie or not. Being around Samuel again might make me foolish. We’ll have to see where the night goes.

Bethany doesn’t seem reassured at all, but if I give more false promises, her concern will only amplify.

Instead, I turn and leave her, pushing out into the hallway.

The harem seems to have lined up in their imagined hierarchy, with Gwen at the back, and the newest girls at the front.

Not wanting to rock any boats tonight, I head to the front of the line near the start of the hallway.

Tristan stands there, awaiting orders. He glances at me when I come nearer and frowns.

“What are you doing?” he asks. “You should be in the back. The King wants you to enter last.”

“The hierarchy…” I start to say, but my heart really isn’t in this argument to begin with so it dies quickly.

Caleb gives me a flat look. “The back of the line, Harper.”

I can’t argue with a direct order like that, not even from the King’s Beta, so I turn on my feet and head towards the back of the line.

Gwen is already there. When she sees me approach, she scoffs loudly. “What the hell are you doing back here? You should be at the front.”

“The King’s orders,” I say with a shrug.

Gwen narrows her gaze. Subtly, I see her reaching for something in her hip pocket.

I can guess what it is she’s hiding there: a dagger.

So, at the same time, I reach for my own blade, hidden in my bodice. I start to lift it so that she can see the gems of the hilt.

“Are you sure you want to play this game?” I said.

Grumbling, she pulls her hand free from her pocket, without her dagger.

She’s annoyed, but so am I.

At least we won’t have to draw blood tonight.

Yet.

Chapter 67

I stand at the back of the line of harem consorts, awkwardly avoiding eye contact with Gwen as she keeps looking back to glower at me. Blessedly, after a time, the line starts to move forward and I am saved from continued awkwardness.

Yet, as I move closer and closer to the front of the Hall, I am filled with anticipation and trepidation in equal measures. Samuel is somewhere inside of there. Is he waiting for me? Is he eagerly observing each consort that enters, hoping that the next one will be me?

As excited and hopeful as those thoughts make me, my next ones fill me with dread.

Samuel isn’t alone in that Hall. Somewhere there, likely beside him, stands my sister Leah. Ever since my disgrace, she’s treated me terribly, as if I was someone less than human. She took glee in scolding and punishing me. She loved to flaunt that Samuel now belonged to her.

That will not change now, just because I am a consort to the King. Her mistreatment will continue. And, if things hold to how they’ve always been, Samuel will stay silent at her side, enabling her foul behavior.

Maybe Bethany is right. Maybe I really need to move on from him. It’s so difficult though, when for so long, he was the most important in the world to me. How can I change something so fundamentally build inside my person? Loving him feels like a core of my being?

The line keeps moving, and my feelings churn within me, making my stomach upset. It’s too late to back out now. Caleb would likely punish me for trying to escape, so I kept my feet moving.

My part of the line turns the corner and I see the entrance to the Hall. Tristan stands there looking bored. Inside the open doorway, I hear the announcer give the name of every girl that enters.

This is a show, I remind myself. A power play to help Caleb appear strong.

To keep from embarrassing him, I need to hold in my emotions.

Yes, maybe that’s how I will survive this. I’ll bottle everything up and keep a firm, expressionless mask over my face.

The line becomes shorter and shorter. Eventually, it’s even Gwen’s turn to enter. The announcer says her name and she steps forward into the Hall. There’s polite clapping from within.

From here, I can see how full the room is. There are many, many people inside. Doesn’t this break some kind of fire code?

Who’s going to correct a king?

“Harper,” Tristan says, annoyed. I startle, realizing that I haven’t moved forward when I’m supposed to. “Go.”

Swallowing my nerves, I desperately pull on my emotionless mask and step into the Hall.

“Presenting Harper, formerly of the Riverwood pack.”

I step into the room to the sound of polite claps. Glancing around, I see many faces1 do not recognized, occasionally dotted with a slave or consort that I do know.

More than a few people are looking at me curiously. Perhaps they know the story of my disgrace.

“Is this that Harper?” someone whispers, and my assumptions are confirmed.

“To think the King would take on someone as disgraced as her,” says a whispered reply. “Was it kindness? Or fool judgment?”

The first voice loudly hushes the other. “Do not dare speak ill of the King within these walls. Not if you want us to be able to leave them.”

From that conversation alone, as humiliated as I am, I realize the King has a tough battle ahead of him to convince these Alphas to not only work together to hold back the invasion of the north, but to also listen blindly to him.

I can’t decide if I want to sit in on that eventual meeting of the Alpha Council or to avoid it as if my life depended on it.

A bunch of pompous, angry Alphas in one room never ends well, especially for innocent bystanders who can’t really defend

themselves. My little knife isn’t going to do much against the full fury of an Alpha.

Well, that’s a concern for a later time. Right now, I only need to concentrate on surviving the night.

The other consorts are mingling, so I attempt to as well. As far as I can tell, Caleb has yet to enter the room. I use this newfound freedom to weave through some of the Hall, mingling, but also searching for one specific face among the others.

Then, two strangers part ways, and in the new gap that they made, I can see Samuel standing just beyond. I freeze, my breath catching in my throat. I want to remain indifferent, but I can feel the tears starting to rise in my eyes.

For the majority of my youth, Samuel had been a source of comfort and strength. I’d followed him, loved him, planned my entire life around him.

Now, he’s here. So close and yet so distant. And I’m frozen, unsure once more if speaking to him might be one of the worst decisions of my life.

Last I’d spoken to him, on the phone, he’d said some very cruel things to me. The fact that he married Leah only shows that those horrible things might have been genuine.

I should avoid him to protect my own heart.

Yet the tiny hope that lives inside of me pushes me forward, and before I can even realize fully what I’m doing, I’m approaching him.

“Samuel,” I say his name like this is a dream where we’re still in love with each other.

He turns around, sees me, and for a moment, that same affection I’d always known flashes across his eyes.

“Harper,” he says, almost in wonder.

He’s as handsome as he’s ever been, but there are heavy bags under his eyes. He’s started growing a beard. Unusual for him, he’s always preferred to be clean-shaven. Even his eyes are slightly different, far- away somehow, like he’s not fully there even though he’s standing right in front of me.

“How are you?” I ask him, meaning it honestly.

“He’s perfect, thank you,” Leah says, materializing beside him. Maybe she’s always been there and I just didn’t notice. Or maybe she sprinted from across the room when she spotted me approaching her husband.

I prefer the second thought.

Unlike Samuel, Leah looks better than ever. Her hair has been recently dyed and fashioned. Her makeup looks professional. Her dress is a stunning deep blue color that fits her well. Diamonds hang from her ears, neck, and fingers.

She places her arm up on one of Samuel’s shoulders, letting her left hand dangle. On her finger I see a familiar engagement ring paired with an unfamiliar wedding ring.

I knew they were married, yet seeing the evidence so clearly, and having it rubbed in my face so thoroughly, hurt me as much as if she’d stabbed me.

“He’s a bit tired, though,” Leah continues with a laugh. “We’re still going at it like newlyweds. I swear, he can’t keep his hands off of me.”

Bile rises in my throat.

In my head, again, I knew that to be married meant they were having sex… But to be faced with it… To have it thrown at me…

Leah truly hates me through and through.

“That’s none of my business,” I say.

“You’re right,” Leah snaps. “It isn’t.” Glancing around, she motions to some of the nearby consorts. “I was watching the harem as they came in. Did the King put you last out of shame?”

“No, it’s “I mean to tell her that it’s the opposite actually, but she doesn’t let me finish.

“No wonder. You are clearly the ugliest among them.” She laughs again, louder. “The King must have been furious when he realized some poor sap pitied you enough to let you into the harem. Such a vile, detestable thing like you has no place beside the king.”

Leah smirks at me, and my own hatred for her grows inside of me.

Would anyone say a word if I chose to slap her?

Chapter 68

My irritation at my sister forces words from my throat that would

have otherwise stayed lodged there, mostly from my shock at seeing Samuel again.

“I wasn’t chosen for the King’s harem by some pitying fool, but by the King himself,” I say.

Leah’s good humor immediately sours and she glares at me. “You are lying.”

“I’m not,” I assure her. “You can ask anyone.” I wave my arm around. “And the reason I was introduced last is because I am one of the King’s favored.”

Normally, I wouldn’t flaunt that. I’m not even entirely sure if it’s true anymore. The King has been cold and distant to me lately. Despite Bethany’s words and reassurances that I am still in the King’s favor, I have my doubts.

But Leah doesn’t need to know about those doubts.

She glares at me with open jealousy. Soon, though she cools that envy enough to smirk at me.

“Well, perhaps the one I should be pitying is you, then, slave. After all, rumors tell that the King is old and ugly. Undoubtedly your skin crawls every time he touches you,” she says.

She’s grasping at straws now, and it makes me laugh.

“If that’s what you want to believe, I won’t stop you. But make sure I’m standing next to you when you finally see him,” I say. “You have no idea how wrong you are.”

“Harper,” Samuel says sharply. In more surprise than anything else, I snap my mouth closed. I hadn’t been expecting him to say anything. Usually, he sits back and lets Leah get away with whatever he wants. Right now, however, he’s glaring at me like I’m in the wrong.

“Be careful how you speak to my wife,” Samuel says. “She is the Riverwood pack’s Luna. You are a harem consort.”

Leah smiles wide. “Know your place,” she spits at me.

“Your attention, please!” shouts the announcer.

When everyone quiets and turns to face him, he continues, “Show your respects to the master of our kingdom, the fierce King Caleb.”

Caleb steps through the door, with Tristan two steps behind him.

Caleb looks handsome in black slacks and a black tunic. The kingdom’s insignia is stitched tastefully over the chest in sparkling gold thread. Gold is weaved through most of the seams of the outfit. He’s also wearing a golden crown with emerald and diamond inlays. It sparkles under the bright lights.

He looks over the room with a slight frown and a near glare.

Beside me, Leah gasps. I turn to see her face. Yes, she’s surprised, and that envy she’s had of me seems to have returned tenfold.

“That must be the King’s son,” she grumbles, somehow gaslighting herself.

“That’s King Caleb,” I tell her.

When Caleb’s eyes fall on me, and the people I am with, his frown deepens. Turning he whispers something to Tristan.

While Caleb starts heading toward his throne, Tristan weaves his way through the crowd to me.

“He commands you meet him at his throne,” Tristan says to me.

I glance at Samuel, but he’s now looking at the floor.

“Now, Harper,” Tristan snaps.

Nodding, I turn and leave without a word.

Behind me, I hear Leah say to Tristan, “She’s such a miserable slave, isn’t she? Never follows orders. Never has learned her place.”

“That’s not your concern, madam,” Tristan replies flatly, cutting off any commiseration that Leah had been trying to form with Tristan.

I don’t stay around to hear anymore, hurrying my pace to the stage where I meet Caleb. He doesn’t say a word to me, just wraps an arm possessively around my waist and hoists me onto the stage with him. Then he sits on the throne and drags me down to sit on his lap.

“King Caleb…” I whisper, embarrassment rising within me, making me blush.

One of his hands stays firmly on my hip.

“Be good, or I’ll show your former lover how much you like my dick,” Caleb growls, his voice low but quiet, for only me to hear.

I snap my mouth closed, remembering when Caleb had pulled me into that separate room and made me scream so loud with pleasure that everyone in the Hall could hear him. I do not want a repeat performance of that scenario, especially with Samuel in the room. He would be forced to listen.

One by one, Tristan and the King’s attendants bring forward the pack Alphas and their mates to more formally present them to the King and vice versa.

Many of the Alphas look at me with distrust, and I wonder if my presence here is causing more harm than good to Caleb.

Yes, the harem helps him seem strong, but if he focuses so much on just one member of it, especially during such an important event as this, isn’t he showing that he is also frivolous with his time?

The Alphas mostly focus on the pack business. They expect their King to give the same focus to Kingdom business.

They have no idea what Caleb’s life looks like from day to day, how much he sacrifices and gives for this country. How the exertion and stress of it has weighed so heavily on his mind, making him short- tempered and paranoid.

It annoys me to see these Alphas disrespect the King. Especially because Caleb doesn’t seem to care at all.

Each Alpha that’s introduced he merely formally greets and then waves away.

“If I may, King Caleb,” I begin, in a lull between two Alpha introductions. I know I’m overstepping, but I’m trying to do so carefully so that I don’t garner Caleb’s wrath. “These Alphas expect more attention and respect than you are showing them…”

“Then they are fools,” Caleb grumbles. “That I have deigned their presence important at all should be enough to placate them.”

I suppose that’s true. I think back, and to my knowledge, the Alphas have never been called like this to the capital before. Being here should be a great honor, yet they look to Caleb like he hasn’t done enough.

Caleb is right. The ones that are actually showing disrespect are the Alphas themselves.

“Presenting Alpha Samuel and his Luna Leah, from the Riverwood pack,” one of the attendants says.

I immediately freeze. Caleb, who could feel it from me being on his lap, reaches around me and places a hand on the top of my thigh. Eyes locked on Samuel, he starts to rub gently back and forth, curling his fingers around to my inner thigh.

I suck in a sharp breath.

“King Caleb,” Samuel says and bows. Belatedly, Leah does the same from beside him.

“Alpha Samuel and Luna Leah, welcome to the capital,” Caleb says, directing them as he has every one that’s come before. Yet before Samuel and Leah can be ushered away, Caleb speaks up once more, stopping them. “Riverwood. Isn’t that the pack where you are from, Harper?”

He knows very well that it is, so I don’t reply.

“Do you know Harper?” Caleb asks Samuel and Leah.

Samuel’s face turns a bit red as he lowers his gaze to the ground.

Leah has no such embarrassment. “She was a slave in my house.”

That’s an odd way of saying sister. It stings more than it should. After everything Leah has done to me, her denying a familial bond with me shouldn’t be shocking.

Still… to have my history erased like that… it hurts.

“And you, Samuel?” Caleb asks.

Lifting a hand, Caleb traces the edge of my bodice, letting his fingers drift lightly over the swell of my breast.

“If you won’t answer that simple question, then I’ll give you one that has a yes or no answer,” Caleb says. His voice has a sudden sharp edge to it. “Have you known the pleasures of Harper’s body? Or are you left handling yourself, wishing you had?”

Chapter 69

Samuel’s face turns even redder. So does mine, I imagine, from how hot it feels.

I can’t reprimand Caleb from saying such things – especially not when he’s sitting on his throne, in front of so many people watching and listening.

Still, before he walks away, he somehow manages to speak up. “I am faithful to my wife, King Caleb. In fact…” Reaching into his inside coat pocket, he retrieves an oblong velvet box, the kind usually with jewelry inside. He hands it to Leah. “I wanted to give this to you privately, Leah. But I think it will make my intentions clearer to the King.”

Leah opens the box and gasps. “I love it, Samuel. Will you put it on me?”

Caleb narrows his eyes as if trying to discern the purpose. I don’t fully understand the point of this show either until Samuel removes the necklace from the box and I see it in full.

I gasp. Caleb looks at me.

“This has significance?” he asks me, his voice soft, for my ears only.

My heart pounds fiercely as it breaks. “Yes.” Even from this distance, I know the familiar shape of that moon pendant and the feel of that silver chain that now sits around Leah’s neck.

“He bought that for me, many years ago,” I say. “I left it behind when I came here.”

It had been a pre-engagement present, when Samuel had set his mind on marrying me, yet before he’d convinced the rest of the pack leaders that he should be allowed to.

Did he search through my belongings to find it? Likely my family intended to throw everything of mine away after I’d been called to the capital.

I only left it behind for safekeeping. I knew there wasn’t much I’d be able to keep once I made it to the capital. I also knew that bringing that necklace with me would only encourage Samuel to act on his foolish notions of running away with me.

Now, the symbol of our love and affection for each other sits around my sister’s neck.

I think I’m going to be sick.

Caleb closely watches my face.

“I have satisfied you, King Caleb?” Samuel asks.

“Yes,” Caleb says, never once looking away from me.

Samuel and Leah are led away.

“He wanted to hurt you,” Caleb says.

I look away from him. “So did you.”

He doesn’t argue it. How can I? We both know that I’m right about this.

Caleb removes his hand from my thigh and returns it to the armrest of his throne. On the other hand, he keeps on my hip. He doesn’t let me move, nor do I try, as the rest of the Alphas are introduced.

My bones feel too heavy to lift. I’m utterly defeated, my heart in shattered pieces.

Caleb continues on, business as usual until the formal introductions are done. Then he pushes me to stand and does the same. After lowering me down from the stage, he leaves me against it.

“I have to mingle,” he says. “Do as you will.”

I don’t feel much like doing anything at all, but I don’t want him to know that or to see how affected I am by this. Samuel may have squandered my feelings and squashed my hopes, but if I show any of that, Caleb might punish him anyway for my feelings.

For this reason, to protect Samuel and my pack, I have to pretend like everything is okay.

So I head to the drink table, eager to partake in some of the wine.

As I’m waiting in line, Samuel finds his way into the line beside me.

1 glance at him, and then quickly away, wondering what kind of awful fate I have for it to keep bringing us together like this.

Samuel leans in. “I have to speak with you,” he says.

I must have misheard. After his display with Leah, there can’t be anything in the world left for us to talk about. “Whatever you think you need to say, you do not,” I tell him. “Trust me. Giving Leah my necklace told me everything I need to know already.”

“Hear me out,” he whispers.

“Why?” I ask. “You’ve hurt me enough for a lifetime, Samuel. Why should I waste another minute listening to you?”

The line moves in front of us. The people behind us are looking at me.

Realizing how loud I’ve been, I snap my mouth closed and step into the newly formed space in front of me.

Samuel straightens slightly. Sounding put out, as if he has any right to be, he says, “You and the King seem close.”

I glower at him. “I’m in his harem.”

“That doesn’t mean you have to like it,” he snaps.

Before I can reply, Leah spots him and comes to join us. “Oh. Harper. Oh, nice to see you reacquainting yourself with my husband yet again.” With the smarmy way she says it, she clearly doesn’t think so.

Honestly, this time, I’m in agreement with her. I’m not ready to speak to either of them.

“Darling,” Leah says, leaning into him, pressing her breasts against his chest. “We should return to our rooms anyway, so I can thank you properly for the gift.” Glancing at me, she adds, “Did I mention we’re like rabbits right now? With how often we do it, I’d be surprised if I’m not pregnant already.”

“Leah,” Samuel says, as if correcting her, but she just laughs.

“There’s no harm in telling my sister the truth. She’ll likely be an aunt someday soon, not that she’ll ever meet the baby. A place like this is nowhere for a child to visit. So many loose women running around. You understand, Harper? Well, how couldn’t you?”

“Please, leave me alone,” I say, too defeated to argue anymore. Leah has already won but she always insists on her victory laps. I know my asking her won’t make her leave, but it’s all I have left in my arsenal.

I’m really very exhausted from having to deal with them and the King. Maybe I didn’t sleep so well last night on top of it, anticipating today and what might happen.

I knew there was a possibility things could end badly, but I had no idea it would be quite this bad. To give Leah my necklace is to erase the past between Samuel and me. If nothing else, I thought our past together would be preserved.

No. Leah had to have that too.

Suddenly, even drinking doesn’t sound very good anymore. I start to turn, ready to leave the line, when Samuel reaches out, snatching my hand.

“Harper, wait.”

Confused, I look back at him. Leah’s looking at him too, annoyed.

Then I feel something paper-like curl into my palm. I accept it, hiding it in my hand.

“Despite everything, it is good to see you unharmed. We all thought the worst… seeing you in the coliseum.”

“You saw that?”

Samuel nods. “It was broadcast.”

“I had money on the lions,” Leah says. “Shame that Alpha werewolf intervened.”

“I will let your family know you are well,” he says.

They won’t care, I think. That thought is reaffirmed when Leah scoffs.

But I could see what these platitudes were truly for, to give him a reason to slip me the note.

I exit the line without another word to either of them and head to the bathroom. In the privacy of the bathroom, with the door securely locked behind me, I read the note.

11pm tonight. In the courtyard gardens. Near the peonies.

Chapter 70

I flush the note down the toilet.

When I leave the bathroom, Caleb is there in the hallway just outside the door, as if he’s been waiting for me.

“Where is it?” he demands, a growl in his voice.

“What are you talking about?” I tell him.

He storms toward me, anger in his eyes. “You think I’m an idiot? You think I don’t have you followed? You think I’m so ignorant that I wouldn’t notice the moment you plot against me?”

“I haven’t plotted against you,” I tell him.

He grabs me harshly by the shoulder. “Then where is it, Harper? Where is the note that bastard passed you?!”

“I don’t have any note,” I tell him, calm in the face of his anger. I feel so defeated.

“Maybe not now,” he says. “Where did you stash it?”

“There isn’t a note,” I say again. I just feel so tired, like I could sleep for a thousand years. Let him yell at me if he wants. Let him hate me. Whatever it takes to end this misery and allow me to return to sleep.

Caleb, still clutching my shoulders, backs up a bit to look at me more fully. “What the hell is the matter with you?” he asks. “Why are you acting so detached? Where is your usual defiance?”

His eyes narrow with rage. “Is this new weakness because of your feelings for that weak-minded Alpha that you love?!”

With fury, he grabs me by the wrist and drags me down the hallway. We storm past curious onlookers hanging around outside the Hall. Around the corner and through the guards who are set to block people from entering. He drags me straight into my room.

Fortunately, Bethany isn’t there. I wouldn’t want her to see him like this, caught in his rage.

He throws me forward and stumbling, I fall down onto the ground.

“I’ll kill him, you know,” Caleb says. “If you even think about plotting against me with him, I will tear his throat out. You’ll never succeed.”

“Don’t kill him,” I say. “He’s not plotting anything. He’s given everything to his wife. He has nothing left to give to me.”

“Then why do you act so pathetically?”

Rushing toward me, he grabs me off the ground and yanks me upright.

“I’m not,” I say, trying to show some of my usual annoyance.

“Bullshit,” he growls. Then, he glances down at the length of my body. “Perhaps what you need is a good fucking. Mind-blowing pleasure might help restart your passions.”

He grabs the front of my dress and yanks it free, down past my waist. With nothing to catch on, it falls down to my feet. I’m wearing panties but no bra. I don’t bother trying to hide myself.

He’s looking at me with fire in his eyes, but all I feel is cold inside.

After scenting the air, he frowns at me. The red hue to his eyes quickly dies away as if it was never there at all.

He releases me. My legs give out and I fall to the floor again.

Then, he turns his back to me and storms out the door.

Only then, do I start to feel things again. Abandonment. Rejection. Cold. So much damn cold.

I cover my face with my hands and I start to cry.

A few moments pass, I don’t know how many, before Bethany comes through the door, sees me, and rushes to my side.

“Harper? Are you alright? Did the King hurt you?”

“No…” I tell her. I’m still confused by his reaction. In the past, he would have forced me, to take what he wanted. But this time… Could he tell I felt nothing? Was that why he scented the air?

I don’t know but he didn’t stick around for me to figure it out. And for that, I’m glad.

Bethany stands first, then heads into the closet. She returns with my robe and drapes it over my shoulders. I push my arms through the holes.

“Let’s get you cleaned up,” Bethany says and helps me to my feet. Carrying some of my weight, she leads me into the bathroom. I scrapped my knees falling down the few times I had.

In the bathroom, I sit down on top of the toilet while Bethany retrieves the first aid kit. Wordlessly, she kneels down to clean my knees. I’m incredibly grateful for her.

She doesn’t ask what happened. I wonder how much she already knows, from listening to the other servants talk.

“Your sister had a necklace…” she says eventually.

Ah, so the servants have even pieced together some of the reasons for my upset. “That used to be mine. Samuel gave it to me to indicate that he intended to marry me. I guess… he decided to give it to my sister.”

Bethany nods. She moves to the other knee, cleaning it with

disinfectant. I hiss, feeling the sting. It still doesn’t hurt as much as my heart does.

“And the note?” she asks, lifting her gaze briefly to me. From the shouting in the hallway, likely the whole kingdom suspected as Caleb did that Samuel had passed me a note. The same servants Bethany received her information from might be the ones who told Caleb about the note, to begin with.

“It’s not what Caleb thinks,” I say, sighing. “Samuel doesn’t want to lure me into some kind of plot to endanger the King or overthrow him, or whatever else he thinks.”

“How do you know?” she asks. “What did the note say?”

“It was just a location,” I say. “And a time.”

“He could be plotting.”

“No,” I say. “Samuel isn’t like that. The only thing he could want to speak to me about is what happened today. Maybe he wants to throw it in my face…” My chest aches so much, I clutch it with my hand.

I hate this feeling, just as I hate Samuel. Or, at least, I want to hate him for making me feel this way.

Taking away the past as he has… I feel so… bereft.

Everything hurts. How could he ever do this to me?

Bethany presses her lips hard together. I can see that she wants to say something, but she’s holding herself back.

“You can tell me anything,” I tell her. “We’re friends.”

That seems to make her even more conflicted and she huffs out a breath.

“I don’t know if this is my place,” she says. “It doesn’t seem like it. And if we weren’t friends, I wouldn’t bring this up at all. Even as friends, I’m not sure I should, because I don’t think that bastard deserves anymore of your time and energy.”

“Which bastard?” She could mean either Samuel or the King. I’m less than pleased with both at the moment.

“Samuel,” she clarifies.

I frown deeper and give her a strange look. “What are you trying to say?”

“It doesn’t seem to me like he wants to meet you to rub it in your face, Harper. And if you don’t think he’s capable of plotting against

the king, that really only leaves one option.”

“Which is?” I ask.

Bethany takes her time putting away the first aid kit.

“Bethany, please,” I push.

She looks back at me. “A secret rendezvous, Harper. The only option left is he wants to meet you is to apologize and make up.”

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe


Prev | Next

Cross My Tigress Face the Wrath [Stella] (Chapters 491 to 500) – Daisy Novels

Chapter 491

When talking about last night, Susanna was all flustered. She even joined in on Stella’s gossip train, forgetting the solemn vows she had made earlier. But she ensured she had the door securely locked before spilling the tea.

“Hey, let me tell you. Hull might truly not be up to it.”

Stella was curious. “Oh? Do tell.”

Previously, it was all conjecture about whether Hull could get it up or not when talking with Yvonne. They had no solid evidence.

But Susanna’s use of the word ‘might’ and her tone suggested a higher degree of certainty.

Susanna cleared her throat twice. “So, I was rubbing his for long last night, and he didn’t react.”

Stella nodded. “Well, that’s a clear sign, isn’t it?”

What a waste of such a good-looking guy.

“So, what did you do to get him so riled up today?”

If Susanna was this scared, it must have been something serious.

Wait a second. Didn’t Susanna call her last night?

She was half-asleep at the time. Susanna mentioned something about fever medicine. Did she say… to take a few more?!

Stella’s eye twitched. Before Susanna could say anything, “Hold on. How many fever pills did you give Hull last night?”

Oh no. She must have been really out of it, telling Susanna to give Hull extra fever pills. That could be lethal, couldn’t it?

Stella froze. Her brain went numb, silently praying Susanna had the common sense not to follow her advice.

Susanna mumbled, “Just one. When you said that, I figured you were half-asleep.”

Stella felt an immediate wave of relief. “That’s good. That’s good.”

Thank goodness. No matter how good Hull was, a few extra fever pills could have knocked him out.

Susanna huffed, “I’m not that dumb.”

“So, what did you do to tick off Hull this time?”

It wasn’t the physical cooling, and it wasn’t about the meds. What else could it be?

Susanna answered, “Well, he fired the cook, you know. He wanted me to make lunch.”

“You can’t cook.”

Susanna couldn’t cook anything except for oatmeal, but who would eat oatmeal every meal?

Susanna pouted, “I know, but he insisted, so I thought I’d make some pasta.”

Stella added, “Yeah, you can do that.”

Although she had messed it up, she’d succeeded a few times. It shouldn’t be a big deal.

Susanna continued, “I thought so but have messed up the pasta twice today.”

Stella couldn’t believe her ears. What? Messed it up?

“The first time, I overcooked it.”

“The second time, it turned into a gooey mess, like a pancake.”

Stella said helplessly, “Uh, you are something.”

“And the worst part is that I might have added salt twice.”

Stella doubted “Wouldn’t that be incredibly salty?”

“No kidding. Barnaby spat it out immediately like I’d poisoned him.”

Stella was dumbfounded. She remembered Barnaby, who used to want to work for Ronald. Ronald thought he was too weak and chatty. And he was working for Hull? He couldn’t even hold it together before Hull?

Barnaby was Finley’s disciple. They could be twins if they looked the same.

Stella asked, “So, did Hull get mad at you?”

Just for not being able to cook pasta? That seemed a bit much.

Susanna replied, “He wasn’t mad at me.”

“Then?”

“I’m just scared. With someone capable of snapping at any moment, wouldn’t you be worried he might lash out in anger?”

Hearing Susanna’s reasoning, Stella was at a loss for words.

Okay, since Susanna and Hull were from different worlds, Hull’s actions seemed entirely alien to her. It made sense she’d be anxious all the time.

“Okay, I’m flying over tonight. No worries, Susie.” Stella reassured her patiently.

Susanna huffed, “You better not be lying.”

“I promise, no lies.”

They chatted a bit more, with Stella giving all sorts of assurances that nothing unexpected would happen, and only then did Susanna hang up the phone. She was genuinely terrified. She had never witnessed anything like it since she was a child.

When Stella’s world first crumbled, she was even more frightened than Susanna was.

Suddenly, a familiar presence enveloped her, and Stella jumped in surprise.

Chapter 492

She turned around only to find herself staring into Ronald’s deep-set eyes. She patted her chest dramatically, exclaiming. “Oh my God, you scared me to death!”

Ronald raised an eyebrow. “Talking smack about Hull again?”

Stella’s eyes widened in shock. Had he overheard that? When had he even come in?

Ignoring Ronald’s question, she changed the subject. “Has Jeremy left?”

Ronald nodded with a simple “Yeah.”

Stella pressed, “Something’s up with the Warner family, right?”

Jeremy had rushed over to see her, which usually meant trouble. And if Sirena had been involved in whatever conflict was brewing, it definitely wasn’t good news. The only logical conclusion was that the Warner family had hit a rough patch.

Ronald shrugged. “That’s none of your concern.”

Stella paused, confirming her suspicions. No wonder Jeremy seemed so tense today.

Thinking back to the incident, Stella added, “Sirena wasn’t the one causing trouble that day, so don’t drag her into this.”

Ronald looked puzzled. “Hmm?”

“She even held Vivian back, trying to keep the peace,” Stella explained. Though, if she was honest, Sirena’s attempt at

peacemaking seemed more like an opportunity for Vivian to get herself into more trouble.

Just as Stella was about to launch into a story about Vivian, Ronald’s phone rang. He gave her a quick peck on the cheek before stepping out to take the call.

Left alone, Stella was soon interrupted by a housekeeper announcing, “Miss, a lady named Frost Quarry is here to see you.”

Stella was stunned. Frost? Yorick’s sister.

Stella might have been friends with Frost if it weren’t for Yorick. Frost was energetic and decisive, the kind of woman who would have effortlessly taken over the Quarry family’s business if she were a boy. But with Hogan back, the family succession was more complicated than ever.

Stella didn’t care much for the rest of the Quarry family, but Frost wasn’t too bad, probably because they hadn’t interacted much.

“Show her to the living room,” Stella instructed.

The housekeeper nodded, and Stella took a moment to change before heading downstairs.

As she entered the living room, she found Frost inspecting one of her coffee cups. The woman had a sharp pixie cut and wore a sleek black suit with a long dress, exuding an air of composed elegance.

If Stella were to describe it, she’d say Frost looked dashing. She’d never thought of using “dashing” for a woman, not even for someone like Skye Yoder, who embraced androgyny. But Frost was different. Her presence was striking.

Hearing Stella’s approach, Frost looked up from the coffee cup with a brief moment of surprise. She set the cup down with a smile. “Didn’t expect it to be this hard to meet you.”

Stella settled into the sofa across from Frost. “When did you get back?”

Frost dealt in jewelry and had a better business mind than Yorick.

She traveled internationally, expanding her enterprise.

“Just this morning,” Frost replied, setting the cup aside.

Stella nodded. Whatever was happening with the Quarry family must have been significant if Frost had to rush back.

Frost sighed, “I wanted to come back when Mom fainted and got hospitalized, but I got caught up with work.”

Stella was shocked. “Imogen was hospitalized?”

That must have been when Hogan made his dramatic entrance into the Quarry family. Xander had stirred things up, and it seemed

Hogan was Thane’s son after all.

Frost glanced at Stella, her gaze intent. “My brother hasn’t been causing you real trouble these past few years, has he?”

Stella raised an eyebrow. “What’s your point?”

Frost leaned forward, hands clasped on the polished coffee table, exuding an air of negotiation. “Do you think the Quarry family deserves everything that’s happened because of him?”

The Quarry family had been facing challenges, just like the Larkin family, with their collaborations with Ronald hanging in the balance.

Stella smirked, “Did you talk to your brother before coming here?”

Frost’s brows furrowed, her eyes narrowing as she studied Stella.

Stella chuckled lightly, “Ask Yorick what he’s put me through because of Ursula if you want to know why the Quarry family is paying such a price.”

Stella could see Frost was defensive, eager to argue the Quarry family’s innocence. But Yorick had taken over the Quarry Group, and the family’s losses were far from undeserved.

Her gaze met Frost’s, equally intense and unwavering.

Chapter 493

Frost’s brow furrowed deeply. From her expression, she hadn’t talked things through with Yorick before coming to see her. She had been abroad for the past few years, so she wasn’t up to speed with her family’s affairs.

Listening to Stella’s tone, Frost felt a slight tremor in her heart. She knew Yorick had feelings for Ursula. Even though she hadn’t been around, she had pieced together some information from various reports. The gist of it was that Ursula had nearly killed Stella.

Frost took a deep breath. “Ursula was the Larkin family’s adopted daughter, so the issues between you and her are the Larkin family’s matter, right?”

Family matters should be resolved behind closed doors, not dragged out into the open for everyone to see.

Stella nodded. “Yes, it’s a Larkin family issue, but Yorick’s been covering it up, suppressing all the evidence. He chose to get involved, so tell me, Frost, is he innocent?”

That car accident was a huge deal. When she figured out it was related to Ursula, she went on a rampage against Ursula, gathering substantial evidence.

But those people back then… there’s no need to explain.

Jaxon even went so far as to hire a hitman to help Ursula suppress the incident. And Yorick was part of it!

They said Yorick was her fiancé during those two years, but for her, he was just a pawn, a tool to fend off Ferrowland.

Frost’s pupils trembled at what she heard.

“So, you’re saying he knew Ursula caused the accident?”

Stella chuckled drily. “Go ask him who Felix is.”

Felix? Upon hearing that name, Frost’s breath caught in her throat. Felix was a notorious hitman, renowned globally for never missing a mark.

“You’re saying he hired Felix to go after you? Then how did you…”

“Wondering why I’m still alive? It’s because the Lugar family raised me.”

And she had a connection with Felix!

That was their most vicious attempt to take her down. They didn’t hesitate to hire Felix to take her life, but Stella wouldn’t have survived that time if it hadn’t been for her relationship with Felix.

Felix informed her about it later. If anyone wondered why she was so ruthless toward the Larkin family and Yorick, it was because of what they had done to her.

Jaxon was running around frantically because of Cloudia, suddenly recognizing her as his sister, huh? And Frost said Yorick was innocent?

Oh, innocence wasn’t something Frost’s protective words alone could decide.

Frost’s breathing quickened, and she gritted her teeth. “That bastard Yorick, how could he do that to you?”

Stella blinked in surprise.

Suddenly, Frost was furious. She stood up, flushing with anger. “I’m going back right now to wring Yorick’s neck.”

Stella was left speechless. The change was abrupt, but it made sense knowing Frost’s fiery nature.

Frost stormed out in a rage.

Stella shrugged. Let it be chaos. Maybe the Quarry family wasn’t chaotic enough, or Frost wouldn’t have waited this long to return.

With Frost gone, Stella was left alone. The housekeeper entered to clear away Frost’s coffee cup.

Stella turned and left the living room.

The butler approached respectfully. “Miss, is there anything you need to take back to Ferrowland?”

Stella shook her head. “No.”

Portis City hadn’t left a great impression on her during her two-year stay there. This time, returning to Ferrowland, she wanted to go back cleanly, without taking even a leaf from Portis City.

The butler nodded. “Understood.”

“Where’s Ronald?”

“In the study. Dr. Yoder and Mr. Cobb have arrived.”

Chapter 494

Stella nodded, not asking any more questions. She was eager to lie down in her room for a bit since she had a red-eye flight to catch
later that night. Although she could sleep on the plane, it just wasn’t as restful as sleeping in her own bed.
When she reached the stairway, Ronald and Hugo came downstairs, with Finley trailing behind them.
Seeing her, Ronald turned to Finley and said, “Hey, check on Star, will you?”
Finley looked puzzled. “Huh? What’s wrong with her?”
Ronald said, “She hasn’t had much appetite these past few days.”
After instructing Finley, Ronald turned to Stella, affectionately tousling her smooth hair. “I’m heading out for a bit.”
As soon as she heard Ronald was leaving with Hugo, Stella instinctively grabbed his wrist.
“There won’t be any more changes about returning to Ferrowland tonight, right?”
She hoped not. Delay again, and Susanna might be in tears over the phone.
Plus, she was worried about Susanna. Hull wouldn’t harm Susanna, but the stress of the situation was concerning. She needed to head back as soon as possible.
“Don’t worry. It’s all set,” Ronald reassured her.
“Good, then go ahead,” she said.
Ronald nodded and turned to leave with Hugo. He was indeed a busy
man.
Once they disappeared through the door, Stella asked Finley, “Is everything sorted with Lancelot?”
In Ferrowland, anyone daring enough to mess with Ronald’s stuff was quite a rarity. This Lancelot guy was certainly bold.
Finley paused for a moment when she mentioned Lancelot. Then, he said with a serious face, “There’s no more Lancelot in this world.”
Stella was shocked. She had sensed that Lancelot wouldn’t meet a good end after messing with Ronald. And it seemed she was right.
Finley noticed her concern. “You feeling unwell?”
Stella shrugged. “Not really unwell. I just haven’t had much of an appetite.”
Lately, food just didn’t taste as good as it used to. She used to find everything delicious, especially at night.
Finley asked, “No appetite? Bloated stomach?”
Stella nodded. “A little.”
Funny, she hadn’t eaten much, yet she felt somewhat bloated.
Finley contemplated for a moment, studying Stella with a thoughtful look.
His scrutiny made her uneasy. “It’s not some serious illness, right?” Anyone would feel anxious when a doctor looked at them like that. She was still young, and the last thing she needed was a health
scare.
Finley reassured her, “Definitely not a serious illness.”
“Oh.”
Then why the strange look? It’s not like a lack of appetite is a major illness.
Finley thought for a moment. “I’ll get you some pills to try.”
“What pills?” asked Stella.
“Digestive enzymes, the ones Ronald used to give you.”
Stella remembered, “Oh, those?”
She recalled having them during her hospital stay. They were tangy and sweet, with a surprisingly pleasant taste.
Finley didn’t think the bloating was serious, but something felt off to him, though he couldn’t quite put his finger on it. Oh well, he’d let her try the pills first.
Stella said, “Okay, I’ll take them.”
With that, she turned to head upstairs.
“Where are you off to?” Finley asked.
“Going to take a nap.”
Finley remarked, “You’ve been sleeping a lot lately, haven’t you?”
It seemed like Stella was always ready to nap.
His comment made her pause. Now that Finley mentioned it, she remembered she had slept exceptionally well recently.

Chapter 495

Stella used to breeze through her afternoons without needing a nap, full of energy and ready to tackle whatever her job threw at her.
But things had changed recently. After lunch, she found herself struggling to keep her eyes open. It was getting worse, sometimes she even needed a nap in the morning before dragging herself through the day. And adding up all these naps with her night’s sleep, she was spending a significant chunk of her time asleep.
But the quality of her sleep wasn’t good.
“I feel awful,” she confided in Finley. “Every time I sleep, I dream and wake up exhausted.”
What made it worse was that they were nightmares. Stella dreamt about snakes and other creepy crawlies, which made her skin crawl just thinking about them.
Finley raised an eyebrow. “More nightmares, huh? Maybe I should get you some herbal tea.”
Stella nodded, “Yeah, maybe that’ll help.”
The two friends chatted back and forth, eventually deciding that
Stella had insomnia, plagued by nightmares and perhaps an upset stomach.
Finley soon left, and Stella had just settled back into her room when her phone rang. It was Tegan.
“Tegan,” Stella answered the phone.
“Star…” Tegan’s voice sounded weak and shaky. Even over the phone, Stella could sense something was wrong.
Stella’s heart skipped a beat. “Tegan, what’s wrong?”
“Star, help…”
Stella’s eyes widened in panic. That single word, “help,” shattered any lingering drowsiness.
Reacting instantly, she demanded, “Where are you? What happened?” But there was only static on the line. Tegan’s voice was gone, replaced by chaotic noise that made it impossible to pinpoint her location.
Stella’s heart was pounding in her chest. She rushed out of her room, phone pressed to her ear, “Tegan, say something! Tegan, Tegan?”
Despite her pleas, Tegan’s voice didn’t return. Stella was in a frenzy, ready to bolt out the door.
The butler intercepted her at the bottom of the stairs. “Miss.”
“Who’s the driver with Tegan? Where are they? Find out, quickly!” Stella’s voice was urgent.
The butler hesitated, “Tegan was in an accident.”
Stella’s breath caught in her throat, disbelief washing over her as she stared at the butler.
The butler said, “We just got the call. Tegan was in a serious car accident.”
“How is she?” Stella’s voice wavered. She feared the worst, her mind replaying Tegan’s faint voice.
“The accident just happened. The driver was unconscious but has come to. He said Tegan was out cold, and they’ve called for an ambulance.”
Despite this, Stella was at her limit. “I’m going to see her.”
The butler offered, “I’ll arrange a car.”
“No need!” Stella snapped, already heading for the door. “Send me their location right now.”
The butler tried to protest, but Stella had already grabbed her car keys and dashed outside. She was still in her loungewear, not even
bothering to grab a coat.
Worried, the butler instructed a maid, “Get Miss a coat quickly.”
As he sent the location to Stella, he heard her car roar to life, tires screeching as she sped off into the cold, snowy world.
The butler’s anxiety spiked. The roads were treacherous this time of year, and he feared for Stella’s safety. As he grabbed the coat from the maid, he quickly dialed Ronald’s number, seeking help.

Chapter 496

About twenty minutes later, Stella arrived at the crash site. As soon as she stepped out of her car, she saw Uriah cradling Tegan gently, carrying her onto the ambulance.

Stella instinctively rushed forward. “Tegan!”

There was so much blood.

Just moments ago, Tegan had been chatting away with her over the phone, and now, she lay silently in Uriah’s arms. Her face was as pale as a ghost, devoid of any color.

Stella’s heart twisted painfully.

Before she could get closer, the ambulance doors shut, and it sped away.

The accident scene was a mess. The front of Tegan’s car was damaged, and a truck had flipped over nearby.

The driver who was with Tegan limped over, addressing Stella respectfully, “Ms. Quinn.”

Stella looked at the driver, still in shock. “You were driving for Tegan?” The driver nodded, pointing to a spot on the road. “Yes, the car was initially parked over there.”

“Parked?”

“Yes, as soon as we exited the junction, it lost control and rammed into us.”

Stella’s eyes widened in disbelief. Her heart skipped a beat. She looked at the car’s front end again, and it seemed deliberate.

The driver didn’t say much, but the message was clear to Stella. Drivers working for the Quinn family were highly trained, with a keen sense of danger and a sharp memory of their surroundings. If the driver said the car was parked there, he must have noticed it from afar.

A car parked by the roadside suddenly colliding with theirs? Was the accident aimed at Ronald, or was it targeting Tegan?

It couldn’t have targeted Ronald. If it were, the perpetrator wouldn’t resort to such amateurish tactics.

So, it was targeting Tegan? If it was meant for Tegan, then she had been under surveillance for some time!

Stella’s mind raced, and her breathing grew rapid.

She closed her eyes for a moment. “You should head to the hospital.” The driver nodded, “Okay.”

“I’ll take you.” She glanced at the driver’s leg. He wasn’t seriously injured, but he was limping.

Besides, she needed to check on Tegan’s condition at the hospital. The driver hesitated, “But…”

A driver being chauffeured by his employer? That broke all sorts of protocols.

Stella knew what he was thinking and said calmly, “Just get in.”

It wasn’t the time for etiquette.

Hearing her, the driver nodded nervously, “Thank you, Ms. Quinn.”

They were about to get into the car when suddenly, two cars pulled up just a few feet away. One of them opened its door first.

Ronald stepped out, exuding a stern and intense aura, and locked eyes with Stella.

Her heart skipped a beat. “Weren’t you out on business, Ronald?”

Seeing her in such thin clothing, Ronald quickly closed the distance and pulled her into a warm embrace.

He scolded gently, “Why didn’t you wear more when you left the house?”

It wasn’t until he mentioned it that Stella realized she was feeling cold.

As Ronald took off his jacket to wrap around her, the family butler hurried out of the other car. “Sir, Miss Stella’s coat.”

Noticing how lightly dressed Stella was, the butler had brought her coat, worrying both about her catching cold and her reckless driving. Ronald accepted the coat and wrapped it around Stella. “Put your arms through. Wear it properly.”

Chapter 497

Thirty minutes later, Stella rushed into the Hospital, where Tegan was still in the emergency room.

Uriah was pacing outside the doors, seething with anger as he barked into his phone, “Get that truck driver here now. I’m going to question him myself.”

Even from a distance, Stella could feel his dangerous aura.

The hospital’s chief and director stood nervously in the hallway, anxiously awaiting for any updates.

Uriah ended his call and turned to Ethan, who was standing by his side. “Check all the driver’s financial transactions.”

Ethan nodded, already a step ahead. “I’ve got it,” he replied, handing his phone over to Uriah.

Having been by Uriah’s side for years, Ethan knew exactly what needed to be done the moment things took a turn.

As soon as the ambulance was en route, Ethan sensed something fishy, prompting him to dig deeper. It wasn’t paranoia but necessity. Recently, the people around Uriah had shown increasing hostility toward Tegan.

Uriah skimmed through the information on Ethan’s phone, his demeanor growing even more menacing by the second.

Stella had hurried to the hospital intending to share what Ronald, her

driver, had noticed. But now, it seemed unnecessary.

Uriah’s eyes narrowed. “Fine, bring Helena…” He paused, his voice turning icy, “to Officer Archer.”

Ethan’s heart skipped a beat at Uriah’s command. He nodded, adding, “And what about Mrs. Horner?”

Helena was a distant relative of Mrs. Horner’s, the daughter of her cousin’s wife’s brother, to be exact. Her parents had tragically died in a plane crash two years ago.

Though not closely related, there was enough of a connection that Mrs. Horner had taken her in. Somehow, Helena had charmed Mrs. Horner, who had tried to match her with Uriah. Given the situation, Mrs. Horner would be upset, considering her fondness for Helena.

Uriah’s eyes turned cold at the mention of his mother. “Does she think she can manipulate the law?”

Ethan was stunned. Certainly not! But she did have her ways. It was a headache, to say the least.

But Uriah was determined. Helena would be taken away and questioned.

“I’m on it,” Ethan said and left.

Uriah lit a cigarette, taking two deep drags. The chief and director remained silent, afraid to interrupt.

Stella approached cautiously.

Uriah glanced at her, exhaling smoke without a word.

Stella wasn’t sure what to say now.

The doors to the emergency room swung open, and Tegan was wheeled out.

Uriah was by her side in an instant. He took her hand gently. “Tegan.”

His voice quivered with emotion, his hand tenderly brushing over the bandage on her forehead.

The attending nurse removed her mask and reassured them, “Ms. James has only minor injuries. Nevertheless, she’ll need to stay for observation overnight.”

Uriah nodded, finally noticing the bandages on Tegan’s leg and the superficial cut on her forehead.

Stella stepped closer.

Conscious but visibly tired, Tegan ignored Uriah and looked at Stella instead. She withdrew her hand from Uriah’s grasp and reached out to Stella. “Star.”

Her sudden movement left Uriah feeling oddly empty, a pang in his chest…

Stella took Tegan’s hand and said with regret. “I’m so sorry.”

Chapter 498

It was Ronald who had sent word for Tegan to come to Mist Bay, and It was the Mist Bay driver who picked her up. None of this would have happened if she hadn’t come to Mist Bay.

Tegan shook her head. “Don’t apologize. If it weren’t for your driver’s quick reflexes, that truck would have run right over where! was sitting.”

Would she have survived that?

At that moment, Tegan’s voice was calm, with a sense of relief from narrowly escaping disaster.

However, her words hit like a ton of bricks for Uriah, crashing down on his heart.

Stella spoke up, “You…”

“I saw it,” Tegan continued, “the truck driver’s first instinct was to avoid danger for himself. But your driver saved me.”

The driver positioned himself in the way of the truck, stopping its wheels in their tracks. In a split second, he jumped out and climbed onto the truck, dragging the truck driver out.

Tegan knew that person had deliberately aimed to take her life. Had it been anyone else driving, or had she driven herself back, it might have been her last day.

These words were meant for Stella to hear but also made things clear to Uriah.

Stella gripped Tegan’s hand tightly. “Tegan.”

She understood it, too. When Tegan was with Uriah, people merely disliked her, and Uriah protected her.

But now, they didn’t just dislike her. They hated her enough to plot against her life.

If it weren’t for Uriah, she, the savior of the Horner family, would be treated worse than a stray dog in that household.

Once, it was Uriah who kept her going, but now…

Tegan grasped Stella’s wrist. “You’re heading back to Ferrowland tonight, aren’t you?”

Stella hesitated. Faced with Tegan’s gaze, she couldn’t bring herself to say “yes.”

With Tegan in such danger, it didn’t seem right to leave. Knowing someone was plotting against Tegan’s life, she couldn’t rest easy

When noticing Stella’s hesitation, Tegan’s lips curled into a bitter smile. “I’ll go too.”

“Tegan.” Uriah, who had been silent, suddenly spoke up, his voice tinged with panic and restraint.

Stella was stunned by Tegan’s decision to leave with her.

Tegan ignored Uriah. She held Stella’s hand tightly, “Star, you have a way, don’t you?”

Stella hesitated.

A way? Was this girl planning to escape Uriah?

Stella instinctively glanced at Uriah, whose face was tense, his hands clenched into fists.

She understood. Tegan wanted to leave Uriah and head to Ferrowland, something Uriah would never agree to.

And Tegan’s plea for a “way” meant she wanted Stella to use Ronald’s influence to get her out. Had things really gotten this bad between her and Uriah?

Uriah stepped forward, pulling Tegan’s hand from Stella’s grasp. “Tegan, don’t you think you should…”

“Give you a reasonable explanation?”

He didn’t get to finish before Tegan interrupted him.

“Then shouldn’t you explain why your mother has been against me all these years?” Tegan demanded.

“What right does she have? What right does the entire Horner family have?” She nearly shouted the last part.

Uriah was at a loss for words.

Stella felt a jolt in her chest.

Tegan yanked her hand away from Uriah’s grip, her eyes filled with resentment as she looked at him. The warmth and passion that once filled her gaze were gone.

Facing Tegan’s cold stare, Uriah felt a pang in his heart. “Did you believe what Forrest said?”

Chapter 499

Their eyes locked.

At that moment. It felt like a vast ocean had suddenly come between them, even though they were right before each other.

Tegan turned her face away, ignoring Uriah’s words.

But the next instant, Uriah gently but firmly turned her face back to him, forcing their eyes to meet again. “Tell me. Have you seen Forrest again?”

Tegan narrowed her eyes. “Don’t blame everything on Forrest. The issues between us have nothing to do with him.”

“Then what are they about?” Uriah’s voice rose, frustration boiling over.

The air around them seemed to freeze.

Tegan looked at Uriah silently, saying nothing.

Uriah’s grip on her wrist tightened. “Tegan.”

“I need some space, and right now, I don’t want to see you. Can I have that?” Tegan spoke the last few words through gritted teeth.

Uriah’s entire demeanor became even more dangerous.

It was the first time Stella had witnessed such tension between the two. From everything she knew, Uriah had always been protective of Tegan. But now, what had happened between them?

As things seemed about to escalate, Stella stepped forward. “Uriah, Tegan’s just been through a lot and got hurt. She might not be clear-minded. Would you give her some time and space?”

Uriah was teetering on the edge of fury, and Stella was genuinely worried he might hurt Tegan.

The mention of Tegan being ‘hurt’ seemed to pull Uriah back to his senses. He looked at Tegan, slowly releasing his grip.

Stella sighed in relief.

“Let me talk to Tegan alone, okay?” she suggested.

This resistance towards Uriah was new for Tegan. Even when they discussed Uriah in the past, she had only been resistant to his family. But towards Uriah himself…

No, Stella remembered now. She had sensed something was off between Tegan and Uriah even then. Her gaze tightened as she looked at Tegan

Unah stood up and glanced at Stella. His eyes had regained their clarity, but he said nothing and turned, striding down the hallway.

Stella turned to the frightened nurse. “Please, take her to her room.”

Uriah’s presence had been so intense that no one, not even the chief doctor, dared to interject during the confrontation.

Now that Uriah had left, the doctor quickly instructed, “Take Ms. James to her room.”

Despite the Horner family’s disdain for Tegan, everyone knew she was Uriah’s cherished one.

Stella had the butler with her, and Ronald just left after taking her to the hospital.

Now, in the hospital room, it was just Stella and Tegan.

Stella took Tegan’s hand. “What’s going on between you and Uriah?”

They used to be so close. And then there was that other thing: “Who is Helena?”

Stella had overheard Uriah on the phone, mentioning handing Helena over to Archer.

Helena? In all her years in Portis City, Stella had never heard of her. She only knew Mrs. Horner had been trying to set Uriah up on blind dates recently.

Was Helena one of those dates? If so, it was ridiculous. Going on a date and then acting like this toward Tegan. Who did she think she was?

Tegan replied, “Uriah’s distant cousin. No blood relation.”

Technically, she was a cousin, but distantly so, with generations in between.

Stella asked, “Did she have something to do with the accident?”

Tegan closed her eyes, weary of the Horner family’s endless drama. She didn’t want to deal with it anymore. “Let’s not talk about them, Star. I want to leave Portis City. Can you take me away?”

At that moment, as Tegan mentioned leaving Portis City again, Stella knew she meant it.

Chapter 500

Stella could sense Tegan’s unprecedented determination. Over the years, she had witnessed Tegan’s struggles within the Horner family, and now, she nodded firmly. “Okay, I’ll help you get out of here.”

Tegan’s despair was palpable. She was a remarkably mature young woman, always facing challenges head-on. The impulse to escape was unlike her usual self, and Stella understood that sometimes, in moments of despair, you don’t need to ask questions. You just need to nod and be there for them. Stella wouldn’t press if Tegan didn’t want to talk about it.

“Really?” Tegan’s eyes, previously filled with sorrow, now gleamed with a glimmer of hope.

Stella nodded. “Yeah.”

“But what about Uriah…” Tegan trailed off, clearly troubled. Uriah wasn’t likely to let her go easily, and that was what worried her the most.

Stella didn’t know what had happened between them to bring things to this point. But seeing the light in Tegan’s eyes, she reassured her, “Don’t worry. I’ve got a plan.”

With that, she pulled out her phone and called Ronald. “Hey, I’m taking Tegan with me to Ferrowland. There’s some trouble with Uriah.”

Those few words conveyed everything.

Tegan clutched her blanket, tense with uncertainty.

Ronald paused for a moment on the other end, then replied, “I’ll handle it.”

Those four words came through the phone, which brought Tegan a sense of relief.

Stella continued, “Okay, can you have Finley come to the hospital later?”

Finley was a doctor, and with Tegan’s recent injury, they needed to ensure she was fit to travel after a thorough check-up.

Ronald agreed, his tone ever supportive. They exchanged a few more words before ending the call, and Stella turned to Tegan with

assurance, “It’s done.”

Tegan managed a bittersweet smile. “Star, I do envy you.”

Mr. Quinn of Ferrowland was quite renowned, yet Stella could express her own desires without hesitation. She spoke, and he listened.

Stella fell silent, understanding what Tegan envied. She had once thought Tegan and Uriah had a similar relationship. But seeing Tegan so constrained, it was clear there was something in Uriah’s demands she couldn’t agree to.

Meanwhile, in Ferrowland, Susanna was in her room, desperately thirsty after consuming too much salty pasta. She wanted to head downstairs for a drink but was wary of running into Hull and his dim-witted buddy. Any wrong word could ignite Hull’s temper, and she’d suffer.

Susanna was stunned when Stella called to say Tegan was coming to Ferrowland.

“Is she coming for a visit? Will Uriah be joining her?”

In Susanna’s mind, Tegan and Uriah were inseparable. Wherever one went, the other would follow. Uriah was always the one leading the way.

Stella simply replied, “He won’t be.”.

Susanna was surprised. “Really? Won’t Uriah object to that?”

For years, wherever Uriah went, Tegan was by his side. It was hard to imagine her coming alone.

Before Stella could respond, there was a knock at Susanna’s door. She gripped her phone tightly. “Who is it?”

“It’s time to change my dressing,” Hull’s stern voice came from the other side.

Susanna’s heart skipped a beat. Why did she have to be the one to do this, when his people were around?

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

Prev | Next

Unknown Divorce: Revelation Beyond Time Novel by Miss Lyra (Chapters 361 to 370)

Chapter 361

“Did you run into him again this morning?” Stewart asked, raising an eyebrow as he sipped his coffee.

Charlene sighed, replying, “Yeah.”

Going through the divorce process while running into your ex-husband all the time was a real pain. But since their companies had a partnership, occasional

encounters were unavoidable.

After a busy couple of days back at the office, Charlene found herself tagged in a group message by Quincy on Wednesday morning. Stewart was on a flight to another state, so when Quincy explained the issue, Charlene packed up her things and headed out to Neural Nexus Tech with a team of tech specialists in tow.

This was the first time she was visiting Neural Nexus Tech since Thorne had handed it over to Vesta. As they pulled up to the building, Charlene noticed Dalton Ramirez getting out of his car too. He had an ongoing collaboration with Neural Nexus Tech that hadn’t changed with the change in leadership.

With the switch from Thorne to Vesta, Dalton’s business discussions had a new face, but the business remained the same. As they saw each other, both Charlene and Dalton quickly averted their eyes.

As Charlene, Dalton, and their crew walked into the Neural Nexus Tech building, they immediately spotted Vesta. It appeared she was once again being pursued by a particularly persistent admirer, who was clutching an extravagant bouquet of red roses.

Facing the entrance, Vesta noticed Charlene at the same time. This was the first time Vesta had seen Charlene since learning that Granger Harden had taken an interest in her. Her expression turned icy as soon as she laid eyes on Charlene.

Dalton, noticing Vesta’s discomfort with her suitor, stepped forward, “What’s going on here?”

Charlene wasn’t interested in their drama. She turned her attention back to her team and headed straight for the elevators.

About three minutes later, as they were still waiting for the elevator, Vesta’s voice drifted over, “Thanks for stepping in.”

“No problem,” Dalton replied, concern etched on his face. “Isn’t there building security? Why aren’t they handling this?”

Vesta sighed, “He bribed the security.”

Dalton frowned, “So he can just keep doing this?”

“He won’t,” Vesta replied, her tone calm and assured. “I’ll talk to Thorne about it later. He’ll sort it out.”

Dalton seemed to mull this over, his gaze dropping to the floor before he replied, “Good to hear.”

By the time the elevator arrived, Dalton and Vesta had caught up with Charlene and her team. Everyone filed into the elevator together.

The employees from PrimeStar, who frequently accompanied Charlene to Neural Nexus Tech for work, were well aware of the change in ownership.

Recognizing Vesta, they greeted her warmly, “Ms. Hawkins.”

Previously, when Vesta was the director of a project, she was known as Director Hawkins. Now, as the rightful owner of Neural Nexus Tech, the title had changed to reflect her new position.

Vesta nodded in response, “I appreciate all your hard work on the project.”

PrimeStar’s tech team responded quickly, “It’s our pleasure.”

Vesta was polite and courteous to everyone, which made Charlene’s cold demeanor stand out even more. Dalton noticed Charlene’s frosty silence towards Vesta and pressed his lips together in discomfort.

Although the PrimeStar tech team had accompanied Charlene or Stewart to Neural Nexus Tech several times, they had never directly encountered any tension between Charlene and Vesta. Now, noticing that Charlene was ignoring both Dalton and Vesta, and they were ignoring her in return, it became clear that there might be some underlying issues.

An awkward silence settled in as the elevator ascended, leaving everyone to their thoughts.

Chapter 362

As the elevator dinged softly, signaling Charlene’s arrival at her desired floor, she stepped out without sparing another glance at Vesta and the others. Her mind was already elsewhere, diving straight into the whirlwind of her bustling workday.

Time flew by unnoticed until Charlene, deep in conversation with Quincy, caught a glimpse of familiar figures at the department’s entrance. It was Katie, Georgina, Maureen, and Leah. Quincy noticed them too.

Assuming Charlene didn’t recognize them, he leaned in and whispered, “That’s Mr. Hawkins’s family.”

Charlene merely nodded, her expression indifferent.

Katie and her entourage had spotted Charlene too. Given that PrimeStar Technologies and Neural Nexus Tech were collaborating, it wasn’t a shock for Katie and the others to see her around. Their gazes were cool, barely acknowledging Charlene before they moved on, as if she were a stranger.

Leah, however, seemed rather pleased. Seeing Charlene indirectly working under Vesta gave her a certain smug satisfaction, and Georgina shared in the amusement with a small, knowing smile.

Leah led the group toward Charlene’s desk. They had first visited Neural Nexus Tech the very afternoon Thorne Henderson officially handed it over to Vesta, eager to evaluate the company he had gifted her. By now, everyone at Neural Nexus Tech was familiar with Katie and Maureen’s faces.

As they approached, Quincy set aside his work, greeting them with a polite, “Good afternoon, Katie, Georgina, Mrs. Hawkins.”

Katie and Georgina returned the greeting with warm smiles, feigning interest in the company’s progress. “We heard there were some issues with the autonomous driving system. How’s it being handled?” Katie inquired.

“Pretty smoothly,” Quincy assured. “We should have it sorted by this afternoon.”

Katie nodded, still ignoring Charlene, and said to Quincy, “That’s good to hear. Keep up the good work.”

“Of course, ma’am. It’s our duty,” Quincy replied, about to introduce Charlene when Leah interjected, her eyes fixed on Charlene with a mocking glint.

“I haven’t been at Neural Nexus Tech for long, yet the system’s had multiple hiccups in this short time. I wonder if it’s someone’s incompetence or a lack of dedication that’s requiring all these updates and maintenance,” Leah said, clearly targeting Charlene.

Quincy was momentarily taken aback. He knew Leah wasn’t familiar with their technical work and was about to defend the team when Charlene spoke up, her tone cool and composed.

“If you doubt our competence or commitment, you’re welcome to propose terminating the contract,” she said.

Leah was momentarily at a loss for words. Though she liked to stir things up with her words, she wasn’t ignorant. She knew PrimeStar had become a leading authority in Al within the country. Questioning anything was fair game, but challenging PrimeStar’s technology could risk angering Stewart Ferguson, which would cost Neural Nexus Tech dearly.

She scoffed, “You talk big. Anyone listening might think you run PrimeStar.”

Charlene replied, her voice steady, “Whether I do or don’t, Ms. Spencer, you can draft the breach of contract, and you’ll see if I’m bluffing.”

Chapter 363

If someone defaults without a valid reason, there’s always a penalty to pay.

Charlene wouldn’t mind parting ways with Neural Nexus Tech as long as the compensation for breach of contract was settled.

“You!”

Leah was taken aback and almost retorted.

It wasn’t just about her not having the authority to decide for Neural Nexus Tech; even if she could, breaking ties with PrimeStar would mean crossing Stewart. Everyone knew that both Vesta’s family and others were keen on maintaining a good relationship with Stewart.

Taking such a rash decision would be akin to making an enemy out of Stewart.

This was clear to Georgina, Katie, and the others.

Seeing Leah left speechless by Charlene’s boldness, Georgina felt a twinge of discomfort.

Even Maureen, who had been watching Charlene, seemed to grow colder.

They hadn’t expected anyone to speak so brazenly.

But Maureen wasn’t about to let it get to her. She looked at Charlene with a frosty gaze and said, “You talk a good game, but are you sure your signature holds any legal weight?”

Quincy was shocked to see Charlene going head-to-head with members of the Hawkins and Spencer families.

He worried about things escalating further, so he tried to intervene by gently tugging on Charlene. However, she shrugged him off and stared Maureen down with an even colder look. “Whether my signature holds up legally or not, we can find out. But I’m guessing some people are too afraid to test it.”

Charlene was confident.

Maureen pursed her lips.

Ever since Vesta started dating Thorne, both the Hawkins and Spencer families had been comfortably shielded, rarely facing any confrontations.

Especially not from someone like Charlene.

“What’s going on here?”

Vesta approached, curious about the commotion.

Charlene seized the moment and spoke before anyone else could. “Ms. Spencer here claims that our PrimeStar isn’t competent enough, which is why our team frequently needs to visit Neural Nexus Tech for maintenance. I suggested that if they really believe we’re lacking, they should just terminate the contract. But Ms. Spencer said I couldn’t make decisions for PrimeStar. So, I asked them to draft a breach contract for me to sign, to prove whether I could act on behalf of PrimeStar.”

“And this lady”-Charlene gestured at Maureen-“questioned the legality of my signature. I challenged them to draft that breached contract and see for themselves. It’s funny how they insult us freely but hesitate when asked to back it up. So, Mr. Hawkins, what do you say?”

Vesta pressed her lips together, surprised by the turn of events.

With Charlene laying it out like that, Vesta was almost certain that if the breach contract were drawn up, Charlene’s signature would indeed hold legal standing.

But actually signing such a contract would mean paying hefty penalties and scrambling to find a new partner, which could severely delay their autonomous vehicle launch. That would be a costly setback.

Charlene, noticing Vesta’s hesitation, added, “So, Mr. Hawkins, are you afraid too? You all questioned PrimeStar’s capability, yet when it comes to drafting a contract, everyone’s suddenly silent. What’s the matter? Do you think your status gives you the right to bully others?”

“It’s a minor issue,” Vesta replied coolly. “No need to blow it out of proportion, Ms. Ross.”

“Your cousin insults us at will, and your mother supports her despite knowing she’s in the wrong. Now, Mr. Hawkins, you also know your family’s in the wrong but refuse to apologize, instead accusing us of overreacting…”

Charlene looked straight at her and continued, “I’ve often heard Mr. Hawkins is fair and reasonable. But now it seems neither you nor your family are as understanding as people claim.”

Chapter 364

Maureen and Vesta exchanged glances, their expressions subtly shifting.

Usually, in situations like this, they’d have Leah apologize straight away to prevent any unnecessary drama that might tarnish their image.

However, when Charlene threw out the suggestion of terminating the contract if they doubted her capabilities, both the Hawkins and Spencer families became more focused on whether Charlene could really lead PrimeStar.

Even if Leah was at fault, Maureen and Vesta thought they could always deal with Charlene later and decide on an apology. But this time, being a bit too relaxed about the situation allowed Charlene to steer the narrative in her favor.

The technicians from PrimeStar and the staff from Neural Nexus Tech were oblivious to the ongoing feud between Charlene and the two families. They were outsiders, and Charlene’s signing authority wasn’t their main concern.

From their perspective, whether it was Leah questioning Charlene’s authority at PrimeStar or Maureen dismissing the legality of her signature, it all seemed like the Spencer and Hawkins clans were just covering for Leah.

Clearly, Leah was in the wrong, yet instead of making Leah apologize, the families seemed to gang up on Charlene, applying undue pressure.

Leah wasn’t the most likable person, but Vesta and Maureen, along with Katie, usually came across as well-mannered and reasonable. Honestly, even Quincy and the others were surprised by their behavior today.

Vesta was quick to apologize, “I’m sorry, Ms. Ross. Both my boyfriend Thorne and I value our partnership with PrimeStar. Otherwise, we wouldn’t have chosen to collaborate in the first place.”

“We trust in PrimeStar’s technology. My mother and I are just used to protecting my sister. In our haste, we said some inappropriate things, and that wasn’t our intention. Please, Ms. Ross, don’t take it to heart.”

Mentioning Thorne didn’t seem to faze Charlene.

Charlene replied, “So, what’s your point? Are you suggesting we just let this slide, Ms. Hawkins?”

Vesta knew Charlene wouldn’t back down easily.

She restrained her emotions, trying to sound conciliatory, “What would you consider a sincere gesture, Ms. Ross? Please, feel free to let us know, and we’ll do our best to meet your expectations.”

Charlene simply tossed the ball back into her court. “Figuring out how to show sincerity is your responsibility, Ms. Hawkins.”

Vesta paused, glancing at Charlene, “You’re right, Ms. Ross. Perhaps a dinner to make amends-“

“We’re quite busy, and socializing isn’t part of my agenda,” Charlene cut in, adding, “If you have anything to say, please discuss it directly with Mr. Ferguson.”

With that, she turned away, leaving the Spencer and Hawkins families behind, and got back to work.

Vesta watched her for a moment, then apologized to the rest of the PrimeStar team before leaving with Maureen, Katie, and the others in tow.

As they walked away, Leah couldn’t help but vent, “It was just a minor issue. Charlene’s just upset because her brother-in-law handed the company to you, and now she’s making a big deal out of nothing-“

Vesta and Maureen silently agreed.

Regardless, Charlene managed to force them into an apology and tarnished their image a bit in the process.

It was clear they’d miscalculated today.

Maureen turned to Leah, “You’re not a kid anymore, Leah. Try to think things through before you act.”

Chapter 365

Around noon, Charlene found a moment to talk to Stewart. She said, “We need to shift the focus of this conflict a bit.”

Stewart paused for a moment, then quickly caught on to what she was suggesting. He chuckled, “Got it, I know just what to do.”

Not long after, Stewart received a call from Vesta.

He answered casually.

Vesta started, “I was wondering if Mr. Ferguson is aware of what happened this morning?”

Stewart replied with a smile, “Are you referring to the incident where your family ignored the facts and accused my company of incompetence, claiming that we haven’t been diligent in fulfilling our contractual obligations?”

Vesta apologized, “I’m sorry, Mr. Ferguson. It was my cousin’s mistake, and I-“

Stewart interrupted her, “Furthermore, I heard that after learning the details, Mr. Hawkins accused my employees of overreacting when they defended our company. Is that true? Mr. Hawkins, how do you intend to address this?”

Vesta responded, “Mr. Ferguson, it was indeed our fault. I assure you, I’ll make sure my cousin doesn’t let something like this happen again-“

Stewart listened but then chuckled, “Mr. Hawkins, you must be joking. This issue isn’t just about your cousin.”

“After knowing the details, if Mr. Hawkins believes that my employees were overreacting in defending our company, it suggests that he also thinks our company is incompetent and neglectful in our duties.”

“Ms. Hawkins, your actions have slandered our company and infringed on our reputation. In a partnership, basic respect for the facts is essential, and if that’s lacking, I can’t continue working with someone like you. I expect compensation for the damage to our reputation and a swift termination of our partnership.”

Vesta’s expression shifted.

She had always thought of this as a minor issue, assuming that even if Stewart decided to stand up for Charlene, it wouldn’t amount to much.

She hadn’t anticipated Stewart would bypass Leah and bring the matter directly to her.

She started to speak, “Mr. Ferguson, this matter-“

“I have other matters to attend to. I hope Ms. Hawkins can provide me with a satisfactory response soon.” With that, Stewart ended the call, not giving her a chance to reply.

Then, he called Charlene. “It’s done, and I’ve got the recording.”

Charlene laughed, saying, “Thanks for the effort.”

She had guessed that when Vesta faced Stewart, she’d likely try to resolve the issue quickly by softening her stance. Moreover, she suspected that Vesta would think the issue was mainly Leah’s fault. With Stewart recounting the facts, if Vesta admitted her mistake and apologized, it would indirectly confirm her disregard for the facts and malicious defamation of their partners.

Having the recording gave Charlene and Stewart more leverage in handling the situation.

Stewart remarked, “It wasn’t any trouble at all.”

Then, with a hint of frustration, he added, “Ultimately, this mess is Thorne’s doing. Even knowing we have a partnership with Neural Nexus Tech, he had to give Vesta that company? Out of all his businesses, couldn’t he have picked another one? Why Neural Nexus Tech?”

Thorne’s actions showed no consideration for how this would affect Charlene’s position and feelings when she worked at Neural Nexus Tech in the future.

Charlene understood what he meant, but she remained calm and said nothing.

Chapter 366

Vesta was on the phone while sitting with Maureen, Katie, and the others in a fancy private dining room, waiting for the waiter to bring their food,

When Vesta hung up, her face looked troubled. Maureen noticed and asked, “What’s going on? What did Stewart say?”

Vesta gripped her phone tightly and replied, “Stewart wants to terminate our contract and is demanding we compensate for his company’s reputational damage.”

“What?!”

Maureen, Katie, and Leah were all taken aback.

Leah, visibly upset, burst out, “We’ve already apologized for the whole mess. Didn’t Charlene say to contact that guy, Davis, and sincerely apologize to get this sorted? How did it escalate to contract termination and a demand for compensation?”

Maureen, keeping her cool, quickly deduced, “She did it on purpose.”

Leah was puzzled. “What do you mean?”

Vesta explained, “Charlene wants our two companies to sever ties to slow down the launch of our self-driving cars.”

With numerous companies around the world developing self-driving technology, any delays could significantly affect their product’s future competitiveness.

Ending the contract with PrimeStar meant they’d need to find a new partner, and matching PrimeStar’s tech prowess wouldn’t be easy. Plus, finding a new partner would cost a fortune. Canceling the contract costs money, and finding a new partner costs money. If their self-driving cars become less competitive in the market, the financial loss would be unimaginable.

Leah was stunned, having never imagined the situation could get this dire. Vesta and the others were equally blindsided. Otherwise, they wouldn’t have naively thought a phone call apology, maybe even some cash compensation, would suffice.

Leah slammed her hand on the table, “We can’t let this contract end! Absolutely not!”

Everyone knew that terminating the contract wasn’t ideal. But whether the contract ended or not was no longer in their hands.

Katie, with a serious expression, suggested, “We should find another opportunity to talk to Stewart. We could renegotiate the contract terms, and maybe offer him some compensation. Business is business, he wouldn’t turn down money. Besides, breaking the contract with us means he loses money too. If we can make a compelling offer, he might reconsider.”

Vesta remained silent. It wasn’t that she didn’t want to talk to Stewart; she just wasn’t confident that any offer they made would sway him. Stewart would incur losses by breaking the contract, but the fact that he was willing to do so for Charlene’s sake suggested he cared a lot about her.

Maureen had considered this angle as well. However, she thought it through and said, “This issue is significant, but there’s room to maneuver. Even if PrimeStar sued us to terminate the contract, they might not win.”

Leah’s eyes lit up, “Exactly! If they can’t win, they’ll have no choice but to keep working with us.”

Vesta wasn’t as optimistic. She pointed out, “Lawsuits are

time-consuming and troublesome. Even if they can’t win, they’ll have already slowed us down. And if they do win? By the time we find a new partner, we’d have missed even more opportunities.”

Leah was at a loss for words.

Georgina looked equally grim, “She always seemed like such a pushover, but turns out she’s got a devious mind. We really underestimated her!”

Thorne had always supported their side, having invested far more into both companies than Charlene ever had. Vesta had assumed Charlene was powerless, yet she managed to pull off this unexpected move.

No matter what, avoiding a lawsuit and keeping the contract intact was in their best interest.

With that in mind, Maureen turned to Vesta and said, “Let’s talk this over with Thorne.”

Chapter 367

Vesta had the same thought.

But…

The whole thing started with them.

She always had a good image in Thorne’s mind. If Thorne found out about this mess, would he think that she and her family were bullying Charlene? That could really tarnish the way he saw her.

Maureen understood Vesta’s concerns perfectly.

No one understood the importance of maintaining a good image better than she did.

After all, that’s the secret to keeping a man head over heels for you!

Katie was also well aware that the reason Thorne adored Vesta so much was because she was special and flawless in his eyes.

If this incident reached Thorne, it might indeed affect how he viewed Vesta.

Even if they handled it well, it certainly wasn’t a positive turn of events for Vesta.

She glanced at Leah, speaking in a calm voice, “Leah, you’re not a kid anymore. You really need to be careful with what you say and do from now on.”

Handled poorly, this could be disastrous for their family!

“I, I-” Leah, who initially thought it was just a minor issue, was now scared. She hadn’t been seriously reprimanded like this in ages. Feeling wronged, she had to admit her mistake, “I understand. I’ll be more careful in the future.”

Katie fell silent, her tone conveying the gravity of the situation.

Seeing Katie scold her granddaughter, Georgina felt uneasy. But this all started because of Leah. If it truly affected the future of Neural Nexus Tech’s self-driving cars, the loss would be immeasurable. Compared to that, Leah getting scolded was nothing.

So, despite her discomfort, she didn’t defend Leah.

No matter what, they couldn’t keep this under wraps forever.

If PrimeStar insisted on terminating the contract, Thorne would find out sooner or later.

Vesta understood this, as did Maureen and Katie.

The food had long been served, but none of them touched it. Their appetites had vanished along with their good mood

Vesta clutched her phone, thinking for a moment before taking a deep breath. She left the dining room to call Thorne

Thorne picked up quickly on the other end. “Hello?”

“Thorne,” Vesta said, “we’ve got a bit of a situation here…”

She recapped the events briefly and added, “Charlene’s attitude was a bit aggressive. I couldn’t stand her speaking about my mom like that, and I got swept up in it, which led to this whole situation.”

Thorne listened and then said, “You made a mistake. If this goes to court, they won’t just seek to terminate the contract and claim damages for their company’s reputation. They’ll also demand you pay a penalty fee because, on the surface, it’s your fault that the collaboration can’t continue. Terminating the contract is a loss for PrimeStar as well, and they won’t let that go.”

Vesta was taken aback. “Stewart didn’t mention that on the phone.”

“He did that on purpose. He downplayed the situation to make you think there was room to maneuver so you’d let your guard down. Calling Stewart to admit fault and apologize was the perfect chance for him to trap you.” After a pause, Thorne added, “If I’m not mistaken, Stewart likely recorded your conversation.*

Vesta was stunned, realizing, “So Charlene deliberately set me up to call Stewart? To leave evidence against us?”

Thorne confirmed, “Exactly.”

Vesta pressed her lips together, surprised at how cunning Charlene was. She now realized the situation was far more complicated than she had imagined.

After pondering for a while, she asked, “So, what can we do about this?

Thorne was honest, “I might not be able to fix this. PrimeStar has government backing, and I can’t touch Stewart.”

What about approaching the Ross family?

Though Vesta thought it, she knew better than to voice it aloud. If Thorne didn’t suggest it himself, she couldn’t bring it up.

Would Thorne consider it for her sake even if she kept silent?

They talked a bit more before ending the call.

Back in the dining room, Georgina asked anxiously, “What did Thorne say?”

“He said he’d try to mediate, but he’s not sure he can stop Stewart from wanting to terminate the contract,” Vesta replied.

Maureen was more concerned with something else. “And did Thore say anything about the situation?”

Despite the importance of the self-driving car project, nothing was more crucial than Thome.

Whether Thorne’s feelings for her daughter had changed was the real question.

Maureen didn’t spell it out, but Vesta understood.

Her heart filled with a sweet warmth as she said, “Thorne told me not to worry, that he would help handle things. Not a word of blame.”

Hearing this, Maureen was finally at ease.

Katie and Georgina also breathed a sigh of relief.

Leah brightened up, saying, “I knew it! There’s no way Thorne would stop loving you or blame you over something like this!”

Thome’s love made her happy, of course. But today, Vesta had taken a hit to her pride and her wallet.

Vesta calmly said, “Thorne and I are one thing, but Leah, I don’t want anything like this happening again, okay?”

It was the first time Vesta had ever been this serious.

Leah felt a chill run down her spine and nodded quickly, “I, I understand. I promise I won’t speak out of turn again…”

Chapter 368

That afternoon, Charlene had just returned to PrimeStar Technologies when her phone buzzed with a call from Thorne.

If they broke the contract with Neural Nexus Tech, it would be a massive blow to the company.

The moment Charlene saw Thorne’s name flash on her screen, she knew exactly why he was calling.

She didn’t answer.

Thorne called twice more, and when Charlene still didn’t pick up, he turned to Stewart.

Stewart, well aware of Thorne’s intentions, picked up the call.

Without any pleasantries, he asked, “Mr. Henderson, you’re calling about the Neural Nexus Tech issue, aren’t you?”

Thorne replied, “Yes, Mr. Ferguson, what can we do to resolve this?”

“I’m sorry, Mr. Henderson, but Mr. Hawkins’ actions have crossed a line for me. I can’t compromise on this,” Stewart said coolly. “Is there anything else you need to discuss?”

Thorne pressed, “Is there really no room for negotiation?”

“None,” Stewart confirmed. “I’ll be handling this matter with my legal team. I expect you to respect my company’s employees and not bother them. Otherwise, I’ll have to assume you, like Mr. Hawkins, lack respect for our partnership. That would force me to reconsider our ongoing collaboration.”

Knowing Thorne couldn’t break the deadlock with him, Stewart anticipated he’d turn to Charlene next.

Not that Thorne could do much to Charlene, but if Thorne decided to target the Ross family for the sake of Vesta Hawkins, it would be a disaster.

An unnecessary disaster and one best avoided.

The conversation was a veiled warning to Thorne: steer clear of the Ross family, or risk jeopardizing their mutual projects.

Stewart added, “If our collaboration hits a snag, it could be quite the scandal, Mr. Henderson. I trust you understand my point?”

The word had already spread that The Henderson Group’s project was set to compete with international counterparts.

There was a national buzz, with high expectations placed on The Henderson Group.

PrimeStar was the ideal partner for The Henderson Group’s project.

If Thorne let personal matters with his girlfriend disrupt their cooperation, and word got out, it would be all over the news. The project and The Henderson Group’s image would be tainted with scandal.

This sort of fallout would infringe on the interests of The Henderson Group’s other stakeholders.

With both internal and external pressures mounting, Thorne would face significant losses and stress.

Stewart didn’t lay it all out, but Thorne understood the underlying threat. He chuckled softly, “I understand your point, Mr. Ferguson.”

Stewart knew Thorne grasped the gravity of the situation. He asked icily, “Anything else, Mr. Henderson?”

Thorne replied, “No, that’s all.”

With that, Stewart ended the call abruptly.

As soon as he hung up, Stewart dialed Charlene.

She answered promptly.

“Thorne called me. We just talked,” Stewart informed her, then asked, “Did he try reaching out to you?”

Chapter 369

“He called just a few minutes ago.”

Stewart let out a sarcastic laugh, “Guess he got to you first.”

Vesta reaching out to Thorne for help, potentially stirring up trouble for the Ross family, was something they had anticipated for a while.

Thorne probably figured they’d use the Henderson Group’s tech collaboration with PrimeStar as leverage, so he tried contacting Charlene first, hoping to find a weak spot there.

But Charlene didn’t give him the chance.

So, Thorne turned to him.

The reason Stewart was handling the talks with Thorne was straightforward: on paper, he was the head of PrimeStar, making him the more suitable spokesperson for these discussions.

Thinking about how Thorne tried to manipulate Charlene to help Vesta, assuming Charlene was an easy target, made Stewart both angry and worried for her. He asked, “You doing okay?”

Charlene, calm as ever, replied, “I’m fine.” Then she inquired, “How’s the business trip going? Smooth sailing?”

“Yeah, all good.”

They talked a bit more before hanging up.

The legal team for Neural Nexus Tech was under Moran Albright’s wing.

By the afternoon, Moran had already caught wind of PrimeStar’s decision to terminate their contract with Neural Nexus Tech.

Later that evening, in a private booth…

Upon hearing that Thorne had already spoken with Stewart and that Stewart was firm on terminating the deal with no room for

negotiation, Moran cursed under his breath and echoed Georgina Spencer’s sentiment, “Charlene seems so quiet and unassuming, but man, she’s got some hidden depths.”

He added, “Then again, she did drug you and played innocent afterward, so it’s clear she’s not all sunshine and daisies.”

Granger Harden listened, his lips barely moving, but before he could say anything, Moran jumped in with, “Is there really no way out of this?”

Thorne replied, “Not at the moment.”

Moran sighed, “If Granger and I hadn’t pulled out our shares from Neural Nexus Tech, maybe we could step in and talk to Stewart. It might have been easier.”

But they were no longer shareholders and thus had no authority to intervene in the mess between Neural Nexus Tech and PrimeStar.

Vesta, sitting quietly, glanced at Granger beside Moran. She noticed that Moran was the one doing all the talking and planning on her behalf, while Granger hadn’t said a word. He didn’t seem inclined to help her at all.

Her lips tightened.

With things escalating this far, it seemed like the termination of the contract was inevitable.

Henley Hawkins and Laverne Hawkins were promptly made aware of the situation as it unfolded.

Realizing Thorne and Granger were out of options, Henley said, “I’ll try talking to her later.”

By “her,” he meant Charlene.

Katie Hawkins, with a calm demeanor, added, “I’ll go with you.”

Just as Laverne was about to speak, Vesta interjected, “Don’t bother. It’s pointless. Thorne said if you go after her, she and Stewart will just see it as harassment. It’ll make any legal action even messier.”

The faces around the room-from the Hawkins family to the Spencers-grew even darker at her words.

Chapter 370

Leah Spencer was absolutely flabbergasted.

She never expected that even Thorne’s involvement wouldn’t resolve the issue.

“I just don’t get it,” Leah stammered, “This is clearly just a minor issue. Can they really file a lawsuit and terminate the contract over something so trivial? That can’t be right!”

Vesta chimed in, “I had our lawyer review the original contract between Neural Nexus Tech and PrimeStar. It clearly states that if one party damages the reputation of the other, the injured party has the right to terminate the contract.”

“But, even if this incident did harm their reputation, the impact was minimal-“

Vesta explained, “True, the impact isn’t huge. Normally, in such situations, we’d just need to mitigate the issue’s impact on PrimeStar, offer an apology, and compensate for any losses. But-“

Henley interrupted, “If Vesta had acted immediately upon learning what you said and made sure you apologized, PrimeStar wouldn’t have had any grounds for termination.”

“But instead, Vesta didn’t immediately act to protect PrimeStar’s interest or prompt you to apologize. Instead, when PrimeStar’s employees stood up for their company, she blamed them for overreacting. This gives Stewart a valid reason to terminate the contract if he feels we’ve gone too far and can’t trust us anymore.”

“In business, if someone wants to achieve a particular goal, all they need is a small conflict that they can blow out of proportion.”

Leah protested, “But my cousin did apologize as soon as she realized her mistake!”

“They can still argue that we only apologized because we realized the severe consequences of the contract termination, not out of genuine respect for the facts.”

Leah was at a loss for words.

Henley asked, “Is Stewart really that unwilling to budge?”

If they could persuade either Charlene or Stewart, the crisis could be averted.

Charlene was out of the question, but what about Stewart?

Vesta replied, “He was pretty firm about it on the phone.”

Everyone present understood that Stewart’s insistence on terminating the contract was largely due to Charlene.

If they could somehow convince Stewart…

But how could they persuade him? They had no leverage.

Even Thorne couldn’t sway Stewart.

The contract termination was a serious blow to Neural Nexus Tech. Despite Stewart’s firm stance, Vesta decided to give it another shot.

That night, Vesta called Stewart again.

He didn’t pick up.

Undeterred, she showed up at PrimeStar first thing the next morning to wait for Stewart.

When Charlene arrived at the office, she spotted Vesta waiting downstairs.

Their eyes met.

Vesta’s expression hardened, her fists clenching in frustration.

This time, she had underestimated her opponent.

Next time-

Charlene ignored her, turning on her heel to enter the elevator.

Shortly after Charlene stepped into the elevator, Gaylord Hearst arrived at the office and also noticed Vesta waiting outside.

He’d heard about the incident at Neural Nexus Tech the previous day.

However, the news about PrimeStar’s intention to terminate the contract hadn’t spread within the company, and only Charlene and Stewart were aware of it.

So, Gaylord was unaware of PrimeStar’s firm stance on the contract termination.

He quickly averted his gaze from Vesta and continued toward the elevator. But before he could reach it, Vesta called out to him, “Gaylord.”

He stopped and turned to face her, “What’s up?”

“I’m here to speak with Mr. Ferguson. Is he coming to PrimeStar today?”

“Mr. Ferguson is on a business trip and won’t be in the office today,” Gaylord replied.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe


Prev | Next

Rebirth vs. Rebirth Tragedy to Triumph by Violeta and Zelena [[Chapters 231, to 240]] – Daisy Novels 

Chapter 231

All eyes in the classroom turned towards the door, where Lucy appeared.

Zelena was the first to greet her. “Lucy, what brings you here?”

There were only two people in the class who were members of the dance club, Zelena and Hattie. Zelena thought without a second thought that Lucy had come to find her.

Lucy walked into the classroom under the gaze of everyone present.

Violeta had been standing in the middle of the classroom. Now that Zelena’s matter was resolved, she continued walking towards the back row.

Unexpectedly, Lucy suddenly called out from behind. “Violeta.”

Huh?

The students in the class were all very surprised.

Zelena was also taken aback. Could it be that Lucy didn’t come to see her but to find Violeta?

Impossible…

Violeta turned, her gaze steady. “What’s up?”

Lucy hesitated for a moment before speaking. “Are you free this Saturday?”

“Why?” Violeta asked.

Lucy was direct. “I’d like to invite you to my birthday party this Saturday.”

Everyone was taken aback.

A second later, the entire class buzzed with astonishment.

“I can’t believe it. Lucy personally came to invite Violeta to her birthday party?”

“Who was it that said Violeta wasn’t worthy of an invitation before? Now Lucy came in person.”

“This is unbelievable.”

Zelena’s expression froze.

Hattie frowned, finding it all quite unbelievable. Why would Lucy personally come to invite Violeta?

They told everyone about Lucy’s birthday party through the club announcement, so why the special treatment for Violeta?

Violeta looked puzzled and surprised.

She hadn’t expected Lucy to invite her personally, considering they were not friends.

Sure, Lucy’s birthday party might be a “high-end party” at school, but honestly, Violeta wasn’t feeling it at all.

She didn’t want to attend this so-called “high-end party.” Besides, if she did go, it would only be fun if she went with close friends. Even if Violeta agreed to go with her, it would definitely be awkward tomorrow.

She wasn’t the type to willingly put herself in an uncomfortable situation just for appearances.

“Sorry, I’m busy tomorrow.”

Everyone was taken aback, again.

With that, Violeta turned away and continued towards the back row, showing she meant it.

Lucy was left standing there, taken aback. She had expected Violeta might say no, but she didn’t think Violeta would flat-out refuse without a second thought.

Accompanying Lucy was Casey.

Seeing this unfold, Casey stepped up beside Lucy and called out to Violeta’s retreating figure, “Hey Violeta, Lucy came over herself to invite you. You’re not showing much appreciation!

“So many people at school want to go but can’t. She gives you a face, but you don’t want it. What are you so proud of?”

Casey couldn’t stand Violeta’s indifferent attitude, but she felt helpless.

Violeta turned to glance at her. “You’re asking me what I’m proud of? Hmph! Having Lucy come to invite me personally-isn’t that something to be proud of? Stop asking such brainless questions in the future.”

Casey retorted, “You! Who are you calling brainless?”

Violeta mocked, “Who’s brainless? It’s you.”

Casey’s face flushed with anger, about to retort, but Lucy pulled her back.

“Forget it. Let’s go,” Lucy said.

Casey felt embarrassed, and Lucy felt the same.

The two left the classroom.

Violeta headed to the back row and left the classroom with Kaylee.

Zelena and Hattie looked very upset.

They had been boasting in class for a long time about how they were going to Lucy’s birthday party, and they were so proud of it.

They had mocked Violeta earlier for not being able to go, but now the tables had turned so quickly!

Lucy actually came to the class personally to invite Violeta, and got rejected!

What was going on?

Hattie felt very unfair about it. If she had known from the beginning, she would never have boasted with Zelena about Lucy’s birthday party.

Violeta left the classroom with Kaylee.

Kaylee, puzzled, asked Violeta, “Vio, why didn’t you go to Lucy’s birthday party?”

Violeta replied, “People who go to Lucy’s birthday party are all connected to her. We’re not on good terms and going might just cause more trouble. And Lucy probably didn’t genuinely want to invite me. She must have had other motives.”

Even before Lucy’s birthday party rumors started spreading at school, she had gone to invite Jasper.

But from Jasper’s attitude back then, it seemed he wasn’t interested and didn’t want to go.

So when Lucy came to invite Violeta, maybe she had ulterior motives, trying to get Violeta to attend the party. If Violeta agreed, maybe Jasper and his friends would also end up coming along.

Violeta disliked being schemed against.

If she and Lucy were close, she might help her out this time.

But she didn’t get along with Lucy, so why should she do what she wanted?

Kaylee nodded. “Yeah, not going is probably for the best.”

Soon, word spread around the school that Violeta had turned down Lucy’s birthday party invitation.

Chapter 232

People had mixed opinions. Some said Violeta didn’t know how to appreciate goodwill, while others supported her, saying she wouldn’t compromise for small benefits.

But after this incident, Lucy and Violeta’s relationship really hit a breaking point.

Lucy had invited Violeta, but her refusal definitely made their bad relationship worse.

At four o’clock in the afternoon, at the tennis court.

The tennis place just got some new gear, and they tossed out the old stuff.

Everyone heard about Violeta turning down Lucy’s birthday bash and cheered her on.

The tennis club’s rich kids were all over the place, but they couldn’t stand the dance crew, so they did not feel Lucy’s fancy party vibe at all.

“Violeta, way to go rejecting Lucy. People might think she’s some big shot or something.”

“Yeah, she’s not my cup of tea.”

Violeta just gave them a smirk and headed off to warm up on the court.

After she finished, she spotted Hayden and his crew rolling up.

Violeta went over and chatted with them for a bit. Suddenly, her phone rang with an electronic tone- it was Irene calling.

“Hello, Mom.”

Irene’s gentle voice came through, “Vio, come home earlier today. We’re going out for dinner tonight.”

Just as Violeta answered the phone.

Meanwhile, Zoren peeled an orange and said, “Do you guys know? Elle is flying back today.”

Liam replied, “She’s back today? I heard she was going to retire from the front line a while back.”

Jasper chuckled. “Looks like Hade’s family will need an extra table for the New Year party this year.”

Hayden sat nearby and remarked, “She’s changing careers this time. She’s back.”

Zoren asked, “Huh? Switching careers, to what? Is she leaving the military?”

Hayden replied, “I think she’s going to be a news anchor. She’s already got the position.”

The Cohens only had this one daughter. Rumor had it that she got injured on her last mission, so she was back in Quinston to recuperate. Plus, she was getting on in years, so it was time for her to settle down.

Hayden knew a bit more insider info than the rest of them.

In short, when Elaine came back, she’d probably be the news anchor for the military channel.

After their chat, Violeta happened to finish her call.

“I can’t train today. I need to head home early,” Violeta said as she bent down to pack up her tennis racket.

“It seems like one of my dad’s old army buddy’s daughters is back. We’re having dinner together tonight.”

Zoren said, “Oh, you mean Elle.”

Violeta was taken aback. “Yeah, it turns out you know about her too.”

Liam said, “We were just talking about her earlier.”

Jasper remarked, “Hade said she’s probably gonna be a news anchor this time she’s back.”

Violeta’s movements froze slightly.

Hayden really hit the nail on the head.

From Violeta’s memories of her past life, Elaine did indeed become a news anchor later on.

Didn’t expect Hayden to know so much.

“Okay, I’m off. See you tomorrow, no wait, it should be next week.”

Violeta waved to them with her tennis racket on her back, then briskly left the tennis court and headed straight out of school.

Hayden glanced at Violeta’s departing figure, watching her graceful silhouette fade into the distance. He slowly withdrew his gaze and said to them, “I’m heading out too.”

They came over to check out the workers installing the new gear.

Hayden didn’t really have to come, but he just wanted to catch a glimpse of Violeta. Now that she was gone, he didn’t feel like sticking around.

***

After Violeta got back home to the Whites residence, she changed clothes and joined them for dinner.

They headed to Summit Hotel where Anton had booked a private room, waiting for the Cohens to arrive.

When old friends met, they didn’t bother with formalities. So after Anton gave them the private room number, he waited inside.

Violeta sat next to Irene, with Niall on her right.

She noticed Niall seemed lost in thought and called out, “Hey.”

Niall didn’t hear her.

“Niall.”

“Huh?”

Niall snapped out of it and turned to Violeta. “What’s wrong?”

Violeta smiled gently, “What’s got you zoning out?”

Niall’s eyelashes twitched slightly as he sighed softly. “Well, maybe it’s been so long since we last met. I wonder how she’s changed now.”

Violeta nodded. “Yeah, I heard you and Elle grew up together, right?”

Niall and Elaine were almost the same age, with less than a year between them. Niall was born in early winter, while Elaine was born in the long heat of

They were about the same age and attended the same school from elementary to high school.

Later on, Niall studied business management while Elaine went to a military academy.

Elaine had a good personality. When she was younger, she kept her hair short like a boy. They were mischievous together, forming a close bond.

It wasn’t until middle school when Elaine had her first period that Niall truly realised she was a girl.

In their memories, back in the hot summer of their senior year in high school, evening classes ran late. Irene would remind Niall to walk Elaine home because she was a girl.

They’d grab ice pops together, and then he’d walked Elaine home.

As they got close to her place, Elaine stood under a streetlight with a half-eaten ice pop in her mouth, asking Niall which school he wanted to go to.

Chapter 233

Niall’s probably gonna study something in finance, maybe even go abroad for it.

Elaine blinked and said, “I’m heading to military school.”

“Got it.”

That meant they’d be splitting up.

But Niall didn’t overthink it then. Where he studied didn’t really matter. They’d still see each other again in the future anyway.

Elaine waved her hand at him and said, “Go on back. I should be going too.

“Wait.”

Elaine pulled out the ice cream stick from her mouth and handed it to Niall.

It had “Bright Future” written on it.

That year, it was trendy to engrave messages on ice cream sticks, like opening a blind box. After finishing the ice cream, you could see a blessing carved on the stick.

Niall took the ice cream stick, hearing Elaine’s clear voice beside him.

“Well, here’s to bright futures for both of us.”

Many years passed after that.

After finishing college, Niall returned to Hoiten, while Elaine went to the border. They never saw each other again.

The two words stuck in Niall’s memory.

End of the reminiscence.

Niall couldn’t help but say to Violeta, “Memories from youth, as you grow older, your mind tend to beautify it. It’s strange. Back when we played together, I didn’t think she was all that great, but now that we’re apart, I can’t help but miss her.”

The person who wasn’t particularly good, now became the best option in Niall’s heart.

Violeta smiled in understanding at Niall’s words.

Five minutes later, there was a commotion outside the private room door as the waiter brought the Cohens.

The door to the private room swung open, and everyone promptly stood to welcome them.

Walking in from outside were two remarkably dignified individuals. David Cohen wore a grey executive jacket, while his wife, in a beige coat, radiated a gentle charm.

“Hey, David, you’re here.”

“Anton!”

Anton chuckled as he moved around the chair to embrace David.

Beside David, Patricia Harris smiled and greeted Irene. “Irene.”

“Irene.”

“Patricia, you’re finally here. Let’s start with introductions. This is Vio. Niall, greet them.

Niall stepped forward. “Ms. Harris, Mr. Cohen.”

Patricia nodded at him. “Niall, it’s been a while.”

Then her gaze fell on Violeta, her smile unwavering. “Ah, so this is the girl you mentioned earlier. It’s great to have her back. She looks just like you did when you were young.”

Violeta’s eyes twinkled. “Hello, Ms. Harris, Mr. Cohen.”

David also spotted Violeta and clapped his hands together. “Oh, I forgot to bring a gift for our first meeting with the young lady.”

Anton said, “Hey, no need to be formal with us. Have a seat first. Oh, by the way, where’s Elle? Why isn’t she here yet?”

Patricia replied, “Elle just landed. Her flight was a bit delayed, so she’s on her way here in a taxi. It might take another ten minutes or so. We decided to come ahead so you wouldn’t have to wait too long.”

Irene said, “Got it. No worries, let’s sit down and put our order first.”

The group took their seats, and the atmosphere in the private room was lively and harmonious.

“After your daughter came back, you’ve been keeping her hidden like a treasure! Now seeing her, she truly is a treasure!”

“Hahaha…

“Where is she studying?”

“Toland University.”

“Toland University, that’s excellent!”

Irene boasted. “Vio got in through her own efforts, impressive, isn’t it? Haha.”

As they continued chatting, Patricia’s phone rang- it was a call from Elaine.

“She’s already downstairs at the hotel but isn’t sure which floor we’re on,” Patricia explained.

“I’ll go get her,” she added.

Irene intervened, saying, “No need, Patricia. Niall, why don’t you and Vio go together to pick up Elle?”

Violeta agreed with a nod. “Sure.”

The two of them left the private room and headed to the elevator to meet Elaine.

The elevator swiftly reached the ground floor.

Violeta and Niall exited together and entered the hotel lobby. There, they spotted a poised short- haired woman standing by the entrance. She wore a black wool coat and sported a tidy, short haircut that accentuated her confident demeanor. Her

appearance exuded a commanding presence typical of an elegant and mature lady.

Despite the bustling hotel entrance, Violeta immediately spotted her amidst the crowd.

Niall caught sight of Elaine right away.

She was focused on her phone, standing tall and elegant, a striking figure.

“Elaine.”

At the sound of her name, Elaine turned around.

Her expression froze momentarily, then she smiled at them and walked over gracefully, saying, “Niall, it’s been a while.”

Niall pointed to Violeta beside him. “This is my younger sister, Violeta.”

Elaine replied, “Ah, I know. My mom told me when I came back. Hello there, Vio.”

“Hello, Elle,” Violeta greeted.

“Let’s go upstairs first. Our parents are waiting upstairs,” Niall said.

“Sure.”

Chapter 234

Three of them entered the elevator together.

Elaine put away his phone and spoke to them inside the elevator.

“How have things been for you these past few years?”

“Pretty good. How about you? Heard you got injured.”

“Just a minor injury. My parents kept urging me to come back after so many years away. I also wanted to return, after all, home is here.”

The main reason, of course, was that Elaine was almost thirty years old. As an unmarried woman, her parents had long begun urging her to marry.

Unable to avoid it any longer, Elaine had no choice but to return.

“You can’t escape, Elaine,” remarked Niall.

“You’re not any better, Niall,” Elaine replied.

Violeta stood between Niall and Elaine.

The elevator doors in front reflected like a mirror. Violeta glanced up and subtly took a step back.

The two teased each other in the elevator, the atmosphere was light and harmonious. They were a perfect match.

Upon returning to the private room together, Irene and Anton warmly greeted Elaine with hugs before settling down to eat together.

Naturally, they chatted at the dinner table about the unmarried duo.

Both Patricia and Irene felt a headache coming on because of these two children of theirs.

Elaine heard that they had introduced Niall to many women before, but none had worked out. She teased, “Oh, I didn’t realize Mr. White has such high standards. After years of studying abroad, did you find a foreign girl who caught your eye? Have your tastes become more selective?”

Niall replied, “Oh yes, exactly. Anyway, someone like you is not my type.”

Irene tapped Niall’s hand with her fork. “What are you saying? Focus on eating and keep quiet.”

“Pff.”

Violeta burst into laughter.

It was evident their bond was strong. Despite the years passed, they remained close.

After finishing dinner that night, the two families parted ways at the hotel entrance.

Once inside the car, Irene asked Violeta, “Vio, what do you think of Elle?”

“She’s alright. She has a pretty good personality,” Violeta replied.

Having served in the military for so many years, Elaine’s character and integrity were unquestionably outstanding-a woman of high quality without any doubt.

Irene added, “I agree. Elle has been like a daughter to me. She’s had a good personality since childhood. After returning from the military, she settled down in Quinston. You two should hang out more often and have fun together.”

“Sounds good.”

In mid-month, the long-prepared championship began.

Jasper led the team to compete and brought back several gold medals.

The school publicly nominated and praised the tennis club at the commendation assembly on Monday. A customized banner was presented for the tennis club members to receive on stage.

Jasper asked Violeta to go up and accept the banner and also took a photo with the principal for the school’s archives.

The photo was to be kept at the school, ensuring that every incoming class could see it. Such an honor wasn’t common among regular students.

Zelena observed Violeta on stage, feeling a deep sense of concern.

She believed Violeta’s life path, though different from the previous one, was generally on track. Slowly, Violeta was becoming more remarkable and dazzling.

Can she …

Can she attain the same level of success in this lifetime as she did in the previous one?

Zelena lowered her head, concealing the resentment in her eyes.

No, she was determined not to let Violeta achieve her goals.

If Violeta were to succeed again in this life, what would be the point of her rebirth?

That jerk ruined my chances at the college competition finals. I must get revenge!

Originally, Zelena had hoped to use this opportunity to cherish her remaining time with Nolan at school and improve his opinion of her.

However, with Violeta’s increasing popularity at school, Zelena realized she needed to prepare herself for the event in multiple ways!

Two weeks later.

The counselor announced an important message in class.

“Everyone, there will be no classes next week. The school is organizing a three-day tour to the Old Town, and you can choose to sign up voluntarily.”

“The Old Town?”

“Do we stay overnight in the Old Town?”

“Is it free, sir?”

“If we decide not to go, can we go home instead?”

Many questions were raised.

Violeta and Kaylee in the back row looked up at the front.

The counselor continued, “It’s not free, but our class expenses will cover it from our previous funds. Accommodation and transportation costs are arranged by the school. You can eat at the guesthouse, but if you spend separately, it comes. out of our class funds.

Zelena thought for a moment. It seemed that this semester, there was one last major event, a joint activity between Toland University and Heritage Old Town. The main goal was to promote

traditional crafts like puppetry and local specialties.

This event was driven by the tourism bureau, which invested heavily in renovating Heritage Old Town to boost tourism.

The school gladly approved the event and entrusted it to the student council to manage.

“We’re not forcing everyone to go. You can skip it if you want. If you decide not to go, the school will grant a three-day break, and you can choose to go home.”

Chapter 235

Various departments of the school were heading out on separate trips.

The Performance Department had set their schedule for next week.

Over the next two days, after counting the number of people who want to go, they could set off next week.

Following class discussions, many students eagerly signed up, though a few prefer staying home.

Overall, most students are willing to join in the fun together.

After counting the numbers, they chose someone to lead and coordinate with the student council.

“You can volunteer if you’re interested. If no one steps forward, I’ll take charge of organizing the group.”

Quietly from the back, Kaylee remarked, “Who would want to take on the lead? It’s so exhausting. What if the students don’t listen and something goes wrong? Who could handle that responsibility?”

“I bet Zelena might be willing…”

Before the words had even finished, Zelena in the front row immediately volunteered by raising her hand.

Kaylee said, “See, I knew it! Zelena indeed wanted to step up.”

However, what surprised everyone was that…

After Zelena raised her hand, she surprised everyone by saying, “I believe Violeta would be a great fit to lead our class. Violeta has strong leadership skills. She led her squad effectively

during military training and has the highest expertise in our class. She’ll surely excel as a leader.”

Violeta was puzzled.

Kaylee remarked, “Wow, is she serious?”

The class was aware of the strained relationship between Zelena and Violeta.

No one expected Zelena to recommend Violeta as the leader!

The counselor nodded after hearing Zelena’s words. “Indeed, I also think highly of Violeta. Violeta, what are your thoughts?”

Violeta tried to decline, saying, “I’m afraid I’m not suitable.”

Zelena immediately interjected, “How can you say you’re not suitable? If you can’t do it, who in the class dares to say they’re better than you?”

With these lofty remarks, Violeta was thrust into a high position from which it would be hard to retreat.

Violeta’s academic achievements truly ranked first in the class, unmatched by anyone.

Violeta’s academic performance indeed ranked first in the class without question. No one could surpass her.

Now that Zelena had recommended Violeta, it provided the counselor with a clear reason to choose Violeta as the leader.

“Violeta, you don’t need to refuse again. This time, you’ll be the team leader.”

“Okay.”

Seeing Violeta agree, the counselor was pleased. He immediately handed over the class funds to Violeta and instructed her to use them wisely.

The class funds were collected at the beginning of the school year. A significant portion had been spent on previous activities, but Zelena had also

contributed last semester. Therefore, there was still a surplus from last semester, totaling nearly 900- dollars.

Nine hundred dollars might not sound like much, but it was also not insignificant.

There were few rich second-generation students like Zelena and Hattie. The average college student’s monthly living expenses were only two to three hundred dollars, so this amount was almost enough for them to live for two months.

Handing this money over to Violeta signified a trust placed in her.

If this money were to go missing, Violeta’s credibility within the class would certainly take a major hit!

In the afternoon, after their physical education class, three classmates, who were not going to the Old Town, discussed with the counselor to get their share of the class funds from Violeta.

“Violeta, Mr. Ecton let us come to collect the money.”

The three of them together amounted to 90 dollars. It was the counselor who sent them, so Violeta didn’t say anything. She led them to the locker room where the money was stored.

Unexpectedly, when they reached the locker, opened it, and looked inside, they discovered that all the class funds in the bag were gone!

Violeta’s expression briefly faltered as she searched through the bag’s compartments, but found nothing.

Noticing something amiss, Kaylee approached quietly and asked, “Vio, what’s wrong?”

Violeta calmly responded, “The class funds are gone.”

Kaylee’s eyes widened in disbelief. “How could this happen?”

Violeta remained composed.

But Kaylee was utterly shocked. Being an ordinary student, she could fully grasp the emotions tied to losing 900 dollars if it were in her possession.

The other three waiting nearby, noticing Violeta’s delay in retrieving the money, approached and asked, “How much longer do we have to wait?”

“What’s happening? Are you unwilling to give it to us?”

“Mr. Ecton told us to come to get it. Are you saying you can’t give it to us?”

Violeta placed the bag inside the locker and calmly said to them, “Yes, I can’t give it to you. The class funds have been stolen.”

The three of them were shocked.

They were shocked.

“What!?”

One of them shouted loudly, “Everyone, come over! Violeta lost the class funds! Our money is gone!”

At this moment, after finishing their physical education class, everyone was changing clothes. Upon hearing this shout, all eyes turned towards them.

“What? Our money is gone?!”

“What’s going on? Does this mean we can’t go to the Old Town?”

“Violeta is unreliable. She was given the class funds this morning, and now in the afternoon, the money’s gone. Could she have used it herself?”

“Is the class fund really gone? What do we do now?”

Though not a large sum, everyone’s money was pooled together. Losing the class fund would definitely stir up anger among the students.

Chapter 236

Facing their questioning, Violeta could only say, “I didn’t touch the class funds. They got stolen, but I’ll try to get them back.”

“Get them back? How are you gonna do that? It’s cash, and who knows when it disappeared. Someone could’ve already spent it!”

“Yeah, this is messed up. Should’ve skipped today. Could’ve grabbed my share this morning, then we wouldn’t have lost the class funds in the afternoon.”

“Violeta, you’re gonna take full responsibility for this!”

“If we can’t recover the class funds, you’ll have to cover it with your own money.”

Everyone was buzzing with chatter.

In a corner, Zelena, changing quietly, smirked slightly.

The drama’s started!

Soon, someone informed the counselor about what had happened.

The counselor hadn’t seen this coming. He had trusted Violeta, so why did this happen right after handing her the money in the afternoon?

But he didn’t suspect Violeta of using the money herself, especially because she wasn’t short of it.

It seemed more likely that someone had stolen it.

“We’ll need to search the entire girls’ changing room. Did anyone leave during your physical education class earlier?”

“Yes,” Gillian eagerly interjected, “I remember Kaylee went out!”

Kaylee widened her eyes. “I went to the restroom. I also saw Zelena and Candy go out together! Why didn’t you mention that?”

There were no surveillance cameras in the girls’ changing room, making it difficult to determine who stole the money.

At most, they could only check the hallway surveillance, but even that wouldn’t prove since many people passed through the hallways.

Zelena stepped forward and said, “I have nothing to hide. I wouldn’t stoop to stealing 900 dollars. You can check my locker first.”

Seeing Zelena so proactive Violeta remained calm, but her brow was slightly furrowed.

Nine hundred dollars wasn’t a lot, it wasn’t a small amount either.

Besides, stealing money was a serious matter.

The counselor would definitely thoroughly investigate the girls’ changing room.

Zelena, unafraid of it, insisted on being checked first.

Accommodating her request, the counselor walked directly to Zelena, opened her locker, and began the inspection.

There wasn’t much in the locker, so it would have been easy to find 900 dollars.

After searching through it once, they didn’t find the money.

The counselor said, “It’s not here.”

Zelena crossed her arms. Her tone carried a hint of disdain as she said, “Nine hundred dollars wouldn’t even buy me a hair accessory.”

The counselor pursed their lips and looked at everyone. “Please take out your lockers and bags. If we can’t find the class funds, we’ll have to report it to the police. If anyone knows anything that could help, you can tell me privately. If a student has gone astray but is willing to turn back, I won’t hold it against them.”

The counselor tried to persuade them.

But everyone remained unmoved at the scene.

Thus, they had no option but to proceed with searching the lockers.

Violeta stood silently nearby.

Quietly, Kaylee said to Violeta, “Vio, think again about where you might have lost the money.”

Violeta responded, “It was always in my bag. It hasn’t left my side except when I came to PE class.”

Kaylee said, “Indeed, besides the changing room, there’s nowhere else it could be. We’ll have to search and find out who stole it.”

Violeta quietly waited for the results of the search.

Twenty minutes passed.

The counselor approached Kaylee’s locker. “Kaylee, please take out your things.”

“Sure,” Kaylee replied.

Kaylee took her bag out of the locker, but as soon as she removed it, several red banknotes fell out, scattering on the floor.

What?

Everyone in the changing room was stunned.

Kaylee was bewildered.

What’s going on?

How could there be so much money in my bag?

Just then, Gillian rushed over and tugged at Kaylee’s bag. After a quick peek inside, she exclaimed, “Wow! Mr. Ecton, there’s money all over-easily several thousand!”

Taking the bag, Gillian scooped up a handful of hundred-dollar bills.

Though she didn’t count, it was clear to anyone that there was probably 800 or 900 dollars. And most importantly, inside her bag was the white envelope the counselor had given Violeta earlier for the class funds.

The counselor frowned. “Kaylee, how do you explain this? Why do you have so much money in your bag?”

Kaylee panicked, “I don’t know… How did the money end up in my bag?”

She turned to Violeta, “Vio, I really don’t know.”

Kaylee had no reason to steal class funds, and it seemed unbelievable that she would boldly stash money in her own bag, even keeping the white envelope intact.

So Violeta trusted her.

But what good was Violeta’s trust when everyone was watching and they found the money in Kaylee’s bag? It was like catching her in the act.

People around started gossiping right away.

“My goodness, they found the class funds in Kaylee’s bag. Did she really steal it?”

“She was playing innocent just now. If they don’t find the money now, she’ll never admit it.”

Chapter 237

“He really has bad character!”

“Kaylee stole the money. It’s clear-cut, she was caught in the act. What more is there to say?”

Candy chimed in, “Yes, it’s outrageous. The worst part is she’s still close with Violeta. Stealing from her own good friend-so shameless! Is she trying to harm Violeta?”

Violeta remained silent.

Kaylee immediately shook her head, “I didn’t steal the money. I have no idea why it was in my bag.”

Violeta glanced down briefly, then looked up at Zelena standing in the corner.

Zelena smirked at Violeta.

It was like she was saying to Violeta, “Didn’t expect that, huh? You got Kaylee to mess with me before, and now this is payback for her.”

The counselor frowned. “Kaylee, you’ve got to explain this to me! Otherwise, I’ll have to report this to the school for serious consequences!”

Kaylee was at a loss for how to prove she was innocent.

Her mind was a mess.

“I swear I didn’t steal that money. And even if I did, why would I be dumb enough to stash it in my own bag? I’m not that stupid.”

Gillian interrupted her, “Why wouldn’t it make sense? You’re close to Violeta. She wouldn’t think you’d do it, so maybe you saw a chance and took it!”

People nearby chimed in one after another.

“Exactly, why is this impossible? Betraying friends isn’t exactly rare these days.”

“Kaylee, you’ve been caught red-handed. What more can you argue about? Mr. Ecton, her attitude stinks. Let’s report this straight to the school and teach her a lesson!”

“This is unbelievable. How did our class end up with someone like Kaylee?”

At this moment, Violeta, who had been silent all along, finally spoke up. She looked at the counselor and said, “I believe Kaylee didn’t steal the money.”

The counselor replied, “Violeta, I know you’re close with Kaylee, but she was caught in the act. Don’t let your friendship cloud your judgment. I’ll report this matter to the school for serious action. Such incidents at Toland University are highly unacceptable!”

Toland University’s education was highly rigorous, with integrity and self-reliance as part of its motto.

Such petty theft incidents would definitely draw the school’s attention. It was predictable that Kaylee’s punishment would likely be stricter than Casey’s punishment during the Moon Festival.

Kaylee might face a major disciplinary record or even suspension from classes.

Kaylee was freaking out inside but didn’t know how to defend herself.

Violeta said, “I’ve got proof that Kaylee didn’t steal anything.”

Everyone looked at her.

Zelena frowned.

How could she still have something up her sleeve?

“What is it?” the counselor asked.

Violeta calmly explained, “I sprinkled highlighter around the edge of the envelope earlier.”

What?

“What does that mean?”

Violeta explained, “Before class when I was changing clothes, I was worried about the class funds being unsafe in my bag. So, I lightly dusted the edge of the envelope with a highlighter. Anyone who opened the envelope would leave traces of gold shimmer on their fingertips.”

The highlighter was the gold color in an eyeshadow palette used for highlighting the face.

A light touch of it on a white envelope wasn’t obvious at all, especially to someone rushing and not paying attention to details like that.

“The highlighter would stick to their fingertips. Just check Kaylee’s fingertips for any shimmer.”

“Why didn’t you bring this up earlier?”

Why didn’t she bring it up earlier?

Of course, because searching took time. If she had mentioned it earlier, someone might have washed away the gold powder in the chaos.

That was why Violeta kept quiet.

Violeta said, “I think we should have everyone raise their hands now and check one by one.”

The counselor nodded. “You’re right.”

“Alright, everyone, hands up now!”

In the corner, Zelena was taken aback, completely surprised that Violeta had this trick up her sleeve!

She glanced down at her fingertips.

Without looking closely, she hadn’t noticed, but there was indeed a faint shimmer of gold powder. In dim light, it was hard to see, but under good lighting, the glittery trace was quite noticeable.

That was the unique thing about highlighter!

Damn.!!!

I never expected Violeta to be so cunning.

Now Kaylee’s suspicion could be completely cleared.

Since there was no highlighter powder on her hands, the money found in her bag must have been planted by someone else.

Kaylee looked gratefully at Violeta, her eyes slightly turning red.

“Vio, if you hadn’t pulled that move, I’d be in deep trouble.”

Violeta gave her a smile. “It’s okay. You didn’t do it, so no one can accuse you.”

She had suspected all along that this was another one of Zelena’s schemes!

Chapter 238

Back in class, Zelena randomly picked her to be the team leader. She must have had some sneaky plan behind it.

Zelena loved being in the spotlight, but this time, she gave the chance to Violeta instead. There was definitely something in it for her.

If Zelena didn’t have some scheme up her sleeve, she wouldn’t have been so nice to push Violeta to take the role.

Even though Violeta wasn’t interested in leading, she was curious about Zelena’s next move. So, she went along with it to see what Zelena was plotting.

Violeta figured Zelena might mess with the class funds, so she marked the envelope where the money was stored.

Now, she was ready to see how Zelena planned to get away with it!

Everyone had their hands up for inspection one by one, so it was really obvious when someone didn’t.

“Zelena, why aren’t you raising your hand?”

The counselor noticed Zelena wasn’t participating.

Zelena’s expression changed slightly. “Mr. Ecton, does this method even work? It seems kind of silly.”

The counselor said, “Kaylee didn’t take the money, so this is a serious case of someone setting her up. We need to figure this out. Violeta was smart to leave a clue. Are you not raising your hand because you’ve touched the highlighted envelope?”

Zelena felt a pang of anxiety, but she kept her cool.

“Nah, I’m just skeptical if this method will work,” she said calmly.

People nearby heard her and started to grumble.

“Exactly, raising our hands makes us feel like we’re guilty. None of us took anything, so why are we being treated like suspects?”

“It’ll be embarrassing if they don’t find anything after all this.”

The counselor heard everyone grumbling and clapped his hands. “Okay, okay, let’s stop complaining. We won’t know what we’ll find until we check. Since we’re all here now, we might as well do it. Zelena, raise your hand quickly.”

Zelena blinked nervously and slowly raised her hand.

But just as she was lifting her hand slowly, suddenly the sprinkler in the changing room started pouring rain.

Splish, splash, splash.

“Argh!”

“What’s going on?”

“Why’s it spraying water?”

Everyone exclaimed and shielded their heads.

Seizing the opportunity, Zelena swiftly rinsed her fingers under the water, washing away the highlighted gold dust.

Seeing this, Violeta hurried over and grabbed Zelena’s hand.

Zelena’s gaze turned sharp. “What are you doing?”

Violeta replied coldly, “Why did you wash your fingers? You washed away all the shimmer!”

“I didn’t! Don’t make false accusations,” Zelena snapped back.

“I saw you washing your fingers with my own eyes!” Violeta insisted.

The two argued heatedly in the mist-filled changing room.

The counselor went outside and operated the

external shower valve. He discovered that someone had triggered the outside switch, causing the shower to start inside.

After turning off the switch, the shower inside stopped.

By then, everyone was soaked because the shower stuff was supposed to detect smoke and act like a fire alarm.

But it wasn’t clear if someone accidentally triggered the switch, making the shower start unexpectedly.

Everyone ended up soaked, including the counselor.

Seeing Violeta and Zelena still arguing, the counselor stepped in and separated them. “Okay, okay! Enough arguing.”

“Violeta, I’m going to keep looking into this matter. Zelena, let me see your hand,” the counselor said.

Zelena, who had already rinsed off the highlight, reluctantly showed her fingers to the counselor.

“No highlight.”

“She washed off the highlight with water just now!” Violeta protested.

She had thought there wouldn’t be any surprises, but unexpected things still happened.

Whoever messed with the outside shower valve was definitely trying to help Zelena.

Violeta lowered her gaze, ran her fingers through her wet hair, and stared at Zelena. “Zelena, karma’s real. You lucked out this time, but next time might not be so lucky!”

Zelena acted innocent, saying, “Violeta, unless you’ve got proof, don’t accuse me. I showed Mr. Ecton my fingers to check for the highlight, just like you asked. Why do you suspect me? The money wasn’t even with me, it was in Kaylee’s bag.”

Kaylee chimed in, “I was the first to check my hands for any highlight. And if I actually stole the money, why would I keep it in my bag? That would be like confessing.”

Zelena smirked, “How am I supposed to know what you’re thinking?”

Seeing they were about to argue again, the counselor couldn’t take it anymore and interrupted.

“Okay, okay! Enough arguing. Everyone, go change your clothes. If you don’t have any, go to the office and borrow a hairdryer to dry your hair. We don’t want anyone catching a cold.”

“Let’s wrap it up for now!”

The changing room was soaked and the school’s janitorial staff would need to clean it up.

Overall, it was a frustrating day!

But at least the class funds were recovered.

If the money had been lost, the counselor would have had a hard time explaining this mess.

Chapter 239

Everyone left.

The counselor pulled Violeta aside to ask her about what happened earlier.

Violeta said, “I saw Zelena rubbing her fingers with water. She’s the main suspect!”

The counselor looked serious. It wasn’t that he didn’t believe Violeta, but he didn’t want to rush to conclusions.

After all, without clear evidence, the counselor knew jumping to conclusions could upset Zelena and cause other issues.

The counselor sighed inwardly again.

Being an employee isn’t easy.

Was the sprinkler valve really set off by accident?

If the sprinklers hadn’t gone off, Zelena would definitely be in trouble.

“Okay, since the class funds weren’t stolen, today’s incident should be a warning for them. You can go now.”

Violeta pressed her lips together.

Kaylee asked, “Are we just going to let this slide?” The counselor sighed, “What do you expect me to do?”

“Let’s go.”

Violeta calmly left the office.

Kaylee walked out with Violeta.

She vented, “It’s unfair. Zelena was obviously suspicious. Letting it slide like this will just boost their confidence, and they’ll push even harder next time.”

Violeta understood where the counselor was coming from. After all, he wasn’t the principal who could call all the shots at the school.

The counselor was under pressure, but it was natural to want to protect oneself in situations like this.

“It’s normal for the counselor to play it safe. After all, we have no evidence, and the sprinkler valve wouldn’t go off for no reason. Someone must be helping them from outside.”

“What should we do then?”

Violeta thought for a moment. “Let’s go, first check the surveillance cameras in the hallway.”

Somewhere else, on the school rooftop.

Hattie leaned against the wall, smoking. Standing nearby were Zelena and Benson.

“That was close.”

Zelena breathed a sigh of relief. “Luckily Benson happened to pass by, or we would’ve been caught.”

Hattie rolled her eyes. “You would’ve been caught, not we.”

Hearing Hattie’s words, Zelena instantly became displeased and retorted, “Hattie, you gave me the keys to Violeta and Kaylee’s lockers. You’re part of this plan as well. If I get caught, it won’t just be me facing consequences.”

“Hmph!” Hattie scoffed coldly.

Indeed, Hattie did have a part in this matter.

She managed to get hold of the spare key for the girls’ locker room, so Zelena was able to open Violeta’s locker door. Without being able to open the locker, how else could she have gotten the money?

They just never anticipated Violeta to be so cautious.

She had even applied a highlighter to the envelope containing the money in advance.

During their confrontation in the locker room earlier, Hattie quickly sent a message to Benson from her phone.

After finishing their PE class, the boys’ locker room was directly opposite the girls’ locker room, though not adjacent, but very close.

Upon seeing the text message from Hattie, Benson found a way to trigger the sprinkler valve outside using a cigarette butt.

That was why the sprinklers in the girls’ locker room went off.

If it weren’t for Benson working with them, Zelena would have definitely been caught this time.

Zelena was in trouble now. They were bound to start checking the locker keys, so Hattie wouldn’t get away either.

Anyway, their plan this time had failed.

Benson said, “Hattie, you shouldn’t cause more trouble. Violeta’s use of the highlighter on the envelope shows she’s always been suspicious of you. I helped you out today, but what if I hadn’t been there? What would you guys have done?”

Hattie grumbled, “So what if they catch me? Punishment? Huh, that’s just a scare tactic for regular students. Does that work for me? And don’t forget, the Ridges donates big bucks to Toland University every year. If they mess with me, who’s gonna fix their gym next semester?”

Zelena furrowed her brow.

While the Blakes weren’t the chancellor at Toland University, since she was studying here alone, her parents had managed to influence some of the school leaders.

Even if the truth came out, the school would likely try to minimize the situation, making a big deal into a small one.

But the main issue was that this incident could tarnish their image.

Zelena cared deeply about her image.

Previously, during the college competition, the incident of campus violence in which she was involved was exposed. Despite quick PR fixes, Zelena’s reputation at Toland University still took a hit.

She treated a few administrators of the school forum to dinners for a week, asking them to help delete posts and gradually lessen the impact of the incident on campus.

However, while she could delete posts on the school forum, there were still many discussions about her campus violence on Twitter.

If anyone wanted to dig up her dark past in the future, they’d definitely find it there.

Zelena was super stressed out. Every day, she tried her best to report those criticizing her on Twitter, but her efforts felt tiny like ants trying to move a tree.

That was why she couldn’t stand Violeta.

Even though there was no proof, she was convinced this whole thing had something to do with Violeta.

“Violeta was the biggest beneficiary in the previous college competition, Benson. Hattie got tricked by those club people during the competition, didn’t even snag second place, and got teased by Evelyn and the other girls. Even though the club won’t admit they were bribed, do you really think Violeta is innocent? She’s up to no good behind the scenes, too!”

Chapter 240

Not mentioning this matter was fine, but once it was brought up, Hattie was furious beyond measure.

Violeta was the biggest beneficiary of the college competition. If it wasn’t her doing, Hattie couldn’t imagine who else it could be.

“Dammit! This despicable woman! She’s infuriating me.”

Hattie had hoped to make a name for herself through the college competition, but now everything was ruined.

She angrily said to Benson, “It’s not that I want to cause trouble for Violeta, it’s just that she doesn’t want me to have an easy life. I must make her drop out of school!”

Benson frowned, just about to speak up.

Hattie kept going, “Remember how we got bullied in Harbor City? Being too nice doesn’t cut it with these folks-they only mess with the weak and back down from the tough ones. Anyway, Violeta and I have issues now, she’s my enemy. If she tries to get into showbiz later, she’s gonna be my competitor for sure.

“Instead of letting her compete with me in the entertainment industry later on, it’s better to deal with her now and eliminate any future troubles!” Zelena lowered her eyelashes, hiding the hint of malice and calculation in her eyes.

Perfect, let the rivalry brew.

The bigger the beef between Hattie and Violeta, the better.

Violeta went with Kaylee to investigate the surveillance footage outside the changing room corridor.

After watching it once, everything seemed totally normal.

It was just a bunch of guys walking down the hallway together.

Kaylee said, “Looks pretty normal, huh, Vio? Do you spot anything weird? Could it really be that Zelena’s just incredibly lucky, with even the universe on her side?”

Violeta stared at the screen showing several guys walking past, and she zoomed in on one of the guys’ faces with the mouse.

She spotted Benson among them.

The more she looked, the more something felt off.

She replayed the surveillance footage and finally spotted something off.

“Where did Benson’s cigarette disappear to?” “Huh?”

Violeta pointed to where Benson first showed up on the footage with a cigarette in his mouth. “He was smoking in the smoking area at first, and hadn’t even finished it, but when he turned around, the cigarette was gone. Where did it go?”

Kaylee stared at the monitor, eyes wide as she had a sudden realization.

“Oh, where did his cigarette go?”

Violeta and Kaylee hurried down the hallway to search for the cigarette.

Finally, Violeta found a cigarette butt in the second-floor emergency exit.

Everything clicked into place right then.

The surveillance footage kept playing over and over in Violeta’s mind.

“Benson walked out of the guys’ changing room, lit a cigarette facing away from the camera. Then, while he turned to the side, he flicked the cigarette butt up onto the ceiling sprinkler trigger. The smoke set off the sprinkler, and then he dropped the butt on the floor and kicked it into the secure passage.

Everything looked normal like nothing happened.”

“Oh my!”

Kaylee exclaimed. “Damn! So, does that mean Benson is helping Zelena?”

Violeta replied, “He’s not helping Zelena, he’s helping Hattie.”

Hattie definitely had a hand in this!

That’s right.

Hattie had to be in on it.

How did Zelena get the keys to the locker room cabinets?

If no one helped her, there was no way Zelena could’ve pulled off so much in such a short time by herself.

The only thing Violeta didn’t anticipate was that she hadn’t considered Benson in her calculations.

For Benson to come up with using a cigarette butt to trigger the sprinkler in such a short time meant he wasn’t dumb.

Kaylee crouched down and picked up the cigarette butt, puzzled. “But can such a small cigarette butt really set off the sprinkler?”

Violeta explained calmly, “Usually, smoking wouldn’t trigger the sprinkler, but the cigarette was so close it touched the sensor, setting off the automatic water release.”

The school’s sprinklers were super sensitive, which was important in case of a fire.

Besides, it wasn’t a smoking area. Who would have thought that there would be other smoke here besides fire?

“Anyway, let’s go.”

Violeta turned to leave.

Kaylee picked up the cigarette butt, stood, and caught up with Violeta, asking, “Shouldn’t we go talk to the counselor?”

Violeta glanced sideways and said, “Benson won’t admit he set off the sprinkler with the cigarette butt. Even if he did, he’d probably claim it was an accident. Plus, the Ridge family is chancellor at Toland University and they donate hundreds of thousands every year. The school won’t risk losing that over a measly 900 dollars.”

Even though the Whites were also the chancellor at Toland University, was it really worth causing such a big rift between two chancellors over just 900 dollars?

Besides, the Whites and the Ridges have a good relationship.

Overall, making a big deal out of this small amount of money wasn’t worth it.

Plus, Benson had stayed neutral for a long time, almost making Violeta forget that Hattie had someone like him as a helper.

He was someone you shouldn’t underestimate.

It’s because Benson’s aim was to come back and challenge Liam for the family fortune.

Illegitimate kids… None of them are simple.

The following day.

Once at school, everyone hopped on a big bus together and headed off to Heritage Old Town.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe


Prev | Next

Rebirth vs. Rebirth Tragedy to Triumph by Violeta and Zelena [[Chapters 221, to 230]] – Daisy Novels 

Chapter 221

After careful consideration, Zelena suspected that Kaylee had used the information to bait her earlier, and it was highly likely that it was under Violeta’s instructions!

At the time, Zelena was too shocked by Kaylee’s possession of the incriminating material and

worried about the consequences, leading her to act impulsively.

However, the involvement of the hacker puzzled her.

What about Six the Hacker?

Was the hacker also bought off by Violeta?

How did that woman wield such power?

Hattie interrupted her thoughts, “Have you dealt with that girl named Shirley?”

Zelena replied, “I already confronted her. She’s left Quinston. I can’t find her, but if she dares to return, I’ll make her pay!”

Hattie leaned against the couch and said, “Since we’re friends, let me give you a tip.”

Zelena’s expression changed.

“What?”

Hattie didn’t want Zelena to fall so quickly. They were still publicly known as friends at school, and Hattie suspected Violeta’s involvement in this incident.

She needed Zelena to counter Violeta.

Therefore, Zelena was still useful.

“Tell me, what’s the tip?” Zelena asked.

Hattie smirked. “This incident isn’t a big deal. The reason it’s trending is because someone is buying traffic behind the scenes.”

She grabbed a piece of paper from the coffee table, tore it in half, and placed it beside her diamond hairpin.

“Which do you think is more attention-grabbing, a piece of scrap paper or my hairpin?”

Zelena understood immediately.

Hattie was suggesting she divert attention from her scandal by creating a bigger one.

“I get it,” Zelena said.

Hattie patted Zelena’s shoulder. “I’ve given you the method. It’s up to you now. I need to go compete. Good luck.”

With that, Hattie left the lounge.

Having grown up around Hannah, Hattie knew many public relations tactics.

Who said the public’s eyes were discerning?

If you covered them, they wouldn’t see anything.

Zelena watched Hattie leave, her eyes narrowing.

She knew Hattie had ulterior motives for helping her.

Zelena had previously bribed the club to have Hattie’s team throw the finals, but now she was disqualified.

She wouldn’t let her money go to waste.

If she couldn’t win the championship, neither could Hattie.

Zelena called the club. Having learned of her disqualification, the entertainment department

asked, “Ms. Reid, about your previous instructions…

“Proceed as planned,” Zelena said coldly. “Make her lose.”

“Alright.”

“Click …

The call ended.

Hattie Ridge believed she was cleverly manipulating the situation, but she might be unaware of being manipulated herself.

The true winner remained hidden.

Creating a distraction to overshadow her scandal wasn’t difficult for Zelena.

Zelena was confident about that.

In her past life, her obsession with Violeta led her to closely follow entertainment news.

Her keen eye for entertainment news meant she had a vast mental library of past scandals that had shaken the social media landscape.

From on-set affairs to other sensational stories, these were far juicier than her own predicament.

Weren’t these more attention-grabbing than her scandal?

Zelena smiled, quickly searching her mind for relevant gossip from this period, then casually found the phone number of an entertainment magazine online and called to tip them off.

At the live broadcast venue.

Violeta’s team took the stage, facing Evelyn’s team.

This was their second match. Violeta was glad they had made it through the revival round, but she wouldn’t give up the championship.

Both teams smiled at each other before sitting down at their computers.

As the match began, MLSS officially announced the disqualification, and the online comments gradually returned to normal.

“Ah, I love both teams.”

“I don’t want Violeta to lose! Go, Violeta! Go, The, Mighty Dragons!”

The two most outstanding female captains of this year’s high school competition met again. Who would win?

Hattie sat calmly below the stage.

This time, Evelyn was cautious, not daring to slack off.

But Violeta was relaxed, playing with ease.

The economic gap between the two sides was small, waiting for a big play to see who would drop points.

Finally, nearly twenty-five minutes into the match, Violeta took the initiative and killed the opponent’s marksman during a team fight.

The opposing marksman was shocked. She had been very careful but was still killed.

How did Violeta predict her movement?

Her game sense was incredible!!

With the marksman dead, the team fight erupted. The opponents couldn’t resist and tried to retreat, but it was too late.

They were wiped out.

Evelyn frowned, watching helplessly as the opposing team pushed the tower all the way to their base until their fountain was destroyed……

Chapter 222

Sometimes, the outcome of a match can be decided by a single-team fight.

Evelyn couldn’t help but sigh.

“Ah…”

The marksman, who had been caught out, apologized profusely. “Evelyn … I’m sorry.”

Evelyn smiled at her. “It’s alright. A loss is a loss. If we’re not first, we still have second place.”

Their original goal was to defeat Hattie.

Losing to Violeta again left them a bit disappointed, but as Violeta had said before, losing to a strong opponent is not a shame.

The announcer declared, “The match is over!

“The first winner is ‘The Mighty Dragons!”

According to the new rules, the first winner would have to wait for the second and third teams to compete before the championship was decided.

If Evelyn’s team won against Hattie’s, they would secure second place.

If Hattie lost, Violeta, having previously defeated Evelyn, would be the undisputed champion.

If Hattie won, she would face Violeta in a final match to determine the champion.

Therefore, the match between Evelyn and Hattie was crucial.

The Mighty Dragons won once again.

As they left the stage, Violeta and Evelyn shared a hug.

“Congratulations on your win,” Evelyn said.

Violeta smiled. “Good luck in your next match.”

Backstage, the marksman who had been targeted by Violeta approached her, curious.

“Violeta, can you tell me how you knew I would go that way?”

She hadn’t revealed her position, so how did Violeta know?

Violeta turned and calmly explained, “I’ve studied your data, past matches, and gameplay videos. You’re skilled with marksman, but you have a weakness, as you always go for the buff after the third dragon.

“Your habit is your biggest flaw.”

Violeta had thoroughly researched all the players, not underestimating anyone.

That was why losing to her wasn’t shameful.

The marksman sighed. “Well, I understand now.”

Violeta nodded. “I hope you defeat Flame Vanguard.”

Defeating Hattie had been Evelyn’s team’s goal, so they would undoubtedly give it their all.

However, the second match was destined to be their victory.

Because …

Zelena, the ultimate troublemaker, was at play.

In other words, “The Spring Blossom” was already guaranteed second place in this competition!

After the first match, there was a ten-minute break.

Violeta returned to the lounge and checked her phone. During the twenty-minute match, Zelena had contacted a gossip outlet for damage control.

The top trending topic on Facebook has been replaced.

Instead, it was revealed that two members of a veteran-man band were gay, while the third was interested in women but unable to perform.

This veteran-man band was comparable to the top stars of the ’80s and ’90s, and the news caused a huge stir online.

Additionally, MLSS officials, not wanting to be dragged down by Zelena, were deliberately suppressing her trending topic.

Therefore, the news about Zelena quickly faded.

The rapid decline in popularity was within Violeta’s expectations.

She hadn’t expected this incident alone to bring Zelena down.

Her goal was to ensure that even if Zelena became famous in the future, a simple internet search would reveal her past scandals and malicious nature!

This would become a permanent stain on her record.

Having achieved her goal, Violeta was satisfied.

A message from Kaylee popped up on WhatsApp. “Vio, Zelena is getting hammered on Facebook, haha. We won a great victory!”

Violeta replied, “Are you still here? Let’s have dinner together tonight.”

“Sure!”

Kaylee readily agreed.

The second match soon began.

Due to Zelena’s interference, Hattie’s team encountered various mishaps. The jungle started without a buff. Their jungle was invaded without vision …

Hattie was frustrated and on the verge of losing her temper several times, but she managed to restrain herself in front of the camera.

She hadn’t forgotten they were live, and throwing a tantrum would make her infamous like Zelena.

Although her teammates were deliberately underperforming, they couldn’t be too obvious. They feigned competitiveness through several team fights, ultimately losing to “The Spring Blossom” after thirty minutes.

Hattie’s inner volcano erupted, glaring at her teammates.

Soon, the host asked the teams to shake hands and hug…

Chapter 223

Evelyn repeated back to Hattie exactly what Hattie had said to her before, right in her ear.

Hattie was so furious, that she was grinding her teeth. She stormed off the stage before the host had even finished speaking.

The comment section was full of people calling Hattie a sore loser. saving she couldn’t take defeat.

Previously, when “The Spring Blossom” lost, Evelyn had been very gracious, completely unlike how Hattie was acting now.

Hattie had originally thought that after defeating “The Spring Blossom,” she could then take down Violeta on stage.

That way, she would be the undisputed number one!

But who would’ve thought she wouldn’t even come in second place!

Suspecting the problem lay with her team, Hattie went back to the locker room and immediately called the club, demanding a full refund.

The club played dumb and passed the buck, but they made it clear there was no way she was getting a refund.

And so, the MLSS College Competition came to a successful conclusion.

That night, fireworks and the theme song lit up the sky above the stadium, celebrating the winning teams of the competition.

Violeta was on stage, soaking in the cheers and glory from the crowd.

Meanwhile, Zelena stood in a dark corner below, clenching her fists in anger as she watched the shining figure above her.

When Violeta raised her hand, her loose sleeve fell back, revealing an emerald bracelet on her wrist.

Zelena’s eyes widened in shock as she clearly saw the emerald bracelet on Violeta’s wrist. She glanced at her own bracelet, and from the luster and quality, it was obvious Violeta’s bracelet was indeed an emerald!

How was it possible? How could that bitch actually be wearing a real emerald bracelet?

Zelena turned and left the stadium in a rage.

The next day, Violeta’s bracelet gained various levels of attention on Facebook and the school forum.

Some people even saw her bracelet during a livestream and wanted to buy the same one.

When they took the picture to a jeweler, experts immediately identified Violeta’s bracelet as an emerald, not agate or glass.

It was a genuine emerald!

Not only was it impossible to find an identical bracelet, but even if one could be found, it would cost at least 4 million dollars.

The sources for acquiring such a bracelet were far from ordinary, and even at auctions, pieces of such high quality were extremely rare.

A screenshot of this expert consultation went viral without Violeta needing to say a word, the rumors Zelena had spread about her bracelet being glass were debunked.

The girls Zelena had previously mocked proudly shared the screenshot in class for several days, subtly ridiculing Zelena for not recognizing real value.

Zelena felt utterly humiliated, and her hatred only grew deeper.

Violeta and Kaylee were plotting against her using Shirley’s situation, and there was also the hacker Six.

Zelena was not going to let this go. She initially planned to find another hacker on the black market to unmask Six.

But then she discovered something unexpected!

The black market had already put a bounty on Six!

Zelena was stunned when she saw the wanted notice. Six was a wanted criminal!

Zelena had no idea that Six became a wanted person because of her. But since Six was now a fugitive and the black market was collecting tips about Six’s whereabouts with a reward, Zelena saw her chance for revenge.

Even though she didn’t need the money, she was willing to provide information out of spite.

So, she contacted someone on the black market and gave them Six’s WhatsApp number.

The black market had been struggling to find any leads on Six. They had dispatched top-tier hackers worldwide to investigate, but they hadn’t found a single trace.

Think about it. The wanted notice had been out for so long.

The fact that they hadn’t found any leads was seriously damaging the black market’s reputation!

Zelena’s tip came as a much-needed relief, and they quickly assigned people to investigate the

WhatsApp number, eventually tracing the IP to Quinston in Hoiten.

Two days later, word about Lucy’s birthday party at the dance club spread.

She had invited everyone from the dance club to her villa for the party, including Zelena and Hattie.

Lucy wanted Jasper to attend her birthday party as well, but she had a feeling he wouldn’t come, which made her quite frustrated.

After the college competition, the game company signed a contract with Violeta for further shoots of game promotional posters and a music video.

They even showed great sincerity by waiting until Violeta finished the semester, and scheduling the shoot for winter break.

However, Zelena’s reputation took a significant hit due to this incident, and her standing at school was no longer as perfect as before.

Violeta, on the other hand, gained a lot of online fame from the competition and solidified her image as a gamer girl.

The collaboration with the game company was just the icing on the cake, making others envious!

Lucy’s birthday party, also known as the Toland University Socialite Gathering, promised valuable connections and benefits to anyone invited, whether they were true socialites or not.

Chapter 224

Since Lucy’s party included not only heiresses but also many wealthy second-generation kids, attending it guaranteed a worthwhile experience.

Being invited to Lucy’s birthday party was an unspoken honor, so Zelena and Hattie started bragging about it early in class.

“What are you doing, Hattie?” asked Candy.

“Picking out clothes,” Hattie replied.

“Hattie, you have so many clothes that you never wear the same thing twice. You still need to pick out clothes?” Gillian chimed in.

“Yes, I’m going to Lucy’s birthday party,” Hattie said.

“Wow! Really? I heard from seniors that you can meet many important people at that party. They even serve champagne that costs six figures per bottle! I wish I could go just to see it,” Candy exclaimed.

“Ugh, if I had known, I would have joined the dance club too,” Gillian sighed.

Everyone in the dance club was invited to the birthday party without any restrictions.

Not all dance club members were wealthy, so even ordinary people could get a glimpse of high society.

Hattie spent class time picking out clothes, selecting them, and buying many outfits.

“Hattie, how do you decide what to buy?” Gillian teased.

“I stop when my eyes get tired,” Hattie replied.

The others fell silent at her show of wealth.

News of Zelena and Hattie attending Lucy’s birthday party quickly spread through the class, making many classmates envious.

Besides the dance club members, only those from influential families in Mapleton received invitations.

In their class, only Zelena and Hattie got invited, giving them plenty to boast about.

“Actually, I was supposed to go home that day, but Lucy invited me so warmly that I had no choice but to go to the birthday party. Finding a gift was such a headache. I had no idea what to get,” Hattie bragged.

“It feels like our school needs a Hall of Fame, haha,” someone joked.

“Yeah, everyone who gets invited will be in it!”

“Unlike some people who didn’t get invited at all, I’m not naming names.’

“Money isn’t the issue, haha. Why weren’t they invited? So funny, especially since they were flaunting that Jour 24 outfit before!”

The front-row girls kept mocking and bursting into sharp laughter.

Kaylee covered her ears.

“So noisy. Vio, let’s go to the library. Who cares about that stupid birthday party anyway!”

“Okay,” Violeta agreed.

Violeta had been working on her computer, completely ignoring the girls in the front row.

She closed her laptop and left the classroom with Kaylee to go to the library.

After the competition, Violeta had been trying to handle the black market’s bounty on her.

It wasn’t a huge problem, but it was still a persistent risk.

She knew Zelena would leak her secondary WhatsApp number, leading the black market to trace her location.

Although pinpointing her exact IP would take time, she needed to address it quickly to avoid unnecessary complications.

Meanwhile, at the dance club, Casey noticed Lucy seemed down lately like she had something on her mind.

“Lucy, you don’t seem happy recently,” Casey observed.

“Yeah, I’m worried about whether Jasper will come to my birthday party,” Lucy admitted.

… He should come, right?” Casey tried to reassure her.

“I don’t know. From what I know about him, I can’t be sure he’ll come,” Lucy said, still uncertain.

Casey knew that Lucy still hadn’t given up on Jasper.

After all, he was her first love, and Jasper definitely had the charm of a rogue.

She heard there was going to be a pool party at the birthday bash that night….

“Lucy, if you invite Jasper alone, he might not come. But if you invite his close friends too, he might be more inclined to join,” Casey suggested.

Lucy glanced at Casey, thinking she was too naive.

Among Jasper’s four friends, Zoren was the most likely to attend parties, followed by Jasper, and then Liam.

The hardest to invite was Hayden.

If she couldn’t get Jasper to come, how could she expect to get the others?

Casey pondered for a moment. “Actually, if you want them all to come, there’s someone who might be able to influence them.”

“Who?” Lucy asked.

“Violeta.”

Even though Casey didn’t like Violeta and even found her quite annoying, she had to admit the truth: Violeta had the ability to bring Jasper and his friends together.

They had always thought Violeta got along well with the group because she was Jasper’s girlfriend.

But after Jasper clarified that they weren’t dating, they realized Violeta’s bond with them wasn’t based on that relationship.

No matter how much they disliked admitting it, Violeta was the first woman in years to integrate into Jasper’s group.

Whether it was being in the same club or during the recently concluded college competition, Violeta was always surrounded by those four guys.

Chapter 225

Violeta was the only exception over the years, and she might be the only way in.

“If you want to convince Jasper to come, you might have to invite Violeta. If she goes, there’s a good chance all four of them will come,” Casey suggested.

Lucy pressed her lips together.

She didn’t like Violeta.

Maybe it was because Violeta’s mentor, Grace, was a rival to her own teacher.

Or maybe it was because Violeta had managed to do what no other woman could: forcefully join the group of four guys and become the exception.

Ultimately, it might just be that Lucy was jealous of Violeta.

This jealousy prevented them from becoming friends, making them enemies instead.

But Lucy would never admit to being jealous of Violeta.

The idea of inviting Violeta to her birthday party was something Lucy just couldn’t bring herself to do.

She thought about it some more…

“Is there no other way?” Lucy asked.

“If you want Jasper to come, besides asking Violeta, the only other option would be Hayden,” Casey replied.

Lucy fell silent.

That was out of the question.

Hayden was so aloof that she couldn’t bring herself to approach him.

If she upset Hayden, it would be a big problem, and even her grandfather would have questions for her.

“Let me think about it some more,” Lucy said.

“Alright,” Casey agreed.

After a whole afternoon of work, Violeta finally found a lead.

She had traced an IP address to a bar called The Neon Bar on Southridge Avenue.

Without wasting any time, she decided to head out.

As she closed her laptop, she felt a sense of relief, as if she had just resolved a huge problem.

However, the moment she closed her laptop, she nearly spit out her coffee when she saw a man sitting across from her.

“…. Cough, cough…’

Violeta choked but managed to swallow her coffee.

“Hayden, when did you sit down in front of me?”

Hayden glanced at the small piece of paper in front of her, covered in several IP addresses Violeta had jotted down earlier.

She quickly snatched the paper away.

“I came to the library to borrow a dictionary. I saw you here and decided to come over. I haven’t been here long,” Hayden replied.

“Oh, okay.”

“I noticed you were writing down an address. Are you planning to go somewhere?” Hayden inquired.

Violeta stayed silent.

So Hayden had seen it after all.

Pushing a strand of hair behind her ear, Violeta replied, “I was just jotting down random stuff. Don’t take it seriously.”

Did Hayden have such good eyesight that he could read what was on her paper?

Violeta wanted to handle the black market issue on her own, without anyone else knowing. If Hayden discovered what she was up to, it would make things even more complicated.

There was an anxious feeling about having her secret discovered.

If too many people knew a secret, it wasn’t a secret anymore.

“I’m heading out. Kay’s waiting for me.”

“Alright,” Hayden responded softly.

Violeta packed her laptop into her tote bag and left.

After leaving the library, she went straight to the cafeteria.

She had dinner with Kaylee and then left Toland University for the day.

Back at the White residence, Violeta told a lie, saying she was going out with Zoren and the others.

Since she often went out in the evenings, Irene and Anton didn’t suspect anything and just reminded her to be back by ten.

She took a cab to The Neon Bar.

Although she had the exact address, the bar was located in a maze of alleyways.

The cab couldn’t drive in, so she had to get out and walk.

The old alleyways, decades old, had no streetlights. Violeta walked alone, the only sound being her footsteps.

At the end of the alley, a sign came into view.

It reads, “The Neon Bar.”

“Found it,” she muttered.

The bar’s entrance looked like something from a nightclub in the last century-very old and emitted a cheap incense smell.

Violeta pushed the door open and stepped inside.

The interior was decorated like a nightclub from the last century, complete with music that had a crackling, vintage sound.

A quick glance revealed no customers, but behind the bar was a middle-aged man with long hair, smoking a cigarette, and wiping his glasses.

“Sorry, we’re closed.”

“But it’s only eight o’clock.”

Seriously, what bar closes at eight?

Violeta stepped up to the bar. The man never looked directly at her. His eyes were fixed on the glass he was cleaning. The cigarette in his mouth bobbed with his words, dropping ash silently.

“We don’t serve customers.”

“Oh? Why not?”

“Why ask? Don’t you understand human language?”

The man was getting annoyed, his narrow eyes glaring through his hair.

Violeta sat on a high stool at the bar, resting her chin on one hand, her gaze indifferent.

She smiled and said slowly, “I understand, just not yours.”

The man fell silent.

The implication was clear: she was saying he wasn’t speaking like a human, so she couldn’t understand.

His irritation showed as he slammed the glass down on the bar.

Violeta quickly interjected, “Hey, hey, be careful. It’d be a shame to break a fine hexagonal crystal glass like that.”

Chapter 226

As Violeta spoke, her gaze swept around the room, spotting a staircase on the right leading to the second floor. “They’re upstairs, aren’t they?” she asked.

The man froze, his eyes losing their previous dismissiveness. Now he was scrutinizing her, his hand moving subtly towards an alarm button under the table. At the slightest hint of trouble, he would alert the people upstairs.

“Who exactly are you?!”

“No need to be so tense.”

The black market’s vast information network was controlled by five people.

They were spread across the globe and only met once every two years.

The data they held maintained a delicate balance of power worldwide. Their separation ensured they couldn’t all be captured at once.

The server for the Eye of Heaven information database was secured with three keys.

Every two years, these keys were handed over to the next set of guardians, with the five taking turns safeguarding them.

Today was the day they met to transfer the keys.

The location of this meeting was highly confidential, never to be leaked.

Who exactly was this woman?

She didn’t seem like a regular bar patron.

Violeta tapped her fingers on the table, her tone intriguing. “Why don’t you take a guess at who I am?”

The man’s internal alarm bells rang loudly, and his gaze towards Violeta turned murderous.

“I don’t like guessing games. I don’t care who you are. You’re about to become a dead woman

As he finished speaking, the man drew a gun equipped with a silencer from his waist and aimed it at Violeta.

At such close range, he almost didn’t need to aim to hit her.

However, Violeta moved faster.

The man froze mid-action, not even having time to pull the trigger before he felt a cold sensation on his neck.

Glancing down, he saw a small utility knife blade embedded in his throat.

A wave of intense pain swept over him.

Violeta effortlessly took the gun from his hand and toyed with it, saying, “Don’t move, don’t pull it out, or you’ll start bleeding everywhere. You wouldn’t want to make a mess here, would you?”

The utility knife blade was extremely sharp. Violeta had been careful to avoid any critical spots, ensuring he wouldn’t die unless he pulled it out.

She tucked the gun behind her and glanced at her watch. Time was running out.

“I’m heading upstairs. I advise you not to pull it out. You’ll die if you do.”

With that, she quickly ran up the stairs, taking two steps at a time.

Reaching the second floor, she found only one room.

She knocked politely and introduced herself at the door, “Hello everyone, I’m coming in.”

She opened the door and walked in calmly.

Inside were five men seated around a table with six glasses on it. Violeta scanned the room and smiled.

The five middle-aged men looked at her in shock and dismay.

Only one of them was a local from Hoiten, so she didn’t worry about being misunderstood.

“Gentlemen, time is short, so I’ll get straight to the point.

“I am the Six you’ve been looking for.”

The room fell into stunned silence.

“What?”

They looked at each other, confused about what was happening.

How did this woman get upstairs?

The one man who understood Sinotian was visibly shocked by Violeta’s words.

“What do you want?” he asked.

“Peaceful coexistence. I want you to cancel the black market bounty.”

“Impossible! You dared to hack into our Eye of Heaven. We will never forgive that,” the man exclaimed.

Violeta smiled slightly. “That makes things simple. I’ve already sent this location to the Interpol inspector. In five minutes, this place will be locked onto by satellites. If you don’t choose peace, then let the black market disappear.”

In other words, they had five minutes to evacuate.

The man burst into anger, slamming the table as he stood. “Do you think you can threaten us?”

They had gathered here with more than just the one man downstairs.

They never expected that Six, the hacker they had been searching for, would be a woman.

However, her timing was terrible because they had an important client to meet today. Violeta’s arrival had disrupted their plans, and it was unforgivable.

A blond man nearby reached for the alarm button.

A flash of cold light and a sharp utility knife blade flew through the air, embedding precisely in his hand.

“Ah!” the blond man screamed.

Violeta glanced at her watch again, speaking coldly, “You have four minutes left.”

Given her ability to find their address, she had obviously prepared for everything.

She only needed to stall them.

Violeta herself was safe, as she had the entire White family behind her.

But these men would be in serious trouble if they were captured.

Violeta’s swift action stunned them.

They hadn’t expected that Six, known for her hacking skills, was also proficient with weapons.

Chapter 227

If she wanted, she could kill them all right here and take credit later…

After weighing the pros and cons, the five men ultimately surrendered one of the three keys to Violeta under her pressure.

Only then did she allow them to leave.

As they descended the stairs, they saw the man who had been cleaning glasses behind the bar had already passed out from blood loss.

A small team of people rushed in, carrying the man out and escorting the five men away.

Before leaving, they turned to look in Violeta’s direction.

“We’ll remember you, Six!”

Violeta stood in the bar, expressionless, holding her phone. She made a few quick operations.

All’s fair in deception.

In truth, she had never sent the coordinates to Interpol. Bluffing them had actually worked.

This only proved how guilty they felt.

With one of the keys in her possession, they wouldn’t dare make any reckless moves, and the black market bounty would be lifted.

The threat was completely eliminated.

Feeling quite pleased, Violeta left the bar.

She didn’t notice that a man in a white coat had emerged from the second-floor room behind her…

Back at the White residence, Violeta examined the black market server key in her hand.

Suddenly, she remembered the sixth glass on the table …

After entering the room, Violeta clearly saw six cups on the coffee table, but there were only five people in the room.

Why was there an extra cup?

Did they have another guest who hadn’t arrived yet?

Or had the guest already arrived but remained hidden from her sight?

As she pondered, the key in her hand suddenly dropped onto the carpet.

Tuna, who was lying under the bed, quickly grabbed the key and swallowed it.

Violeta hurried to pry open his mouth.

“Oh no! You ate it! You silly wolf, why did you eat it? This isn’t food! Spit it out, spit it out!”

….

This was the key to the black market’s entire information server!

There were only three such keys in the world.

When the key was given to Violeta as collateral, she had intended to return it once the black-market bounty was lifted.

She didn’t want to attract more trouble to herself.

Keeping the key was inherently dangerous.

But she never expected Tuna to eat it!

“Oh no, I’ll have to give you a laxative. We need to get it out.”

Tuna looked at Violeta with innocent eyes, his eyelids drooping.

Violeta left the room and asked a servant to give Tuna a laxative, but Tuna was smart and wasn’t hungry, so he refused to eat anything.

This put the servant in a difficult spot.

They had to keep an eye on Tuna’s bowel movements.

Violeta had school the next day, so she went to sleep after instructing the servant to find the key.

The servant, not daring to neglect Violeta’s orders, nodded and promised to find the key in Tuna’s feces.

After the five men safely left Hoiten, they realized they had been tricked.

There was no Interpol chase.

They had fled like rats, only to understand the ruse once they were on the plane.

“Damn it, we were played!”

The men discussed Six on the plane.

“That woman is cunning! Who would have thought Six was a woman?”

“Yeah, really unexpected!”

“The key is in her hands. How do we find her now?”

“First, we need to cancel the bounty and call back those searching for her.”

“We must get the key back… that woman is too crafty. A Hoiten woman…

The next day, the black market bounty was lifted.

Violeta felt a great sense of relief.

She was much more relaxed while training at the tennis court.

However, something felt odd.

When she encountered Hayden at the tennis court, his gaze was more intense than before, as if he had discovered something, making Violeta uneasy.

“Hayden, why are you looking at me like that?” she asked.

Hayden lowered his eyelids slightly and replied, “It’s nothing.”

Zoren teased, “Hade always looks at people like that, doesn’t he?”

Violeta replied, “It’s different.”

“How so?”

Violeta fell silent.

She couldn’t quite pinpoint it, but it felt different.

Oh well, maybe it was just her imagination!

She decided not to dwell on it.

That afternoon, while Violeta and Kaylee were entering the classroom with their laptops and books, they accidentally bumped into Hattie, who was leaving.

Hattie was holding a water cup, which tilted and spilled water on Zelena’s gift bag, soaking the clothes inside.

“Oh no! My clothes …

Zelena quickly moved the wet bag away and pulled out the folded clothes to check. They were wet.

“Oh my god, Lena, you haven’t even worn these yet. What are you going to do now?” Candy exclaimed.

To make matters worse, the water in the cup wasn’t just plain water.

Chapter 228

Hattie had coffee in her cup today! So what spilled out was coffee.

Zelena wailed, “What am I going to do? I was planning to wear this outfit to Lucy’s birthday party, and now it’s ruined… I haven’t even worn it once. It took so much effort to get this new suit…

Tears welled up in Zelena’s eyes, making her look very pitiful.

Hattie glanced at her and then turned to glare at Violeta. “Are you two blind? Don’t you watch where you’re going? Now look, you need to pay for the clothes!”

Gillian jumped in, “Even if they wanted to pay, they couldn’t. This outfit took Lena a lot of effort to get. I heard it’s a limited edition. The Quinston boutique only had five pieces, and they’re all sold out. And the party’s tomorrow, there’s no way to get a replacement in time!”

Violeta glanced at the outfit in Zelena’s hands.

A coffee stain near the shoulder stood out clearly against the beige fabric.

But…

The outfit looked familiar.

It was an O’Hara new release, one that Irene had passed on.

Every year, Irene spent a considerable amount on clothes and accessories. As a member, she was invited to luxury brand events, and each season’s new releases were sent to her first for selection. Anything she didn’t choose was then made available to boutiques. Luxury brands catered to the wealthy. For someone like Irene, limited editions were something she could buy ahead of everyone else. So, Violeta said lightly, “I’ll replace it for you.”

Gillian sneered, “Didn’t you hear? It’s a limited edition, only five pieces were made! They’re all sold out. How are you going to replace it?”

Candy added, “Yeah if you’re going to pay, you should compensate at the current market price! This outfit’s price has already increased fivefold.”

Kaylee found this ridiculous. “Why pay the market price? If we’re compensating, shouldn’t it be for the price Zelena paid? The prices for these clothes are so inflated every season. If we follow your logic, if the price drops later, should we ask for a refund of the difference?”

Candy glared, “Kaylee, you don’t understand…”

Zelena suddenly interrupted their argument. “I don’t want money, I just want the outfit. Without it, how can I go to Lucy’s birthday party tomorrow? Violeta, you’re not trying to keep me from going just because you can’t, right?”

Violeta fell silent.

These words changed the entire context.

What had been an unexpected accident that ruined a dress now had a different implication.

Zelena’s comment suggested that Violeta might have deliberately ruined the dress out of jealousy because she hadn’t received an invitation to Lucy’s party.

Candy and Gillian exchanged a glance, suddenly understanding.

“Oh!! So that’s what it is,” they said.

The classmates, guided by Zelena, began to murmur.

“Violeta didn’t get an invitation, and now Zelena’s dress is ruined. Is Violeta jealous? That’s so malicious.”

Candy added, “My God, you’re so scheming! You can’t go, so you don’t want anyone else to go? How can you be so devious? How do you sleep at night?”

Gillian chimed in, “Yeah, everyone knows Lucy’s birthday party is the Toland University Socialite Gathering. Only the well-known people get invited. Some people flaunt their status as the campus belle of Toland, but they didn’t get an invite. They must be seething with jealousy, scheming behind the scenes, and today they finally got their chance, huh?”

Zelena expected to see Violeta flustered and defensive, but to her disappointment, Violeta remained expressionless, not even bothering to explain.

This left Zelena feeling a bit let down.

She wanted to see Violeta look at her with the same envy and admiration she had felt for Zelena in the past.

Being able to attend Lucy’s birthday party was something that ordinary students at Toland University dreamed of and admired.

Everyone envied those who were invited.

Violeta didn’t want to waste time arguing with them.

“It’s clear that you must be really insecure. How insecure do you have to be to so darkly speculate about others’ intentions? Zelena, you’re truly pitiful.”

Zelena stood frozen as if struck by lightning.

Violeta walked past her, saying, “I told you, I’ll replace your dress. Don’t worry, I won’t let you go to Lucy’s birthday party naked.”

Before class started, Violeta called home and asked a servant to bring the new camellia dress from her wardrobe to school.

Chapter 229

The camellia series was also a limited edition from O’Hara this season, but it wasn’t as well-known as the petite luxe collection Zelena had chosen.

The reason was simple.

Firstly, the Camellia series wasn’t sold in Auratia this season, so it wasn’t popular domestically.

Its style was more elegant and grand, favored by royalty like the Wiltonshire duchess and Irene, who had specially arranged to have it brought from abroad. It exuded a low-key, luxurious, and restrained charm.

Secondly, the petite luxe collection had been overused by influencers on social media, with everyone claiming it made them look like true socialites. There were numerous knock-offs online, and it had been hyped up excessively.

The petite luxe collection that Zelena liked had also been sent to the White residence, but Irene found it too common and didn’t choose it, leaving the Camellia series for Violeta.

Violeta hadn’t worn it yet, and giving it to Zelena was actually a win for her.

But it was just a dress, and Violeta didn’t mind giving it away to get rid of bad luck.

When the servant brought the dress, Violeta was still in class.

So, the servant took it to the office and asked the advisor to give it to Violeta.

After class, the advisor came to the classroom.

“Violeta, your dress has arrived.”

“Okay.”

Violeta went up, took the dress, and handed it to Zelena, who was sitting in the front row.

The original O’Hara packaging bag had been discarded, and the servant had used a plain white bag, which didn’t look as fancy as the boutique’s gift box.

However, the bag was no less prestigious because it was an exclusive O’Hara membership bag. Many bloggers even used it as a fashion accessory, calling it the most expensive bag from O’Hara.

Only top-tier members received this bag, making it a status symbol of wealth. So, this simple bag was enough to determine whether someone was truly affluent.

“Here’s your replacement,” Violeta said, putting the bag down and walking towards the back of the classroom.

Zelena hesitated, but before she could speak, Hattie sneered, “What kind of bag is this? Did you dig it out of the trash?”

Candy added, “Yeah, what good stuff could be in that bag? Violeta, you ruined Lena’s limited edition outfit. That jacket alone cost over 4,000 dollars. Do you even understand what a limited edition is?”

Gillian pushed the bag aside disdainfully. “Ugh, it’s disgusting.”

Hearing this, Violeta stopped.

“Why don’t you open it first before you judge?”

She assumed they knew about luxury items, but apparently, they didn’t.

Once they saw the camellia design, a classic O’Hara element, they would recognize its value.

While Violeta was being ridiculed, Zelena felt a secret delight.

However, with many classmates and the advisor present, she couldn’t drop her facade.

So, she pretended to be gracious as she took the dress out of the bag.

“Violeta, even if you can’t afford to replace it, just apologize and I’ll forgive you. You don’t need to pretend you can. Although my petite luxe outfit isn’t cheap, I wouldn’t push you to the edge over a single dress.”

As she unpacked the dress, Zelena didn’t expect much from Violeta’s replacement.

Seeing the grey color, which she found unappealing, she said, “Violeta, I’m not picky, but you could have at least chosen something decent. This grey looks so old-fashioned!

“Even if you gave me something from Jour 24, I wouldn’t complain … “

Zelena trailed off as she noticed the camellia brooch on the chest and the camellia pattern on the collar.

She recognized these as O’Hara’s signature elements. The tag confirmed it was O’Hara, with the word “camellia” in English.

Violeta had replaced her dress with something from O’Hara?

Zelena was genuinely surprised. However, she quickly dismissed it.

This dress, while from O’Hara, looked like an old design from years ago. It couldn’t compare to her current season petite luxe outfit!

“Violeta, where did you get this dress?

“This dress is so outdated, unbelievable.

“If you can’t provide a proper replacement, then don’t bother. I thought you’d give me a petite love. but instead, you bring this grandma grey thing? It’s ugly and outdated.”

Zelena held the dress while Hattie rested her chin on her hand, looking at it mockingly

However, as sunlight hit the white shopping bag, the O’Hara logo reflected back at Hattie. Her mocking expression slowly faded, replaced by one of disbelief.

Chapter 230

This bag…

If she wasn’t mistaken, wasn’t this the bag that’s often called the most expensive member’s handbag by O’Hara fans online?

Hattie quickly grabbed the bag and examined it closely.

Violeta slowly walked up and stood in front of Zelena. She held one sleeve of the coat and said, “This isn’t gray. Strictly speaking, it’s crystal silver. The camellia on it is O’Hara’s most classic element. This coat, just like your previous little O’Hara-style pieces, is a new release for this year.”

As soon as Violeta finished her words, Candy and Gillian couldn’t wait to chime in.

“This is a new model this year? You must be joking. This coat doesn’t look new at all.”

“Exactly, the style and elements of this coat are outdated. It doesn’t seem like a new model but more like an old one from a few years ago. If it’s old, just admit it. Why insist it’s new?”

Zelena put down the coat and said, “Vio, when I bought clothes before, I specifically checked at the boutique. They didn’t have this coat at all, so stop lying. If it’s a new model, why isn’t it in the store?”

Sitting nearby, Hattie looked closely and saw that the bag really did reflect the logo in the sunlight, proving it was genuine.

When this bag first came out, it was mocked online as the “ugly bag.” People said it looked plain and boring, and they couldn’t believe such an ordinary bag came with such a high price. They thought it was really low-quality.

But later, when someone took the bag into the sunlight, they realized it had a logo that could only be seen under direct light.

After that, the bag slowly became a popular item among fashion influencers online.

Violeta actually have this bag?

Could she be a top-tier O’Hara member?

Hattie was very surprised. She quickly reached for the coat to take a closer look. As she opened it up, she immediately recognized it as the same style worn by the Wiltonshire princess!

The camellia pattern on the collar was a signature of the latest collection.

O’Hara’s Camellia series was a classic. It was timeless because it never got boring and added elegance and style when worn.

The current trendy styles might become rags in a few years, but classic pieces remained timeless, even after five years.

This coat was very popular online, but it hadn’t. gained much attention domestically because this series wasn’t released in the local market.

How did Violeta manage to get this coat? I didn’t realize her taste was so refined.

Hattie put the coat on the table and said, “This coat is O’Hara’s latest collection.”

Candy was taken aback. “What?”

Gillian was in disbelief. “No way.”

Zelena turned to Hattie, “You know this coat?”

Hattie replied, “Yeah, it’s definitely new. Keep it.”

Zelena still wasn’t quite convinced. “Hattie, are you sure about this? Is it really a new collection?”

Hattie felt she was being questioned, and she disliked being doubted. So she responded with some frustration, “If you can’t recognize it, does that mean I can’t either? This coat is not only new but also worn by a princess. Why don’t you check the news if you don’t believe me?”

Hattie looked away. “You can’t buy this coat in Hoiten. It’s not available here, but it’s quite popular online. It’s harder to get than your little O’Hara-style pieces.”

News?

Zelena’s expression stiffened.

Even if it wasn’t popular, just hearing it was worn by a princess tells you how prestigious it was, right?

Violeta looked at Hattie, grateful that she was there among this group of people. Otherwise, she would have had to personally educate Zelena today.

Zelena might have money now, but her elegance hadn’t caught up yet.

“Zelena, even if you don’t understand this coat, the ‘socialites’ you meet at birthday parties will definitely know about it.”

With that said, Violeta turned and left.

Zelena felt mocked and was quite resentful. As Violeta walked away, she sarcastically said, “Thanks a lot. You can’t make it to the birthday party, so you’ve generously sent me this dress. Don’t worry. I’ll make sure to live up to your kindness!”

She continued to subtly taunt Violeta about missing out on the birthday party.

Violeta chuckled lightly. “Then I wish you all the best to shine brightly.”

Right after they finished talking, two figures appeared at the classroom door. The counselor turned and saw Lucy, asking, “Lucy, why are you here?”

After thinking it over for a few days, Lucy finally decided to come and invite Violeta herself.

Well, she hadn’t exactly figured it all out. She just didn’t have any other options left.

She wasn’t keen on coming over to invite Violeta herself, but she was afraid Violeta might not agree if someone else did it.

By coming in person, she figured she’d have a better shot.

She’d planned to drop by right after class, but to her surprise, their class counselor was still around.

Lucy stood at the doorway, her expression slightly frozen. “Class isn’t over yet?”

The counselor replied, “Oh, it is. Are you here to find someone?”

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe


Prev | Next

Cross My Tigress Face the Wrath [Stella] (Chapters 481 to 490) – Daisy Novels

Chapter 481

The butler had dispatched the driver to pick up Tegan.

Stella dialed Tegan’s number. “Tegan, the driver’s on his way to get you.”

“What? You’re not coming?”

“Ronald won’t let me leave.”

Stella was an excellent driver, so why Ronald was so worried, was beyond her.

Tegan replied, “Makes sense. With this blizzard, I’d be anxious too. Hang tight. I’m on my way.”

“Okay, see you soon.”

The cold outside was biting. Stella glanced at the thick blanket of snow outside, just about to ask why Tegan was coming over, but the call had already ended.

Outside, the driver returned to Jaxon’s car. “Security’s too intimidated to inform Ms. Quinn of our visit.”

Jaxon frowned, giving the driver a displeased look. “She didn’t answer?”

He was referring to Stella, of course. None of their phones could get through to her. The only one they could somewhat communicate with was the security at Mist Bay’s gate, but even they were hesitant.

The driver shrugged, “The butler picked up the calls.”

He hadn’t heard Stella’s voice at all.

Jaxon took a deep breath, his frustration mounting. What now, if he couldn’t see Stella? The whole Larkin family situation hinged on her saying a word.

Who’d have thought? Once upon a time, they underestimated Stella, yet she held all the cards now. After all, she was the Lugar family’s little princess. The Lugar family was a clan that struck fear into many.

Back then, they favored Ursula without a second thought.

But now…

Jaxon felt a sting of irony at their past actions.

The driver asked, “Should we head back?”

Sticking around seemed pointless. Stella wouldn’t emerge soon. Jaxon’s breath quickened. “Going back won’t solve anything, will it?

The driver was at a loss for words. Sure, it wouldn’t.

He said again, “But waiting there doesn’t seem to be working either.”

Stella had resolutely cut ties with them. And they’d barely seen her since signing that disownment agreement.

Jaxon closed his eyes.

Suddenly, a car stopped beside his, the passenger window rolling down to reveal Jeremy’s face.

“Oh, Mr. Larkin, huh? What’s this? Need approval to see your sister?”

Jeremy emphasized ‘your sister’ and ‘approval’ with biting sarcasm, mocking how Jaxon had once blurred their kinship.

They’d accused Stella of not knowing her loyalties, but in truth, they were the original culprits.

Jaxon looked at Jeremy’s roguish grin, his hands clenching into fists.

Ronald’s relentless pursuit of the Larkin family was bad enough, and then Jeremy was piling on the pressure, making their situation even worse.

“You don’t need approval?”

Jeremy responded, “Of course I do. Be a dear and let them know I’m here, thanks.”

Jeremy addressed the security with politeness, then turned back to Jaxon. “It’s normal for me to need approval, but you, her brother? That’s just laughable.”

Jaxon retorted, “What are you here for?”

Jeremy’s jabs were getting under his skin. Once upon a time, Jaxon was always courteous to Jeremy because of Sirena. But Jaxon’s tolerance had evaporated after the fallout with Sirena and Jeremy’s aggressive maneuvers against the Larkin family.

Jeremy chuckled, “What I’m here for isn’t your concern. What’s the matter? Don’t want to see me? Or just afraid to?”

Jaxon was speechless. Afraid? When he first heard Jeremy was targeting the Larkin Group, his initial reaction was fury.

Chapter 482

Several times, Jaxon thought about reaching out to Jaxon. But with his family in such a state, he couldn’t help but feel a bit of apprehension.

Seeing Jaxon stay silent, Jeremy snorted, “What happened with Sirena won’t slide.”

Messing with his sister, Jeremy thought, took some serious nerve on Jaxon’s part.

Jaxon clenched his fists tighter, trying to keep his composure. He looked at Jeremy and said, “My family has lost everything. What more do you want?”

That phrase, “lost everything,” seemed to take Jeremy by surprise for a moment.

He looked at Jaxon, “Really? Lost it all?”

“What do you think is left?”

Nothing. Because of one woman, Stella, everything was gone.

Jeremy smirked, “Oh, that’s too bad. I haven’t even made you pay, yet the mighty Larkin family crumbled so easily.”

The sarcasm in his voice was palpable, nearly making Jaxon choke on his anger.

With Ronald around, did anyone else need to break the Larkin family?

Jeremy started his car again, glancing at Jaxon, “Are you really not coming in?”

Jaxon just stood there, speechless.

This guy was infuriating. Jaxon had never had a good impression of Jeremy. He seemed like a carefree playboy but had a sharp, ruthless edge. Everyone close to Jeremy knew he was deceptively simple but incredibly sophisticated.

He was an enigma no one could figure out. And it made sense. Could the Patel family have thrived under his leadership if he were only a playboy?

Watching Jaxon struggle for words, Jeremy chuckled, “Star’s really being a handful. You’re still her brother, after all.”

The situation was too satisfying to him. The same people who once wronged Stella were now facing the consequences.

A security guard approached Jeremy. “Mr. Patel, Ms. Quinn has granted you entry.”

Upon hearing that, Jaxon’s expression darkened even more.

Jeremy gave him mocking look. “Well, I’m going in. Enjoy the cold breeze out here.”

With a loud roar, the car sped off through the gates of Mist Bay.

Jaxon watched Jeremy’s car disappear, feeling his frustration boil. His teeth ground together in anger.

The driver glanced at him nervously. “Should we keep waiting?”

At this rate, with Stella not backing down, they wouldn’t even get through the gate.

Jaxon had felt some guilt toward Stella after learning the truth. But being repeatedly turned away had worn away any remorse he had.

To be blunt, he wasn’t there to apologize to Stella. He was there for Cloudia. Before coming, he tried visiting his mother at the detention center but was told he couldn’t see her.

In other words, unless Stella agreed, he couldn’t even see his own mother.

Inside the warm, cozy mansion, Stella sat on the sofa as a servant draped a blanket over her. Stella politely said, “Thank you.”

“My pleasure, Ms. Quinn,” the servant replied warmly. They all loved tending to Stella as she was easygoing and kind. Of course, they hadn’t seen her fiery side. Otherwise, they might wonder how Yorick ended up so bruised. Half of it was her doing!

Her phone rang. It was Ronald.

Stella answered, “Are you on your way back?”

Yeah, I’m on the road. Did Tegan stop by to check on you?”

Stella was surprised. “You asked Tegan to come?”

No wonder, she thought. It made sense why Tegan had suddenly visited Mist Bay.

Her heart warmed again.

Chapter 483

Ronald let out a soft “hmm.”

Stella was puzzled. “I’m not feeling bad or anything. Why did you ask Tegan to come over?” “You haven’t had much appetite lately,” he replied.

Stella was stunned. Was he calling Tegan over just because she hadn’t been eating much?

“So, how’s it going?” Ronald asked.

“The car ended up in a ditch, but I’ve already called for a tow,” Stella explained.

“Wow, seriously?”

“Yeah, well, I’ll let you get back to it. Come home soon,” Stella said.

Ronald agreed, “Will do.”

She hung up, her heart still racing.

Then Tegan called. “Star, what’s going on with you? Tell me your symptoms, and I’ll have someone send over some medicine.”

Stella was confused. “Wait, what about you? Did they get the car out?”

Tegan sounded flustered. “I’ve got something urgent to handle, so I can’t make it over.”

Stella sighed. She could tell Tegan got caught up in something urgent. “I’m fine. You don’t need to worry about me.”

“But Ronald said-“

Stella cut her off. “Ronald is just worrying for nothing.”

She had eaten a lot and didn’t want to these past days. It wasn’t such a big deal to have called the doctor over.

Tegan hesitated. “Are you sure?”

Stella was firm. “Yeah, I’m sure. Don’t worry about it.”

Tegan chuckled nervously. “Fine, I’m leaving now if you say so.”

Stella wasn’t feeling unwell, so Tegan didn’t have to come to Mist Bay. After a few more words, they hung up.

Stella put down her phone as the Butler approached. “Miss, Mr. Patel is here.”

“Let him in,” she said calmly. What could Jeremy possibly want? They’d already discussed everything necessary.

Jeremy entered shortly after, and seeing only Stella, he paused. “Isn’t your brother here?”

“Aren’t you here to see me? What does it matter if he’s around or not?”

“It matters,” Jeremy insisted.

It did matter. Jeremy knew too well about Ronald’s possessiveness, especially of Stella. He wouldn’t have visited if he had known Ronald wasn’t home.

Stella raised an eyebrow. “Why does it matter?”

Jeremy looked uneasy. “Because it does.”

So, did Ronald being absent make him nervous? Stella thought that was ridiculous.

“Well, if it matters that much, you can leave.”

Jeremy hesitated. “Leave? Now?”

“I came all this way, braving the winter cold,” Jeremy remarked, feeling a bit exasperated.

The road was terrible. Jeremy wouldn’t have come if it weren’t for the Warner family’s trouble. Ronald was too formidable.

Jeremy heard about the spat between Vivian and Stella in the mall. What made things worse was that Sirena was also present. He had no idea whether Sirena was involved. But Sirena insisted she had nothing to do with it, no matter how he pressed the issue.

Jeremy wasn’t at ease and was eager to confirm with Stella. The Larkin family had suffered like hell. And the Quarry family, the wealthiest and the most influential family once, was going downhill. And then came the Warner family!

Jeremy couldn’t help but sigh at how heartless Ronald’s moves could be! Therefore, he had to visit and confirm with Stella, no matter what.

“So, what do you want from me? To be clear, I won’t do favors or backdoor deals,” Stella stated firmly. “Besides, you’re the one with the exclusive rights to the ore in Portis City. What more could you possibly want?”

Jeremy was stunned. “No, no, I’m not here for any favors.”

“Then what is it?” Stella pressed.

Jeremy was flustered, recalling the past mistake of sending the wrong gift that nearly jeopardized a partnership. He quickly shook his head. “No, no backdoor deals. I just want to talk.”

Chapter 484

“I came to ask about that spat between you and Vivian. Was Sirena involved?”

Stella paused, caught off guard. “Vivian, huh?”

Wait a minute, did he really come all this way just for that?

She glanced outside at the wintry wonderland. The snow was thick. “You came all this way just for that?”

Was this guy a little too high-strung?

Jeremy nodded earnestly. “Yeah, I did.”

“You could have just called me.”

Was it really necessary to make a special trip for such a small matter?

“I don’t have your number,” Jeremy admitted.

Stella paused, realizing he was right. Her number wasn’t common knowledge, especially not to someone like Jeremy, who she barely knew. “Well, you could have called Ronald.”

This was definitely something that could be cleared up over the phone. No need to come all the way out here!

Upon hearing that, Jeremy tensed up. “You must be kidding. Call Ronald, huh? That might turn a small conflict into a full-blown misunderstanding.”

He wasn’t about to walk into that trap.

Stella raised an eyebrow. “Hmm?”

“Just tell me. Was Sirena involved or not? If she was, she’s in for it.”

Stella chuckled. You are indeed her big brother.”

Jeremy’s tone had been harsh when he said “in for it,” and Stella found it amusing.

“Of course, I’m her brother. Who else would try to teach her some sense?” He emphasized the word “teach” heavily, leaving Stella a bit speechless.

Jeremy looked at her expectantly. “So? Was she involved?”

Stella nodded. “Yeah, she was.”

Jeremy’s eyes widened in disbelief. His sister, Sirena, always denied it stubbornly. And upon hearing this, he felt his brain going blank. “Seriously, she was involved?”

Stella confirmed, “Yeah.”

“Did she hit you?” Jeremy’s voice was tense. He had drilled into Sirena’s head that Stella was precious to Ronald. Her past grievances against Stella because of Jaxon needed to be put aside, or she could forget about going out.

And yet, there she was, making another scene.

Stella shook her head. “No, she was helping me hold Vivian back. Vivian got the worst of it.”

Jeremy blinked, his mind struggling to process. “Wait, what? She was helping you hold Vivian back?”

Stella nodded. “Yep, she held onto Vivian real tight.”

Jeremy was dumbfounded. So, it was Stella and Sirena versus Vivian?

As he was about to ask more, Ronald walked in, looking none too pleased. “Mr. Patel, quite the surprise visit to Mist Bay. Why not give me a call first?”

Jeremy flinched at Ronald’s icy glare. His heart skipped a beat. Visiting Stella with Ronald already there was one thing, but having him return unexpectedly was another.

Seeing Ronald, Stella stood up and walked to him. “Back so soon?”

He had called earlier, and she expected him to take longer, given the bad road conditions.

Ronald gently ruffled her hair. “Idris brought in some food. Go take a look.”

Stella nodded eagerly. “What did he bring?”

“You’ll see.” His voice carried a hint of warmth, a tender side of Ronald that left Jeremy momentarily stunned.

Mr. Quinn was indeed the embodiment of extremes. All his warmth was reserved for Stella, while the rest of the world saw nothing but his icy demeanor.

Chapter 485

Seeing Ronald about to send Stella away, Jeremy felt a flutter of unease in his chest and instinctively wanted to intervene. He knew all too well that Ronald was like Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde depending on whether Stella was around.

But he didn’t dare speak up, especially not with Ronald’s dark expression. Jeremy knew better than to open his mouth. He silently prayed Stella wouldn’t leave.

Unfortunately, Stella was too obedient. This woman, who had once left Yorick bruised and battered, became a picture of compliance in Ronald’s presence.

“I’ll be off then,” she said softly.

“Okay, be good,” Ronald replied, squeezing her cheek gently.

Stella turned and ran off.

Jeremy was stunned. Seeing her so demure around Ronald, he thought Yorick had been blind to let her go. Instead, he’d chosen Ursula, who was nothing but trouble.

Once Stella left Ronald and Jeremy alone, Ronald sauntered over to the couch and sat down.

Jeremy felt a bead of nervous sweat. “Mr. Quinn,” he stammered.

Ronald glanced at him coldly. “Haven’t we signed the contract? What do you need her for?”

Jeremy’s heart skipped a beat.

See? Raised by Mr. Quinn himself, they had the same mindset. It was far from ideal to leave Ronald with the impression that he was always trying to use the backdoor.

“N-no, it wasn’t about the contract,” Jeremy stammered.

Previously, every time he sought Stella out, it was

because of her connection to Ronald, hoping for a favor. He chuckled awkwardly. “It wasn’t about the contract this time. I promise I won’t bother Ms. Quinn for business matters again.”

He desperately tried to clear his name.

Ronald raised an eyebrow. “Oh?”

He pulled a cigarette from a pack, lit it, and took a drag, his gaze icy as it bore into Jeremy.

Jeremy swallowed hard. “It’s about what happened at the mall. I was worried Sirena might have hurt Ms. Quinn, so I came to check.”

Ronald said curtly, “For that, you could’ve just called me.” Jeremy winced.

Come on, who would dare call Ronald directly? That’s why he’d come in person.

However, Stella’s story matched what Sirena had said. When Sirena explained earlier, Jeremy didn’t believe it. After all, Sirena and Stella had clashed over Ursula, so getting the facts straight was essential.

“I was just worried about collateral damage,” Jeremy muttered.

Ronald’s eyebrow twitched. “Hmm?”

“No, I was worried Ms. Quinn might have been hurt.” Jeremy felt his pulse quicken.

In Portis City, he was a figure of some renown, having encountered all sorts of people. But Ronald exuded an aura that made Jeremy uneasy.

Perhaps it was because Ronald was a big shot from Ferrowland’s underworld, with a reputation possibly stained with blood. In any case, Ronald was not someone to cross!

Jeremy would never have risked getting involved with Ronald if those rare minerals were replaceable.

Ronald’s tone was flat. “Got it all sorted?”

Jeremy nodded quickly. “Yes, all sorted.”

As long as Sirena hadn’t hurt Stella, all was well. Thankfully, Sirena had been sensible this time. Things could have gone terrible if she’d acted impulsively and joined Vivian in attacking Stella. Thankfully, she hadn’t.

Watching the Warner family decimated by Ronald, no one could grasp just how on edge Jeremy had been these past few days.

Meanwhile, on Stella’s side.

Ronald had sent her some snacks.

Idris had someone warm them up. “Mr. Quinn thought these looked cute, so he brought them for you.”

Stella tried one. “Hmm, this little kitty is delicious.”

The snacks were in animal shapes and were undeniably tasty.

Idris grinned. “The little bunnies are even better. Mr. Quinn couldn’t stop eating them.”

“Really?”

“Yeah,” Idris nodded.

Stella picked up a bunny-shaped pastry and took a bite. She had to admit it was indeed delicious. “Hmm, so good.”

When Ronald arrived, he found Stella with a satisfied smile, munching away happily. Her cherubic cheeks, full of contentment, made her look irresistibly cute.

Chapter 486

Upon seeing him, Stella had her cheeks stuffed full like a chipmunk. She mumbled, “Ronald, this is so good! Where did you get it?”

She’d been in Portis City for long but had never known any delicious pastries.

Ronald chuckled. “If you like it, I’ll have Idris drive out and grab some more for you to bring back to Ferrowland.”

Stella’s eyes lit up at his words, “Really? Are we heading back today?”

Ronald nodded. “Yep, we’ve got a flight tonight.”

Stella beamed with joy at the confirmation. If they were heading back tonight, it meant no more delays. She had been worried sick about Susanna. The poor thing might have been scared out of her wits by then. Hull was such a character, always finding ways to spook poor Susanna. “Oh, by the way,” she remembered, “Xander and Yvonne are back in Ferrowland already.”

She meant to tell Ronald the night before, but he came home a bit tipsy. And by the time morning came, he was already out.

Ronald raised an eyebrow. “Did they call you?”

“Yeah,” Stella nodded.

Xander had been quite a character on the phone,

practically gloating.

“Isn’t Yvonne supposed to be in Sands City?” Stella asked, puzzled. Dan Murray was supposed to be there, so Yvonne usually wouldn’t leave in a hurry.

Yet, she had.

Ronald pulled her into his lap, offering her another pastry.

Stella shook her head. “No thanks, I’m full.”

“Since when do you eat so little?” Ronald teased.

Stella paused, realizing he was right. She usually would have devoured the whole plate, but now she barely had a third.

“I don’t know what’s up with me lately,” she mused. “I haven’t had midnight snacks.”

Ronald asked, “Did Tegan check on you?”

“No, she had some things to handle, so she left without coming in,” Stella replied.

Tegan seemed to be quite busy these days.

“Why are you back so early?” Stella asked.

He had called her just a moment ago, and now here he was.

“Finished up early,” Ronald said, not mentioning it was because he heard Jeremy was here.

Stella nodded, leaning against Ronald, feeling tired, “Did you see Jaxon at the door?”

“Yeah, I did,” Ronald replied.

Unlike with Yorick, Ronald hadn’t sent Jaxon away. With the Larkin family, he opted for the cold shoulder treatment. The more indifferent he was, the more they squirmed. The Larkin family had lost everything they once had. Jaxon was left to wait outside in this freezing weather, his misery adding to the cold.

Stella snuggled closer to Ronald. “Once we’re back in Ferrowland, I’ll never return to Portis City.”

“Are you upset?” Ronald teased, gently tugging at her ear.

“No, not upset. It’s just… sickening,” Stella grimaced.

It truly was. Stella had seen all kinds of scenes in Ferrowland, but the Larkin family’s character was beyond anything she’d encountered.

Ronald listened, amused, as Stella vented about the Larkins. He tilted her chin up and kissed her.

“Hmm…” Stella tried to protest.

This guy was at it again. He’d only behaved last night because he was drunk, or so she thought. Except, he wasn’t exactly well-behaved even then.

After a moment, Ronald let her go. “When Finley comes back, have him check on you.”

He couldn’t shake his worry over her loss of appetite.

Chapter 487

Over in Ferrowland, Susanna was flabbergasted when she finally looked at the pasta she’d cooked. She stood in the kitchen, staring blankly at the doorway that separated her from Hull, who was lounging in the living room.

It had been an hour and a half since she first mentioned dinner.

An hour and a half, just to make a simple pasta…

And she’d managed to mess it up twice already!

She had discreetly tossed the first disaster in the trash, but now this…

Staring at the burnt pasta in the pot, she couldn’t figure out what had gone wrong.

She’d followed the recipe to a T, hadn’t she? And she’d successfully cooked for Stella before, so what on earth was wrong today?

Sitting in the living room, Hull hung up the phone and said to her, “Is it ready yet?”

Susanna jumped. “Uh, yeah! Almost!”

She glanced back at the pot. It would have to be ready. She was starving and couldn’t imagine Hull wasn’t too.

She gave the pasta a taste.

Oh no! It wasn’t ready.

What had she done? Had she added salt twice? Yep, that seemed to be it. She must have doubled the usual amount of salt.

Hull didn’t notice Susanna’s flustered demeanor. He tossed his phone onto the coffee table. “Great, let’s eat.”

Susanna froze. How were they supposed to eat this? It was so salty it was almost inedible.

But feeling the weight of Hull’s presence, she didn’t dare admit her failure. She had no choice but to nod and say, “Okay, coming right up.”

Hull was already at the dining table.

Susanna felt a chill of fear wash over her.

What if Hull tasted her cooking and was so furious he would shoot her dead? Well, she didn’t want to think about it.

An hour and a half, and this was all she had to show for it? She was ready to kick herself.

“What’s the hold-up?” Hull’s voice came from the dining room, his brow furrowing as he noticed Susanna hadn’t moved.

Meeting his piercing gaze made her heart pound even harder, and she shook her head. “Nothing, nothing at all.” Hastily, she dished out the pasta into two plates. There was so much! She’d made enough for five people, let alone two.

Susanna placed a plate before Hull with trembling hands, then brought her own to the table, sitting across him.

She didn’t dare look at Hull’s expression, focusing instead on the sound of his fork clinking against the plate, which indicated he hadn’t taken a bite yet.

Gathering her courage, Susanna took a nibble herself. The moment it hit her taste buds, she nearly gagged. But she swallowed it down.

Forcing a smile, she glanced at Hull and said, “Delicious.” Hull looked from his plate to Susanna. His eyes were unreadable, but they always seemed intimidating to her. “Delicious, huh?”

Susanna nodded. “Yeah. It just doesn’t look that great.”

“Look that great” was putting it mildly.

What was supposed to be pasta was more like a gooey mess, almost like a pancake with too much salt.

Susanna might have lost focus and forgotten she’d added salt after the first failed attempt.

“Um, if you don’t want to eat something that looks like this, maybe I can try making something else?” Susanna stammered.

That’d be perfect if Hull didn’t want to eat it. It’d give her a reason to start over.

Hull chuckled softly. “Your cooking skills…”

He let his sentence trail off, giving Susanna a sidelong glance.

She nodded vigorously in agreement. “Yeah, not so great.”

Her nerves got stretched to the limit. After all, Hull hadn’t had breakfast, and then, she’d botched lunch too.

Just then, Barnaby walked in after finishing the task Hull had set for him, with Enzo and Silas following behind.

Barnaby stopped short when he saw the dish before Hull.

Chapter 488

He squinted at the dish before Susanna, trying to make sense of it. Finally, he gave up and asked, “Boss, what are you eating? It looks like something out of a Halloween prank!”

Susanna sighed, her patience wearing thin.

Enzo and Silas exchanged glances, thinking the same thing: Barnaby was a real piece of work.

“Seriously, Barnaby would make a perfect comic relief if Finley ever goes on some wild adventure through Muliba Desert,” Enzo muttered as he moved to sit in the corner, wisely distancing himself.

Susanna glanced at her pasta, questioning if Barnaby was out of his mind. Could anyone really be that clueless?

Hull shot Barnaby a stern look. “Why don’t you tell us, what does it look like to you, then?”

Barnaby hesitated, the wheels in his mind turning slowly. “Uh, it looks like something you’d feed to a pet pig, right?”

Susanna buried her head deeper into her plate, wishing she could disappear.

Hull wasn’t about to let Barnaby off the hook. “There’s more in the pot. Help yourself.”

Barnaby cringed at the idea. “I’m not hungry,” he lied, eyes darting from Hull to Susanna, silently cursing her culinary skills.

“Eat,” Hull insisted, his tone leaving no room for argument.

Barnaby swallowed hard and nodded, realizing he couldn’t refuse. As he trudged toward the kitchen, Silas said, “Susanna made it herself. You better appreciate it. No picky eaters here.”

Barnaby’s stomach sank. The message was loud and clear. Like it or not, he had to eat it.

Across the table, Susanna kept her head down, shoveling in mouthfuls of pasta she could barely stomach. She knew she’d be next in line for Hull’s wrath if she didn’t eat.

Meanwhile, Barnaby approached the pot, eyeing the unappetizing heap suspiciously. How could anyone mess up pasta so badly?

He turned and glanced at Susanna, who was soldiering through her plate.

“I’m not sure there’s enough to go around,” Susanna offered, trying one last time to avoid the inevitable.

Looking at that mess, Hull wouldn’t touch it, but if Barnaby did, it would definitely give us away. He’d struggle to keep it down without a strong stomach.

Hearing Susanna’s comment in the kitchen, Barnaby almost lost it. She really knows her stuff. To eat that and still complain is not enough…

Maybe she’s never had decent food before? Where did the boss find her, a refugee camp?

Hull raised an eyebrow and pushed his plate toward her. “Want mine?”

Barnaby sighed, ladling a generous helping into his plate, determined to avoid further confrontation. He took a tentative bite. The saltiness hit him like a tidal wave, followed by an indescribable, unpleasant aftertaste.

His face contorted as he fought the urge to gag. “Ugh-” he managed, holding back the retch.

Clearly, culinary talent was not Susanna’s strong suit.

Chapter 489

Susanna stood frozen in the dining room, her face turning paler with each retching sound from the kitchen. Could it seriously be that bad? In the kitchen, Barnaby couldn’t hold it in any longer. He rushed to the garbage can and lost his lunch.

“Oh my god…” he groaned. “What did I just eat?” Another heave followed.

Susanna was speechless.

Silas and Enzo exchanged glances, silently agreeing not to intervene. Usually, they’d rush to help Barnaby, but not this time.

They picked the wrong time to visit Hull. Back then, they could barge in anytime they wanted when Hull didn’t have a girlfriend.

That wouldn’t work anymore. From then on, the guys would need to consider what Hull might be up to before dropping by. It was a headache they didn’t need.

Susanna’s heart was in her throat. She glanced over at Hull, then at the untouched plate of pasta he’d pushed toward her.

What was up with Barnaby’s stomach? He’d only taken one bite, yet he was still retching in the kitchen.

She swallowed hard, setting down her fork and giving Hull a pleading look. “I’m full. Can I go upstairs?”

Hull squinted at her, his gaze sharp.

Susanna sniffled, her eyes watery and red. She looked absolutely terrified.

Hull thought to himself, How can someone be so timid? He hadn’t even done anything, and she was already frightened out of her wits. Was this the kind of friend Stella had?

Hull didn’t say a word. Susanna took a deep breath and asked again, summoning all her courage, “May I?”

Thankfully, Hull didn’t make it any harder for her. He nodded and said, “Go ahead.”

Susanna didn’t need to be told twice. She leaped up and dashed upstairs, locking her bedroom door behind her. The moment it clicked shut, she dialed Stella’s number.

Meanwhile, Stella saw Susanna’s name on her phone in Mist Bay. Her heart ached a little. It hadn’t even been two days, but she knew the drill by now. If Susanna was calling, it meant Hull had scared her again.

Answering the phone, Stella spoke gently, “Susie, don’t worry. I’ll be back tonight. Nothing’s going to stop me this time.”

Ronald was already arranging for someone to pack up their things. Susanna’s voice trembled on the other end. “Star, I’m so scared.”

Stella comforted her patiently, “I know, sweetie. I know you’re scared. You’ll stay with me when I’m back, okay? Wherever I go, you’ll go.”

Reflecting on her own experiences, Stella realized she should never have left Susanna with Hull. She remembered how traumatized she felt the first time she saw Ronald in a fight. It left her shaken for ages, and Susanna, who had never seen such harsh realities, must be feeling the pressure even more intensely.

Stella continued soothingly, “Don’t cry. I promise….. Hull won’t hurt you.” Sure, Hull was intimidating when he was silent and stern. But Ronald had personally asked him to look after Susanna, so she trusted Hull would protect her.

But still, Stella hadn’t anticipated so many incidents would occur with Susanna staying with Hull. It was too much for Susanna, whose world had been peaceful.

Enough was enough. Stella decided to bring Susanna back with her.

“Really?” Susanna asked, her voice small.

“Really,” Stella assured her. “No surprises this time. I’ll be on the evening flight, so we’ll see each other by tomorrow morning.”

Stella wanted to say they could see each other the following morning if nothing unexpected happened.

Chapter 490

But Stella could sense Susanna had developed a strong aversion to the words “nothing unexpected.” Because, as life had taught her, something unexpected was bound to happen whenever someone said that.

Stella hoped this trip back to Ferrowland would be uneventful. Otherwise, Susanna’s heart couldn’t handle any more surprises.

“Ugh, I’m waiting for you, so please, no surprises,” Susanna sniffled. Stella replied, “Sure, no surprises.”

She couldn’t promise that. She would get dragged into it if Ronald ended up in a pickle. But she couldn’t say this to Susanna, given her current state. She even considered heading back alone if Ronald got into trouble again.

Hearing Stella assure her, Susanna felt a bit better. “Okay, I’ll be waiting for you. Be back early tomorrow.”

Stella agreed, “Sure.”

Susanna said softly, “When you land, come straight over. I can’t stay here with him any longer. I never want to see him again.”

Stella was shocked. “What happened? What did you get into this time?”

First, it was about Hull’s belt buckle, then there was the towel fiasco. What again? From Susanna’s tone, it was clear something significant had happened again. Could it be about the previous night’s fever remedy?

Before Susanna could answer, Stella interjected, “Wait a minute. Last night, when you were helping Hull cool down, you didn’t…” She paused, cleared her throat, and continued, “You didn’t strip him bare and get caught, did you?”

Otherwise, what could possibly have her so rattled?

Susanna was stunned into silence. Even her sniffling stopped.

On the other end, Stella took a sharp breath. “It couldn’t be true, could it?”

It’s just a fever remedy, right? Hull might be clueless, but Susanna should know better, shouldn’t she?

“Did you…”

If she had stripped Hull, no wonder he’d be furious.

Susanna recalled the moment Hull grabbed her wrist, and she sniffled again. “Don’t be ridiculous. I’m not that clueless.”

Stella was confused. “Huh?”

Susanna explained, “I didn’t strip him naked. It’s just that I wasn’t looking and accidentally touched some part I shouldn’t have while wiping him down. Ugh, don’t ask anymore.”

The whole scene from last night was embarrassing to even think about.

Hull refused to let Stella send over any help, and his staff ignored her calls. What was she supposed to do? She had no choice but to close her eyes and help him cool down.

Stella’s mouth twitched. “Touched some part you shouldn’t have? Did Hull know?”

Susanna was exasperated. “Enough with the questions!”

Why was Stella so insatiably curious?

“He grabbed my wrist at the time. Do you think he knew?”

Well, there was no point hiding it from Stella.

Stella was speechless. It was clear how awkward the situation must have been. “So, Hull’s upset?”

“Not because of that.”

Stella was intrigued. “Not because of that? Then why did he scare you?”

Even Stella, who wasn’t particularly nosy, was now keenly interested. “Hull’s not known for his prowess in sex, right? Men usually feel insecure about that. And you touched him, yet he was not mad?”

Ronald walked in just as Stella had said that, and he suddenly felt a headache coming on. This chatterbox had been a bad influence from Yvonne, and now Finley had rubbed off on her, too.

お金金

SEND GIFT or GCASH: +63.936.139.8714

COMMENT

Subscribe

Prev | Next